Grammar Book

ІВАНО-ФРАНКІВСЬКИЙ БАЗОВИЙ МЕДИЧНИЙ КОЛЕДЖ
English Grammar Practice

for Medical Students
Практикум з граматики англійської мови
для студентів-медиків
м. Івано-Франківськ
2012
МІНІСТЕРСТВО ОСВІТИ І НАУКИ, МОЛОДІ ТА СПОРТУ
УКРАЇНИ
2
МІНІСТЕРСТВО ОХОРОНИ ЗДОРОВ’Я УКРАЇНИ
ІВАНО-ФРАНКІВСЬКИЙ БАЗОВИЙ МЕДИЧНИЙ КОЛЕДЖ
Предметна (циклова) методична комісія загальноосвітніх
дисциплін
English Grammar Practice

for Medical Students
Практикум з граматики англійської мови
для студентів-медиків
ПІДГОТУВАЛИ:
ФЕДЮК О.Я., ЗАГАЙКЕВИЧ О. П.,
ВИКЛАДАЧІ АНГЛІЙСЬКОЇ МОВИ
м. Івано-Франківськ
2012
English Grammar Practice for Medical Students.
3
Підготували
Федюк О.Я., Загайкевич О.П., викладачі англійської мови
Івано-Франківського базового медичного коледжу.
Рекомендовано
Предметною (цикловою) методичною комісією загальноосвітніх
дисциплін (Протокол № 12 від 14.03.2012)
Практикум містить граматичні вправи з основних тем англійської

граматики: часи дієслова, узгодження часів, пасивний стан дієслова,
непряма мова, способи дієслова, модальні дієслова, неособові форми
дієслова (інфінітив, дієприкметник, герундій), частини мови.
Практикум передбачає роботу студентів над вправами під
керівництвом викладача і самостійно. Вправи можна використовувати на
практичних заняттях та для підготовки домашнього завдання.
Рекомендовано для студентів медичного коледжу усіх
спеціальностей.
Відповідальний за випуск
Стасюк В.В., директор Івано-Франківського базового
медичного коледжу.
CONTENTS:
4
Verb to be in the Present, Past and Future Simple ………………………………...... 7
Constructioin there is /there are (Indefinite Tenses) ……………………………….12
Verb to have in the Present, Past and Future Simple ……………………………….14
Have got: Present Simple (affirmative, negative, interrogative) …………………...15
The Present Indefinite Tense ………………………………………………………..16
The Past Indefinite Tense ……………………………………………………….…..20
Used to/would + Infinitive ……………………………………………………..…...29
The Future Indefinite Tense ………………………………………………………...31
Indefinite Tenses: Revision …………………………………………………………34
The Present Continuous Tense …………………………….………………………..36
The Past Continuous Tense …………………………….…………………………...46
The Future Continuous Tense …………………………….………………………...51
Continuous Tenses: Revision ……………………………………………………….51
Going to + Infinitive ………………………………………………………………...52
The Present Perfect Tense ………………………………………………...………...57
The Past Perfect Tense ……………………………………….…………...………...68
The Future Perfect Tense ………………………………….………….......………...73
The Sequense of Tenses ………………………………….………….......……….....74
The Passive Voice ……………………………….………….......…………..…........74
The Passive Voice: Revision ………………………………………………………..83
Indirect Speech ……………………………………………………………...………86
Conditional Mood …………………………………………………………………...94
Conditional Sentences: Revision …………………………………………………...100
Imperative Mood ……………………………………………………………….…..107
Word Order ……………………………………………………………………........108
Modal Verbs ……………………………………………………………………..…109
Can/Could …………………………………………………………………………..110
May/Might ……………………………………………………………………...…..111
Must ……………………………………………………………………………...…112
Have to ……………………………………………………………………………...113
Should ………………………………………………………………………………116
Modal Verbs: Revision………………………………….………………………..…117
Gerund/Infinitive …………………………….………………….……………..…...121
The Objective Infinitive Complex …………….………………………..…………..138
The Subjective Infinitive Complex …………….………………………..…….....…142
The Prepositional Infinitive Complex …………………………………………....…147
Gerundial Complexes ……………………………………………………………….150
Participle I …………………………………………………………………………..153
Participle II…………………………………………………………………………..154
The Objective Participle Construction ………………………………………………161
The Subjective Participle Construction ……………………………………………...162
The Absolute Participle Construction ……………………...……………………..…163
Causative Verbs ……………………...………………………………………………166
Inversion ……………………………………………………………………………..175
5
The Noun …………………………………………………………………………….179
The Article …………………………………………………………………………...183
The Adjective ………………………………………………………………….……..195
The Adverb …………………………………………………………………………..199
The Pronoun ………………………………………………………………………….201
The Pronoun: Revision ………………………………………………………………218
The Numeral …………………………………………………………………………220
The Preposition ………………………………………………………………………223
The Conjunction ……………………………………………………………………...234
VERB “TO BE” IN THE PRESENT, PAST AND FUTURE SIMPLE
6
Exercise 1. Open the brackets. Use the verb to be in the Present Simple.
1) She (be) a teacher.
2) We (be) hungry.
3) Luke (be) late.
4) They (be) Spanish.
5) You (be) happy.
6) I (be) thirsty.
7) It (be) cold.
8) She (be) German.
9) He (be) early.
10) We (be) tired.
11) You (be) beautiful.
12) I (be) hot.
13) I (be) from London.
14) You (be) a doctor.
15) Emily (be) my sister.
16) He (be) in the garden.
17) They (be) on the bus.
18) We (be) friends.
19) I (be) 25 years old.
20) She (be) sick.
Exercise 2. Complete the sentences. Use the proper form of the verb “to
be” in the Present Simple.
He ………. my friend.
Hello. I ………. nine.
She ………. eleven.
We ………. English.
You ………. thirteen.
They ………. students.
It ………. September.
He ……….a footballer.
You ………. friends.
I ………. British.
They ………. teachers.
Exercise 3. Write full sentences. Use am/is/are each time.

Model: (my shoes very dirty) My shoes are very dirty.
1. (my bed very comfortable)_____________________
2. (your cigarettes in your bag)____________________
3. (I not very happy today)_______________________
4. (this restaurant very expensive) ___________________________________
5. (the shops not open today)______________________
6. (Mr. Kelly's daughter six years old) ______________
7. (the houses in this street very old)________________
8. (the examination not difficult)___________________
7
9. (those flowers very beautiful)___________________
Exercise 4. Complete the sentences. Use the short forms 'm, 's, or 're.
1. You … my friend. 2. They … at school. 3. It … my birthday in March. 4.
We … from Spain. 5. She … my sister. 6. I … twelve on Saturday. 7. He … a very
good tennis player.
Exercise 5. Complete the text. Use the proper form of the verb “to be”.
This … a picture of me and my friends. I … at the front. My name ... Julia and
I ... ten. The boy next to me … Paul. He … ten, too. The other two girls with me …
Helen and Fiona. They … eleven. We … all in the same class.
Make up questions with “be”.

Model: I / at home.
Am I at home?
1) John / in the garden?
2) They / hungry?
3) We / late?
4) You / tired?
5) He / French?
6) She / a teacher?
7) Harry and Lucy / from London?
8) I / early?
9) You / thirsty?
10) She / on the bus?
11) We / on time?
12) Pedro / from Spain?
13) They / in Tokyo?
14) Julie / at home?
15) The children / at school?
16) You / in a cafe?
17) I / right?
18) We / in the right place?
19) She / German?
20) He / a doctor?
Exercise 6. Choose the correct form of be.
1 Is/Are you from London?
8
2 Am/Are you ten?
3 Are/Is he a student?
4 Am/Is I in the school team?
5 Is/Are they in your class?
6 Are/Is your birthday on Monday?
7 Is/Am she your English teacher?
Exercise 7. Make the negative sentences with “be” in the Present Simple.
1) I (not/be) cold.
2) She (not/be) French.
3) You (not/be) an accountant.
4) John (not/be) my brother.
5) They (not/be) from Berlin.
6) We (not/be) late.
7) It (not/be) warm outside.
8) I (not/be) hungry.
9) Ian and Jill (not/be) on the bus.
10) She (not/be) Spanish.
11) He (not/be) in the bathroom.
12) We (not/be) thirsty.
13) It (not/be) sunny.
14) You (not/be) a teacher.
15) They (not/be) at school.
16) Lucy (not/be) from Australia.
17) I (not/be) a nurse.
18) He (not/be) sleepy.
19) We (not/be) at home.
20) You (not/be) from China.
Exercise 8. Complete the sentences. Use the short forms 'm not, isn't, or
aren't.
Model: Nick isn't eleven. He's ten.
1 Kate … my sister. She's my friend.
2 I … nine. I'm ten.
3 We … English. We're Turkish.
4 It … Saturday. It's Sunday.
5 They … Portuguese. They're Brazilian.
6 You … a student. You're a teacher!
7 John … thirteen. He's twelve.
Exercise 9. Complete the sentences. Use the short forms 'm not, isn't, or
aren't.
1 We _____ in the school football team.
2 She _____ my sister.
3 They _____ good friends.
9
4 It _____ very nice.
5 You _____ twelve.
6 He _____ the captain of the school football team.
7 I ______ English.
Exercise 10. Write positive or negative sentences. Use am/am not, is/isn't,
are/aren’t.
1. Paris ... the capital of France. 2. I ... interested in football. 3. I ... hungry. 4.
It ... warm today. 5. Rome ... in Spain. 6. I ... afraid of dogs. 7. My hands ... cold. 8.
Canada ... a very big country. 9. The Amazon ... in Africa. 10. Diamonds ... cheap.
11. Motor racing ... a dangerous sport. 12. Cats ... big animals.
Exercise 11. Complete the sentences. Use the affirmative, negative or

interrogative form of “be” in the Present Simple.
Model: I'm not at school today. It's Sunday!
1 He … a teacher. He's a doctor!
2 … you eleven?
3 They're from the USA. They … American.
4 It's very hot. It … 35°C!
5 … he good at Mathematics?
6 John … eleven. He's twelve!
7 We … at home. We're at school!
8 Sophie … my friend. I like her a lot.
9 The exercise … difficult. It’s easy.
Exercise 12. Put the verb to be in the Past Simple.

My aunt … very depressed last Sunday. The weather … terrible. It … cold and
rainy. Her husband … not at home. He … at hospital because he … sick. Her
children … not at school. They … not in the yard, they … in the living room. The TV
… broken. The children … not only upset, they … very angry. The neighbours … not
happy because her children … too noisy. The house … not clean. The sink …
broken. There … dirty dishes on the kitchen table and in the sink. There … nothing
in the fridge. There … no vegetables for dinner, there … no juice for her children.
There … not even bread in the house! She … tired and hungry. She … just
exhausted.
Exercise 13. Put in was or were into the gaps.

1) I … in Canberra last spring.
2) We … at school last Saturday.
3) Tina … at home yesterday.
4) He … happy.
5) Robert and Stan … Garry's friends.
6) You … very busy on Friday.
7) They … in front of the supermarket.
8) I … in the museum.
10
9) She … in South Africa last month.
10) Jessica and Kimberly … late for school.
Exercise 14. Put in was not or were not into the gaps.
1) They … ill.
2) You … tired.
3) The children … quiet.
4) Max … in Helsinki last week.
5) She … home for dinner.
6) The water … cold.
7) There … a good film on TV yesterday.
8) We … in Brazil last winter.
9) Betty and Florence … at school this morning.
10) I … happy when I heard about the accident.
Exercise 15. Put in am, is, are, was, were.

1. Last year she ... 22, so she ... 23 now. 2. Today the weather... nice, but
yesterday it... cold. 3. I ... hungry. Can I have something to eat? 4. I ... hungry last
night, so I had something to eat. 5. Where ... you at 11 o'clock last Friday morning?
6. Don't buy those shoes. They ... too expensive. 7. Why ... you so angry yesterday?
8. We must go now. It ... very late. 9. This time last year I ... in Paris. 10. We ... tired
when we arrived home, so we went to bed. 11. Charlie Chaplin died in 1978. He ... a
famous film star. 12. "Where ... the children?" "I don't know. They ... in the garden
ten minutes ago".
Exercise 16. Insert is, are, was, were in the story.

George Washington ... born in Virginia. He ... the first president of the United
States. Before that, he ... the commander-in-chief of the Continental Army during the
American Revolution. Washington stayed with his soldiers when conditions ... very
bad. He ... a man with a strong sense of duty. Today, Washington's birthday ... a
holiday. Most schools ... closed on that day. However, stores ... open on Washington's
birthday, and there ... lots of Washington's birthday sales.
Exercise 17. Insert the verb to be in the Present, Past or Future Simple.
1. My father ... a teacher. 2. He ... a pupil twenty years ago. 3. I ... a doctor
when I grow up. 4. My sister ... not ... at home tomorrow. 5. She ... at school
tomorrow. 6. ... you ... at home tomorrow? 7. ... your father at work yesterday? 8. My
sister ... ill last week. 9. She ... not ill now. 10. Yesterday we ... at the theatre. 11.
Where ... your mother now? — She ... in the kitchen. 12. Where ... you yesterday? —
I ... at the cinema. 13. When I come home tomorrow, all my family ... at home. 14. ...
your little sister in bed now? — Yes, she ... 15. ... you... at school tomorrow? — Yes
I ... . 16. When my granny ... young, she ... an actress. 17. My friend … in Kyiv now.
18. He ... in Lviv tomorrow. 19. Where ... your books now? – They ... in my bag. 20.
The students … in the Russian Museum. 21. Last month they … in the Hermitage.
11
There … an interesting exhibition there. 22. In two weeks they … in the Tretyakov
Gallery. They … lucky.
Exercise 18. Insert the verb to be in the Present, Past or Future Simple.
Ronald Frank … a managing director of the First Bank of Kingsville on Main
Street. He … always on a business trip. Yesterday he … in Geneva. Tomorrow he …
in London. Last week he … in Chicago. Next week he … in New Orleans. At the
moment he … in Amsterdam. In two hours he … in the Hague. Three days ago he …
in Paris. At the end of his trip he … usually very tired but happy. He … with his
family now. His sons … so much excited. They have got new toys from their father.
Everybody in the family … very glad to see him at home again.
Форми звороту there is /there are (Indefinite Tenses)
Tenses Зворот Що? Де?

Present Indefinite There is a book on the table.
There are some patients in this ward.
Past Indefinite There was a clock on the table.
There were some buses at the stop.
Future Indefinite There will be a new hospital in this street.
Exercise 19. Choose the correct word (is/are).

1. There (is, are) a large table in my room. 2. There (is, are) three windows
in my classroom. 3. There (is, are) a table and four chairs in my room. 4. There (is,
are) a blackboard, four tables and five chairs in our classroom. 5. There (is, are) a
textbook and two exercise-books on my table. 6. There (is, are) a school in my
street. 7. There (is, are) very many children in the park today.
Now, make these sentences interrogative, using what, where, when, how
many (e. g. What is there on my table?)
Exercise 20. Complete the text. Use There is or There are.

(1) ………. some posters on the walls. (2) ………. a big mirror too. (3)
………. a table under the mirror with two chairs. ………. some flowers on the tables.
(4) ………. a big plant in one comer of the restaurant. (5) ………. a door to the
kitchen on the right. (6) ………. some shelves next to the door. (7) ………. some
menus on one of the shelves.
Exercise 21. Fill in the blanks with the proper forms of the verb to be.
1. There … small children in the yard. 2. There ... a lake in the distance. It is
deep. 3. There … some eggs in the basket. They are fresh. 4. There ... different
flowers in the garden next spring. 5. There ... a cat on the bench. 6. There … some
magazines on the table an hour ago. I can’t find them now. 7. There ... some milk in
the jug yesterday. 8. There … some monuments to Taras Shevchenko in the city. 9.
There ... a large garden in this place some years ago. 10. There … a historical museum
in our village next year.
12
Exercise 22. Write questions to the following sentences and give negative
answers.
1. There is a pond in the park. 2. There is a pool in the park. 3. There are boats
for rent on the pond. 4. There are some picnic tables in the park. 5. There are
barbecue grills next to the pond. 6. There is a play area for children. 7. There are
some swings in the play area. 8. There is a fountain next to the tennis courts. 9. There
are five basketball courts in the park. 10. There are benches around the pond.
Exercise 23. Complete the questions. Use is there, are there, was there,
were there.
1. ... a pen on the table? 2. ... any new students in class last week? 3. I'm
hungry. ... a pizza place near here? 4. Traffic was heavy.... an accident on the bridge
this morning? 5. ... many senior citizens in your building now? 6. I'm hungry. ... any
good restaurants near here? 7. ... a meeting yesterday at the cafe? 8. ... thirty days in
September? 9. You were late. ... a long line at the bank? 10. ... any cars on the
highway?
Exercise 24. Fill in the blanks with the correct words. Use is, are, some.
1. There ... cereal in the cabinet. 2. There ... eggs in the refrigerator. 3. There ...
cookies in the cabinet. 4. There ... bananas on the counter. 5. There ... rice in the
refrigerator. 6. There ... bread on the counter. 7. There ... oranges on the counter. 8.
There ... apples in the basket. 9. There ... pea-nut butter in the cabinet. 10. There ...
doughnuts on the counter. 11. There ... coffee in the cup.
Exercise 25. Answer the following questions.

1. What is there in your bag? 2. What is there on your desk? 3. What's there in
your hand? 4. What is there on the wall? 5. How many students are there in the
classroom? 6. How many tables are there in this room? 7. How many letters are there
in the English alphabet? 8. How many sounds are there in the English language? 9.
Was there a concert at the institute last Sunday? 10. Will there be an evening party at
the institute next Sunday?
Exercise 26. Translate the following sentences into English.

1. У Івано-Франківську є кілька кінотеатрів. 2. У Києві є чимало гарних
площ. 3. Скільки квартир у вашому будинку? — У нашому будинку 75 квартир.
4. На вечірці було багато студентів. 5. — На вашій вулиці є кінотеатр? — Так,
біля мого будинку є гарний новий кінотеатр. 6. У цій кімнаті два вікна. 7. —
Скільки старих дерев у цьому парку? — Там близько 40 старих дерев. 8. На
вулиці було чимало людей. 9. — Чи є у вашій квартирі телефон? — Ні, немає.
10. — Чи є у глечику молоко? — Так, є. 11. У цій книжці багато малюнків. 12.
У цій аудиторії чудова дошка. 13. — Скільки столів в аудиторії? — Там 9
столів. 14. Я не можу їсти цей суп. У ньому забагато солі. 15. У дворі немає
снігу. 16. — Чи є словник на столі? — Ні, немає. 17. У нашому місті буде театр.
13
VERB “TO HAVE” IN THE PRESENT, PAST AND FUTURE SIMPLE
Exercise 27. Fill in the blanks with have / has.

1) I ___ a nice room.
2) She ___ a cat.
3) Jack ___ a pet.
4) The sisters ___ great teachers.
5) He ___ an old bike.
6) They ___ a goldfish.
7) Emma ___ lots of friends.
8) We ___ a problem.
9) Joe and Philip ___ a sister.
10) The family ___ two cars.
Exercise 28. Choose the correct answer.

1. My dog have /has a long tail.
2. The coffee have/has milk in it.
3. They have/has the correct answer.
4. The flag of Israel have/has a star on it.
5. I never have/has a clean room.
6. The house have /has a lot of furniture.
7. The water have/has a bad taste.
Exercise 29. Fill in the blanks with: have / has, had, shall have / will have.
1. We … beautiful flowers in our garden.
2. Jane … five new English books.
3. I … an expensive sport car last year.
4. They … a big villa not far from the beach soon.
5. She … a lot of dolls when she was small.
6. My father a computer in his office.
7. Sandra and I five pets.
8. My mother … a pretty orange bag.
9. They … many fruit trees in the garden last year.
10.You … ten notebooks.
11.I … a desk and two chairs in my bedroom.
12.Robert … a tall brother.
13.We … time to go there tomorrow.
14.These boys … blue eyes.
15.The … pupils a new computer room in a month.
16.The dog … a very big doghouse.
17.Bill Gates … a lot of money.
18.She … long blond hair, but yesterday she cut and dyed it.
19.They … four tickets to the show.
20.He … much free time next week.
21.The water … a bad taste, so I didn’t drink it.
14
Exercise 30. Give the interrogative and negative forms of the following
sentences.
1. He has a lot of experience. 2. She has a bath every day. 3. She has got a lot
of jewellery. 4. They have a lot of rare plants in their garden. 5. She usually has a rest
after dinner. 6. They had late supper tonight. 7. We have got a lot of problems now.
8. They had a pleasant voyage last summer. 9. Her mother has a flat in the High
Street. 10. The president has a bad cold.
HAVE GOT: PRESENT SIMPLE (AFFIRMATIVE, NEGATIVE,

INTERROGATIVE)
Exercise 31. Complete Patricia's description of her family. Use the

correct form of have got.
Hi! I'm Patricia. That's me in the pink blouse next to mum and dad. There are
six children in our family. I haven't got many sisters, only one, but I’ve got four
brothers. We … the same dark hair – even Joe, my new baby brother. My dad …
green eyes just like my brothers. My mum …green eyes, she's got blue eyes. We … a
big house, we've got a small house. It … three bedrooms. My four brothers … the big
bedroom and my sister and I … the small bedroom. … you … a big family like
mine?
Exercise 32. Complete the paragraph about Jon's family. Use the correct
form of have got.
Hello! My name's Jon. My parents have got two children. They haven't got a
daughter. They ____ two sons, me and my brother, Benny. Benny ____ dark hair and
dark eyes. He looks like our mum. I look like our dad. We ____ dark hair. We ____
fair hair and blue eyes. I love animals so I ____ a cat. Benny _____ a pet because he
doesn't like animals. He likes computer games and he ____ a computer in his
bedroom. ____ you ____ any brothers or sisters?
THE PRESENT INDEFINITE TENSE
Exercise 33. Put the verb in the Present Indefinite Tense form in the
following sentences.
15
1. I (to like) coffee very much. 2. Your father (to know) that we are here. 3.
The children (to look) just like their mother. 4. We (to remember) everything you
told us. 5. Those cameras (to cost) too much for me. 6. John (to take) Mary to the
movies every Saturday. 7. The bus (to stop) at this corner. 8. Paul (to seem) in-
terested.
Exercise 34. Change the form of the verb using the Present Indefinite
Tense.
1. My friend (to help) me in my French. 2. Miss Brown (to teach) us German.
3. Many people (to play) tennis in summer. 4. Mr Grey and his wife (to live) in Ox -
ford now. 5. This old man says he (to know) you very well. 6. I (to like) such films.
7. Bob (to shave) every morning. 8. These students (to rent) a room. 9. In winter we
(to ski) and (to skate) a lot. 10. They (to meet) in our club very often.
Exercise 35. Use the necessary form of the verb.

1. Her friend (to get) to town by train. 2. Helen (to live) in the suburbs of
London. 3. Bob (to go) to his office by bus. 4. Harry generally (to leave) home at 8
o'clock. 5. It (to take) him long to reach the University. 6. Tom (to get up) at 7
o'clock in the morning. 7. In the evening Mr Brown (to work) in his garden. 8. After
supper she (to watch) TV. 9. Sometimes they (to have) dinner at home. 10. I (to do)
my morning exercises every day.
Exercise 36. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the correct form.
1. They (to listen) to the radio in the afternoon. 2. He (to play) basketball very
well. 3. My sister (to help) me to do my homework. 4. We (to speak) English at our
English lessons. 5. I (to walk) to the college every morning. 6. My grandfather (to
like) to tell us stories about the war. 7. He (to live) in the hostel. 8. We (to speak)
German a little. 9. These foreign students (to speak) Ukrainian well. 10. Our teacher
(to ask) us many questions.
Exercise 37. Choose the correct form of each verb.

1. I live/lives in Scotland.
2. He visit/visits me on the holidays.
3. They work/works in Oxford.
4. We come/comes here at weekends.
5. They like/likes sport.
6. It rain/rains every week here!
7. I walk/walks to school every day.
8. She hate/hates basketball.
9. They speak/speaks English very well
10.We read/reads a lot of comics.
Exercise 38. Choose the correct verb in each sentence.
1. She (get up, gets up) at 7:00. 2. They (eat, eats) breakfast at 7:30 in the
morning. 3. He (drink, drinks) coffee. 4. They (leave, leaves) for work at 8:00. 5.
She (walk, walks) to work. 6. She (work, works) from 9:00 to 5:00. 7. They (go,
16
goes) to school in the evening. 8. They (get, gets) home from school at 10:00. 9. He
(watch, watches) TV after school. 10. They (go, goes) to sleep at 12:00.
Exercise 39. Write the correct form of the verbs.

1. My dog (like) pizza!
2. Rob (sit) … next to me at school.
3. The programme (finish) … very late.
4. She (run) … to the park in the afternoon.
5. My brother (clean) …his room every day.
6. Tina always (go) … to the swimming pool after school.
7. Mr. Miller, (teach) … geography.
8. My cat (try) … to jump into the car.
9. James (do) … karate on Saturdays.
Exercise 40. Complete the text with the correct form of the verb.
Paul (live) lives in London. He (go) …… to Thames School with his sister,
Susan. They (start) …… school at nine o'clock every day. Paul (study) …… French
at school but Susan (study) …… German. Paul and Susan (like) ……. sport. They
(play) …… tennis at school. In the evenings Paul (watch) …… TV with Susan and
their parents.
Exercise 41. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs.
Jenny is ten, and she (live) in Manchester. Jenny (love) sport. Jenny (play) …
basketball and tennis at school. Her friends (like) …swimming, so she (go) … to the
swimming pool with them on Wednesdays and Saturdays. Jenny also (watch) … a lot
of sport on TV. “My favourite sport is football”, she says. “My brothers (love) …
football too. We (support) … Manchester United!”
Exercise 42. Read the story. Then, answer the questions.
The apartment building

Kim lives on the first floor of this building in Broad Street. It's a noisy building
from 7:00 to 8:00 every morning because everybody is getting ready for work.
Michael lives alone in a big apartment on the third floor. He's single, and he
goes to parties every night, so he wakes up late every morning. He drives to work at
8:00, but he's always late and always in a hurry. His feet make noise on the stairs.
Susan and Paul are a young married couple. They live on the second floor.
They leave at 8:00 a.m., too. Susan is a secretary in a small office near her apartment.
She walks to work and enjoys the exercise. Paul works at a factory about fifteen
miles from their home. He drives a car.
Kim and Don live on the first floor with their two sons, Jason and Todd. They
have a car, but Don takes the bus to work. His office is only fifteen-minute bus ride
away. Jason and Todd walk to school together. Kim waves good-bye to them.
At 8:00, everything is quiet. Kim is alone. Now she can draw and paint. Kim is
an artist.
17
1. Does Michael have a small apartment? 2. Does he stay home at night? 3. Do
Susan and Paul leave at the same time? 4. Does Susan like to walk to work? 5. Does
Paul live near his factory? 6. Do Kim and Don have a car? 7. Does Kim drive the
boys to school every day? 8. Do the boys leave at 8:00 in the morning? 9. Does Kim
work? 10. Does she walk to work?
Exercise 43. Put the words in these questions in the correct order. Then,
write short answers.
Model: Don / bus / work / to / Does / ? / the / take.
Does Don take the bus to work? Yes, he does.
1. wear / ? / suit / a / Does / Paul / work / to.
2. Michael / does / ? / alone / live.
3. together / Michael / Don / and / Do / ? / drive.
4. Do / to / school / ? / the / take / the / bus / boys.
5. / ? / work / Susan / Does / her / house / near.
6. have / Kim / children / /and / four / ? / Do / Don.
7. the / ? / the / third / boys / live / Do / floor / on.
8. stay / Kim / ? / home / Does.
9. jeans / boys / ? / school / Do / wear / to / the.
Exercise 44. Make up general questions using the following sentences.

1. Miss Hope likes her job. 2. Little Jim reads German a little. 3. Your daugh-
ter learns French. 4. The party begins at 6 o'clock. 5. Ann often spends her free time
at your place. 6. Mrs Jackson's children go to school. 7. You leave the office at 5
o'clock. 8. Tom does well at school. 9. His sister needs a new dress. 10. They want to
buy a colour TV set.
Exercise 45. Put questions to the italic words.

1. Eve gets to London by train because she lives in the suburbs. 2. Andrew has
two children. 3. My sister gets up at 6 o’clock in the morning. 4. His office is not far
from the British Museum. 5. Her friend is a doctor. 6. There are French newspapers
on the table. 7. Kate is 25 years old. 8. They often go to the theatre. 9. I like to write
poems. 10. She sings very well.
Exercise 46. Read the story. Then, write questions.
Jason and Todd

Jason and Todd are brothers. The boys are both in junior high school. Jason
is 13. He's in 8th grade, Todd is 15. He's in 9th grade.
After school, the boys are always busy. Jason is a baseball player. He's in the
major leagues. Todd enjoys sports, too. He plays baseball and basketball after school,
but he isn't in the school team. Every day at 4:30 Todd delivers newspapers. He
delivers fifty newspapers in his area. On Friday afternoon Jason helps him. Todd
collects money from the customers, and Jason delivers the newspapers. With tips,
18
Todd makes about $ 30 a week. Todd is saving for a computer. It costs about $ 1,500.
He already has $ 900 in the bank.
Model: What does Jason do after school? He plays baseball.

1. What ... ? A baseball player in the major league.
2. Who ... ? Todd does.
3. What ... ? He delivers newspapers.
4. How many newspapers ... ? Fifty.
5. When ... ? On Friday afternoon.
6. Who ... ? Jason does.
7. How much money ... ? About $ 30.
8. How much money ... ? $ 900.
Exercise 47. Read the story. Put 10 questions to it.
A typical day
Susan and Paul are young married couple. They have a busy week. They both
get up at 7:00 in the morning. At 7:30 they have a small breakfast, usually toast and
juice. Susan drinks tea; Paul drinks coffee. At 8:00 they leave for work.
Susan walks to work because she lives near the office. Paul drives to work
because he lives 5 miles from his company. They both work from 9:00 to 5:00, they
get home at about 18:00. Then, they go to school. They lake their books and drive to
a community college in their area. Susan studies nursing, and Paul studies computer
science. They arrive home at 10:00. It's a long day, and they are tired.
They talk and relax. Sometimes they study. Sometimes Susan reads and Paul
watches TV. At 12:00 they go to bed.
Exercise 48. Choose the correct negative verb in each sentence.

1. Michael (doesn't live, don’t live) with his family. 2. Michael (don’t stay,
doesn't stay) at home. 3. Michael (doesn't take, don't take) the bus to work. 4.
Susan and Paul (doesn't live, don't live) on the first floor. 5. Susan (don't drive,
doesn't drive) to work. 6. Susan and Paul (doesn't have, don't have) any children.
7. Kim and Don (doesn't live, don't live) in a house. 8. Their boys (doesn’t take,
don’t take) the bus to school. 9. Kim (doesn’t drive, don’t drive) the boys to
school. 10. Kim (doesn't go, don't go) to work.
Exercise 49. Complete the sentences. All of them are negative. Use don’t /
doesn't + one of these verbs: cost, drive, go, know, play, see, sell, smoke,
wash, wear.
1. "Have a cigarette". "No, thank you. I …". 2. They ... newspapers in this
shop. 3. She has a car but she ... very often. 4. I like films but I ... to the cinema very
often. 5. He smells because he ... very often. 6. It's a cheap hotel. It ... much to stay
there. 7. He likes football but he ... very often. 8. I ... much about politics. 9. She is
married but she ... a ring. 10. He lives near our house but we ... him very often.
Exercise 50. Translate into English:

19
1. Коли ваш тато приходить додому? 2. – Він викладач? – Ні, він лікар. 3.
Вона викладає історію. 4. У Коваленків нема автомобіля. 5. Він приймає душ
вранці. 6. На уроках англійської мови ми читаємо і перекладаємо тексти,
виконуємо різні вправи і розмовляємо англійською мовою. 7. Олена добре
співає і танцює. 8. Коли ви виконуєте домашнє завдання? 9. Вони не йдуть
додому після уроків, вони ідуть в бібліотеку. 10 Я не розумію це правило. 11.
Твій друг займається спортом? 12. Його син не хоче поступати в університет.
Він хоче працювати. 13. Ви багато працюєте над англійською мовою? 14. Що
ви зазвичай робите після уроків? 15. Яку мову ви вивчаєте? 16. Де живе пан
Браун? 17. Вони сестри? 18. У них велика сім’я. 19. Його батько не є старий. 20.
Скільки газет вони одержують? 21. Що ви хочете? 22. Кого Нік часто бачить у
клубі? 23. Де ви навчаєтесь? 24. Вам подобається цей фільм? 25. – Де твій
брат? – Він зараз вдома. 26. Куди ви зазвичай ходите ввечері? 27. Що любить
ваша сестра?
THE PAST INDEFINITE TENSE
Exercise 51. Write the Past Simple form of the following verbs.
1) To study, to work, to ask, to play, to stop, to finish, to wash.
2) To be, to begin, to come, to do, to get, to give, to go, to have, to know, to leave, to
make.
Exercise 52. Write the Past Simple form of the verbs.

watch play
visit like
hurry listen
live invite
drop plan
try carry
Exercise 53. Match the base forms with their Past Simple forms.
come - came
1 do left
2 be went
3 eat made
4 have ate
5 go did
6 make was
7 read sat
8 sing took
9 sit had
10 leave sang
11 take gave
12 give read
20
Exercise 54. Complete the sentences. Use the Past Simple of the verbs in
the box.
carry invite live cry clap watch hurry stop plan
1. Emily hurried home to watch her favourite cartoon.

2. Paul … the dictionaries upstairs for the teacher.
3. Sophie … me to her birthday party.
4. І … eating my dinner when the phone rang.
5. We all ... a film together last night.
6. Billy … in London when he was young.
7. They ...... their holiday in January.
8. Jane when she didn't win the race.
9. They all..............at the end of the concert.
Exercise 55. Open the brackets.

1. Mr. Smith (to fix) his car yesterday morning.
2. His wife (to water) plants in the garden.
3. Their children (to clean) the yard and then they (to play) basketball.
4. In the evening their boys (to listen) to loud music and (to watch) TV.
5. Their little girl (to cry) a little and then (to smile).
6. Her brothers (to shout) at her.
7. Mrs. Smith (to work) in the kitchen.
8. She (to bake) a delicious apple pie.
9. She (to cook) a good dinner.
10. She (to wash) the dishes and (to look) very tired.
11. The children (to brush) their teeth, (to yawn) a little and (to go) to bed.
12. Their mother (to change) her clothes and (to brush) her hair. Then she (to talk) on
the phone.
13. Her husband (to smoke) a cigarette and (to talk) to his wife.
14. They (to wait) for the bus. The bus (to arrive) at 9 o'clock.
15. They (to visit) their friends.
16. They (to dance) a lot there.
17. Mr. and Mrs. Smith (to rest) very well last night. They really (to have) a
wonderful time.
Exercise 56. Rewrite the following sentenses in the Past Simple.

Tom usually gets up at 7.30. Yesterday he … up at 7.30.
Tom usually walks to work. Yesterday he … to work.
Tom is usually late for work. Yesterday he … late for work.
Tom usually has a sandwich for lunch. Yesterday he … a sandwich for lunch.
Tom usually goes out in the evening. Yesterday evening he … out.
Tom usually sleeps very well. Last night he … very well.
21
Exercise 57. Put the following verbs in the Past Simple and fill in the
blanks.
teach - spend - sell - buy.
1. Tom's father … him how to drive when he was 17.
2. We needed some money so we … our car.
3. Ann … a lot of money yesterday.
4. She … a new dress.
Exercise 58. Complete the paragraph. Use the Past Simple form of the
irregular verbs.
Last week I (go) to the cinema with Georgia and Mike. I (meet) them in a cafe
at two o'clock and we all (have) hamburgers and a drink. The film (begin) at half past
three. We (sit) near the front and (eat) popcorn. It (be) a great film and I loved the
music. I (sing) along with every song. The film finished at five o'clock and we
(leave) the cinema. My mum (9 come) and she (take) us all home. It was a brilliant
afternoon!
Exercise 59. Open the brackets and put the verbs in the Past Indefinite
Tense.
1. It (to rain) hard yesterday. 2. I (to study) Ukrainian and English at school. 3.
Nick (to make) three mistakes in his last dictation. 4. The students (to go) to Kyiv last
week. 5. Last night we (to watch) a football match on TV. 6. Kate (to write) a letter
to her mother yesterday. 7. I (to translate) this text without a dictionary. 8. Yesterday
we (to get) home by bus. 9. I (to meet) her in the canteen the day before yesterday.
10. We (to see) this film a week ago.
Exercise 60. Change the sentences into the Past Indefinite Tense using the
given suggestions.
She goes to town every day (yesterday). She went to town yesterday.
1. I often buy gramophone records (many years ago). 2. We often listen to the
news (last night). 3. They frequently have dinner at the cafe (yesterday). 4. Father
takes my sister to the country every Sunday (last Sunday). 5. I never wake up early
on Sundays (on my last day off). 6. Nick often gives Florence flowers (for her last
birthday). 7. Our teacher always collects our exercise-books (the day before yes-
terday). 8. I often get presents from my parents (yesterday).
Exercise 61. Rewrite the following text in the Past Indefinite Tense.
On Monday we have five lessons. The first lesson is Ukrainian. At this lesson
we write a dictation and do some exercises. Nick goes to the blackboard. He answers
well and gets a “twelve”. Pete does not get a “twelve” because he does not know his
lesson. After the second lesson I go to the canteen. I eat a sandwich and drink a cup
of tea. I do not drink milk. After school I do not go home at once. I go to the library
and take a book. Then I go home.
22
Exercise 62. Rewrite the following text in the Past Indefinite Tense.
On Tuesday I get up at half past six. I go to the bathroom and wash my hands
and face and clean my teeth. Then I dress, go to the kitchen and cook breakfast for
my family. At half past seven my son gets up and has breakfast. I have breakfast with
my son. My son eats a sandwich and drinks a cup of tea. I don't drink tea. I drink
coffee. After breakfast my son leaves home for school. I don't leave home with my
son. On Tuesday I don't work in the morning. I work in the afternoon. In the evening
I am at home. My husband and my son are at home too. We rest in the evening. My
son watches TV, my husband reads newspapers and I do some work about the house.
At about eleven o'clock we go to bed.
Exercise 63. Make the sentences negative and interrogative.

1. He opened the windows before classes. 2. Ann translated a lot of foreign
letters at the office last week. 3. I finished work at five o'clock the day before
yesterday. 4. He lived in Kyiv five years ago. 5. They returned home in the evening.
6. They discussed a lot of articles from the French magazines last week-end.
Exercise 64. Put questions to the italicized words:

1. They started work at nine o’clock this morning.
2. Peter saw them in the park.
3. The pupils understood the rule very well.
4. My aunt grew beautiful roses.
5. They lost their way because it was dark.
Exercise 65. Write questions to the underlined words. Use the Simple Past.
1. Bob carved the turkey. 2. Bob met Valerie after work. 3. Doug and Norma
washed the dishes. 4. Carol met Yoko's friends in San Francisco. 5. Yoko and Carol
took a trip. 6. Eleanor helped Valerie with the dishes. 7. Yoko stayed in San
Francisco for four days. 8. Carol called Eleanor last Friday. 9. Pete missed Carol and
his mother on Thanksgiving. 10. Pete prepared an unusual soup.
Exercise 66. Ask your friend when (where, how, why) he (she, somebody
else) did it.
— I met John in the library, (when).
— When did you meet him?
1. He ran up to the buffet during the break, (why). 2. 1 read much last month,
(how many books). 3. Bill telephoned me yesterday from Kyiv, (why). 4. My friend
moved to a new flat, (when). 5. Tom and Betty talked long last night, (what about). 6.
I received a telegram from Helen, (when). 7. Our football team lost the game, (why).
8. Peter rewrote the last two sentences, (why). 9. She went to bed early yesterday,
(why). 10. Olga passed all her exams, (how).
Exercise 67. Write questions and short answers.

you / go / to school / yesterday? / Did you go to school yesterday? Yes, I did.
they / have / chicken / for lunch?
23
Did they have chicken for lunch? No, they didn't.
1 you/watch/TV/last night? (+)
2 Phil / play / volleyball / on Saturday? (-)
3 Bob/work/hard/yesterday? (+)
4 they/talk/in class/today?(+)
5 Max and Jake/do/their homework? (+)
6 Wendy/drink/any milk/on Monday? (+)
7 we / buy / the car / last year? (-)
8 you / see / Phil / this morning? (-)
Exercise 68. Make the sentences interrogative using the Simple Past.
1. be / Ann and Pete / out / last night. 2. go /Ann and Pete / to Exposition
Center. 3. be/John / home / last night. 4. worry / Pete / about / last night / his mother.
5. be /you / in Europe / in 1990. 6. visit / you / the Eiffel Tower/ that year. 7. be /
your / parents / in Asia / last year. 8. take / you / a vacation / last summer. 9. buy /
Olga / a sweater / yesterday. 10. be / the sweater / blue.
Exercise 69. Write questions about last weekend. Ask and answer with a
partner.
Did you play tennis on Saturday? Yes, I did. I No, I didn't.

1. When were you born? 2. When was your father born? 3. When was your
mother born? 4. When was your sister born? 5. When was your brother born? 6.
When was your grandfather born? 7. When was your grandmother born? 8. When
was your uncle born? 9. When was your aunt born? 10. When were your cousins
born?
Exercise 71. Make the sentences negative.

1. Jackie (not go) to school today. Jackie didn't go to school today.
2. Tony (not buy)..........the trainers.
3. My friends (not play)........with me yesterday.
4. We (not visit)..........our cousins last weekend.
5. My dad (not come)..........to the school concert.
6. No, I (not eat)...........six hamburgers!
7. I (not like)............the film on TV last night.
24
Exercise 72. Correct the following sentences.
1. I didn’t went to the movies last night. 2. She didn't ate at the Chinese res-
taurant. 3. When they visited San Francisco? 4. Who you did call? 5. Who call you
last night? 6. Why she called her mother this morning? 7. He had not any money. 8.
Where fell you? 9. Did she drank a glass of milk? 10. Where was she find the ring?
11. You didn't finished your dinner.
Exercise 73. Complete the sentences using the Simple Past of the following
verbs: clean, die, enjoy, happen, live, open, play, rain, smoke, start, want,
watch, finish.
1. Yesterday evening I ... television.
2. I ... my teeth three times yesterday.
3. John ... 20 cigarettes yesterday evening.
4. The concert last night ... at 7.30 and ... at 10 o'clock.
5.The accident ... last Tuesday afternoon.
6. When I was a child, I ... to be a doctor.
7. Mozart ... from 3756 to 1791.
8. We ... our holiday last year. We ... at a very good hotel.
9. Today the weather is nice, but yesterday it ...
10. It was hot in the room, so I ... the window.
11. The weather was good yesterday afternoon, so we ... tennis.
12. William Shakespeare ... in 1616.
Exercise 74. Write sentences about the past (yesterday, last week, last
Sunday etc.).
1. He always goes to work by car. Yesterday ... 2. They always get up early.
This morning they ... 3. Bill often loses his keys. He ... last Saturday. 4. I write a
letter to Jane every week. Last week ... 5. She meets her friends every evening. She ...
yesterday evening. 6. I usually read two newspapers every day. ... yesterday. 7. They
come to my house every Friday. Last Friday ... 8. We usually go to the cinema on
Sunday. ... last Sunday. 9. Tom always has a shower in the morning. ... this morning.
10. They buy a new car every year. Last year ... 11. I eat an orange every day.
Yesterday ... 12. We usually do our shopping on Monday. ... last Monday. 13. Julia
often takes photographs. Last weekend ... 14. We leave home at 8:30 every
morning. ... this morning.
Exercise 75. Change the sentences to the Simple Past. Use yesterday or
last.
Model: I walk to my office every morning. (I walked to my office yesterday).
1. I talk to my parents on the phone every week.
2. The post office opens at eight o'clock every morning.
3. Mrs. Hall goes to the fruit market every Monday.
4. The company executives meet at 9:00 every Friday morning.
5. I make my own lunch and take it with me every morning.
6. Mr. Clark pays his rent on time every month.
25
7. The baby falls asleep at three o'clock every afternoon.
8. The last bus to downtown leaves at ten o'clock every night.
Exercise 76. Use the Simple Past of these regular and irregular verbs: call,
hold, sell, swim, fight, jump, shake, teach, freeze, ride, stay, think. (Use each
verb only one time).
1. Paul ... the bottle of soda so hard that it sprayed all over his clothes. 2. Carol
didn't want to go on vacation with us, so she ... home alone all week. 3. Since I hurt
my knee, I can't go jogging. Yesterday I ... in the pool for an hour instead. 4. I was
terrified just standing over the pool on the high diving board. Finally, I took a deep
breath, held my nose, and ... into the water. 5. The climber, who was fearful of
falling, ... the rope tightly with both hands. 6. Johnny pushed Alan, and the two
boys ... for a few minutes. Neither of them was hurt. 7. Before Caroline started her
own company, she ... chemistry at the university. 8. It was extremely cold last night,
and the water we put out for the cat ... solid. 9. Before I made my decision, I ... about
it for a long, long time. 10. Peter ... your house three times to ask you to go to the
movie with us, but there was no answer, so we went ahead without you. 11. My car
wouldn't start this morning, so I ... my bicycle to work. 12. I needed money to pay
tuition at the university, so I ... my motorcycle to my cousin.
Exercise 77. Use the Simple Past of these regular and irregular verbs: ask,
build, choose, dig, forgive, lose, play, quit, ring, spend, steal, talk.
1. The phone ... eight times before anybody answered it. 2. Oh my gosh! Call
the police! Someone ... my car. 3. The architectural firm that I worked for designed
this building. My brother's construction company ... it. It took them two years to
complete it. 4. The children ... baseball until dark and didn't want to stop for dinner.
5. After I gave a large bone to each of my three dogs, they went to separate corners of
the backyard and ... holes to bury their bones. 6. A: Why isn't Bill here for the
meeting? He's supposed to give the weekly report. B: I ... to him last night on the
phone, and he said he'd be here. 7. After looking at all the chairs in the furniture
store, I finally ... the red one. It was a difficult decision. 8. A: How are you getting
along in your relationship with Ann? B: Not bad. Last night I ... her again to marry
me, and she said "maybe". 9. The players are depressed because they ... the game last
weekend. Next time they'll play better. 10. A: How can you take a three-month
vacation? What about your job? B: I won't be going back to that job again. I ...
yesterday. 11. I can't afford a new car because I ... all my money on new furniture for
my apartment. 12. A: Is Maggie still angry with you? B: No, she ... me for what I did,
and she's speaking to me again.
Exercise 78. Use the Past Tense of the regular and irregular verbs in
brackets.
You never know what will happen
26
A long time ago there (live) ... a poor Chinese peasant. One day a beautiful
horse (appear) ... When the peasant's friends (see) ... the horse, they (say) .., "How
lucky you are!"
The peasant (respond)…, "You never know what will happen". After two
days, the horse (run) ... away. The peasant's friends (come) ... and (say) …,"What a
terrible thing. How unlucky you are". The fine horse (run)... away". The peasant
(get, not) ... excited. He simply (say) …, "You never know what will happen".
Exactly one week later, the horse (return) ... And it (bring) ... three other
horses. When the peasant's friends (see) ... the horses, they said to their friend, "Oh.
You are so lucky. You now have four horses to help you". The peasant (look) ... at
them and once again said, "You never know what will happen".
The next morning the peasant's oldest son was in the field. Suddenly one of the
horses (run) ... into him, and the boy (fall) ... to the ground. He was badly hurt. He
(become) ... crippled. Indeed, this was terrible, and many people (come) ... to the
peasant and (express) ... their sorrow for his son's misfortune. But the peasant simply
said, "You never know what will happen".
A month after the son's accident, soldiers (ride) ... into the village. They
(shout) …, "There are problems along the border. We are taking every healthy
young man to fight". The soldiers (take) ... every other young man, but they (take,
not) ... the peasant's son. Every other young man (fight) ... in the border war, and
every man (die) ... But the peasant's son (live) ... a long and happy life. As his
father (say) …, you never know what will happen.
Exercise 79. Use the Simple Past of the verbs in brackets.

George Washington was the first president of the United States. He (to live) ...
in a beautiful home in Virginia. His mother (to have) ... a special garden with a
beautiful little cherry tree. Everyone (to love) ... that cherry tree. One day George (to
get) ... a hatchet as a present. He (to decide) to try the hatchet. He (to go) ... to the
cherry tree and (to chop) ... it down. As soon as he (to see) … the tree on the
ground, he (to feel) ... terrible. He (to walk) ... sadly back to the house and (to
go)... to his room. He (to play, not)... that afternoon. He (to eat, not) ... that
evening. That night George's father said, "Someone (to chop) ... down our cherry
tree". George (to decide) ... to tell his father. He (to walk) ... toward his father and
said, "I (to do) ... it. I (to chop) ... it down with my new hatchet. I cannot tell a lie".
''Thank you for telling the truth", his father (to say) ... .
Exercise 80. Use the Simple Past of irregular verbs: give, sweep, wear,
fly, catch, hold, take, buy, drink, teach, drive, pay, lead, freeze, run, fight,
feel, hear, hide, shut, put, drive, win, fall, get, choose.
1. I ... the floor of the kitchen with a broom. 2. A bird ... into our apartment
through an open window. 3. I ... the bird in my hands and put it back outside. 4. My
father ... me how to make furniture. 5. It got so cold last night that the water in the
pond ... 6. When I heard about Sue's problem, I ... sorry for her. 7. Alex ... a map for
us to show us how to get to the museum. 8. A few minutes ago, I ... on the radio
about a bad plane accident. 9. Pete had an accident. He ... off the roof and ... his leg.
27
10. Sam ... the race. He ran the fastest. 11. Ted ... his car to Florida last summer. 12.
The soldiers ... the battle through the night and into the morning. 13. I used to have a
camera, but I ... it because I needed money. 14. Lily didn't want anyone to find her
diary, so she ... it in a shoe box in her closet. 15. There was a cool breeze last night. I
opened the window, but Jane got cold and ... it. 16. Rita ... faster than anyone else in
the 100 meter dash. 17. None of the other runners was ever in front of Rita during the
race. She ... all of the other runners in the race from start to finish. 18. Greg is a
penny pincher. I was very surprised when he ... for my dinner. 19. Frank was really
thirsty. He ... four glasses of water. 20. Karen had to decide between a blue raincoat
and a tan one. She finally ... the blue one. 21. Anna ... a beautiful dress to the
wedding reception. 22. My pen ran out of ink, so Sam ... me an extra one he had.
Exercise 81. Use there was, there were and the Past Tense of the
following verbs: sing, draw, feed, keep, put, win.
1. A: How was the concert? B: We enjoyed it. ... a very good singer. She ...
four songs. 2. A: That's a wonderful drawing. Who ... it? B: I did. ... two older men
sitting near me on the train. I started to draw them on the train, I finished the picture
at home. A: You're really talented! 3. A: Where did you buy that cowboy hat? B: I
didn't buy it. I ... it. A: When? B: Last Saturday. ... a carnival. I guessed the number
of balls in the box. 4. A: We took the children to the Zoo on Sunday. B: Did they like
it? A: Yes, they loved it! ... lions, tigers, elephants, and monkeys. Paul and Jane ...
the monkeys on peanuts, and the monkeys clapped their hands. 5. A: Did you listen
to the news last night? B: No, I didn't. A: ... a con man in Texas. He became friends
with older women. They gave him their money to invest, but he ... their money for
himself instead. B: That's terrible. A: The police found out about him from the
children of one of the women. The police arrested him and ... him in jail.

1. — Якими іноземними мовами ви володієте?— Я володію англійською і
російською мовами. У школі я вивчав також французьку, але знаю її погано. 2.
Джон не звірив нові слова зі словником і тому неправильно переклав речення.
3. Учора діти допомагали батькам. 4. Ми постукали у двері, але ніхто не
відповів. 5. – Де ви купили цей годинник? — Я купив його одинадцять років
тому у центральному універмазі. 6.— Хто навчив тебе плавати? — Мій
двоюрідний брат. 7. — Що ви робили у неділю? — У неділю я ходив провідати
мого хворого друга. 8. Я познайомився з ним вісім років тому. Тоді він був
старшим викладачем, а зараз він професор. 9. — Де ти був учора ввечері? — Я
ходив у кіно. — Тобі сподобався фільм? — Так, фільм мені дуже сподобався.
10. Джек навчився розмовляти німецькою мовою у дитинстві. Він кілька років
жив із батьками у Німеччині. 11. — Скільки сторінок ви прочитали минулого
тижня? — Минулого тижня я прочитав дванадцять сторінок із домашнього
читання. Мені подобається ця книжка. 12. — О котрій годині ти зазвичай
встаєш? — Як правило, я встаю о сьомій годині. — О котрій годині ти встав
учора?— Вчора я встав о восьмій. 13. — Що ти робила вчора? Ти слухала
музику? — На жаль, ні. Я доглядала свого маленького племінника. 14. Він
28
увійшов до кімнати, увімкнув світло і почав виконувати домашні завдання. 15.
— Які книжки ви взяли у бібліотеці? — Я взяв три романи Драйзера. 16. —
Коли ви почали вивчати англійську мову? — Ми почали вивчати англійську у
школі шість років тому. 17. — Що ви робили на уроці англійської мови? — Ми
читали новий текст, відповідали на запитання і перекладали речення з
української мови на англійську. 18. Ми запросили Вілла на вечірку, але він не
прийняв запрошення. 19.— Де ви були позавчора? — Ми їздили на екскурсію
до музею Д. Яворницького. Екскурсія була дуже цікавою. 20. Учора ми не
послали їй телеграми, бо не знали її адреси. 21. У дитинстві Кейт мріяла бути
актрисою. А зараз вона працює водієм трамвая. 22. — Коли твої друзі
приходили до тебе? — Вони приходили до мене вчора. 23. — Коли ти закінчив
школу? — Я закінчив школу три роки тому. 24. 24 серпня 1991 року Україна
стала незалежною державою. Цей день — національне свято нашої країни.
USED TO / WOULD + INFINITIVE
Exercise 83. For each of the following sentences, choose either "used to"
or "would".
1. Do you remember how your Uncle David … sit in that chair and smoke
those disgusting cigars.
2. Your mother … have a Yorkshire Terrier when she was a young girl, didn't
she?
3. For years, they … go on holiday to the Rockies, but then it became very
fashionable and, hence, expensive.
4. Years ago, I … write a diary every day but then I got bored with doing it
and I stopped. Maybe it was my life that was boring!
5. At the start of their marriage, they … be very happy - but then it all went
wrong!
6. You … spell so well. Whatever happened?
7. When I was five, I … be able to do incredible gymnastics. Now I can't even
touch my toes.
8. Before getting my driving licence, I … ride a bicycle everywhere.
Exercise 84. Complete the sentences. Use the affirmative or negative form
of “used to”.
Example: Bob … (work) at the factory, but he doesn’t now.
Bob used to work at the factory, but he doesn’t now.
1. Mary … (go) to school, but now she doesn’t.
2. Andrew … (be) very tall, but now he is.
3. Kris … (drink) coffee, but now he does.
4. We … (play) football at the weekend, but now we don’t.
5. There … (be) a market every Friday, but now there isn’t.
6. They … (wear) uniform to school, but now they do.
7. He … (smoke), but now he doesn’t.
29
Exercise 85. Some of the phrases in bold are incorrect. Find them and
rewrite the sentences correctly.
1. We used to had a dog when I was a child.
2. I used to eat pork but now I hate it.
3. Bob used to play football before he became a dancer.
4. Wales use to be an independent country before it was a part of Britain.
5. We used to have several horses.
6. Jane uses to be a singer.
7. We used to lived in Russia but now we live in Ukraine.
8. It used to work, but now it doesn’t.
Exercise 86. Make up questions using “used to”.

Example: Your mother / read to you before you started school.
Did your mother use to read to you before you started school?
1. you / eat before you went to bed
2. Who / your family / visit at the weekend
3. What / your grandparents / give you when it was your birthday
4. there / be / a park / near your house where you could play
5. where / your parents / live before they got married?
6. you / watch TV / on Saturday mornings when you got up
7. you / get up early when you were a child
Exercise 87. Complete the sentences using the correct forms of the “used to”
structure.
1. Did you … go to the same school as me?
2. I didn’t … have so many toys when I was a child.
3. What did you … study?
4. Didn’t you … have long hair?
5. What did you … do when you were a child?
6. He never … be like that.
THE FUTURE INDEFINITE TENSE
Exercise 88. Change the following into the Future Indefinite.

1. We sleep in the open air. 2. I am busy on weekdays. 3. She agrees with him.
4. They are at home. 5. Our teacher left for Kyiv on Monday. 6. The students have
dictations twice a week. 7. Her husband worked at the factory. 8. I spend my summer
holidays in the country. 9. I saw her at the reading-room. 10. Our academic year
begins on the 1-st of September. 11. His brother is an economist. 12. We do our
homework in the afternoon.
Exercise 89. Make the following sentences interrogative and negative.
30
I. They will tell us about it. 2. The boy will be seven next month. 3. Bob will
graduate from the University next year. 4. There will be a dance at the end of the
party. 5. The meeting will begin at five o'clock. 6. I'll do what you want. 7. You will
go to the country at the weekend. 8. Harris will sing a comic song. 9. I shall see you
on Monday. 10. He will arrive in London the day after tomorrow. 11. We'll start at
dawn. 12. I’ll help you with your English. 13. Tom will be put in hospital. 14. All the
students will be busy at that time. 15. She will cook breakfast for us.
Exercise 90. Put questions to the words in bold.

1. We will have dinner at home at about six. 2. Our friends will come to see us
today. 3. We'll get up at seven tomorrow. 4. Soon there will be many young trees in
this park. 5. They will arrive in some minutes. 6. We'll play chess this evening. 7.
Next Sunday I will write a letter to my friend. 8. The plant will make agricultural
machines. 9. His parents will be at home after six. 10. Some of them will go to
Brighton one of these days. 11. Tom will not go to the cinema because he is ill. 12.
The peace talks will be held next month in Geneva.
Exercise 91. Complete the sentences. Use shall/will + one of these verbs:
carry, do, eat, send, show, sit, stay.
1. My case is very heavy. I ... it for you. 2. Enjoy your stay. Thank you. I ...
you a postcard. 3. I don't want this banana. Well, I'm hungry. I ... it. 4. Are you
coming with me? No, I don't think so. I ... here. 5. Did you phone Jack? Oh no, I
forgot. I ... it now. 6. Do you want a chair? No, it's okay. I ... on the floor. 7. How do
you use this camera? Give it to me and I ... you.
Exercise 92. Complete the sentences. Use / think I’ll ... or / don't think
I’ll and verbs: buy, go, have, play.
1. It's cold. ... out. 2. I'm hungry. ... something to eat. 3. I feel tired. ... tennis. 4.
This camera is too expensive. ... it.
Exercise 93. Put the verbs in brackets in the Future Indefinite Tense.
1. I (know) ... the result in a week. 2. You (be) ... at home tonight? 3. You
(have) ... time to help me tomorrow? 4. It (matter) ... if I don't come home till
morning? 5. You (be) ... able to drive after another five lessons? 6. Do you think he
(recognize) ... me? 7. Unless he runs he (not catch) ... the train. 8. He (lend)... it to
you if you ask him. 9. I hope I (find) ... him. 30. If petrol pipe attendants go on strike
we (not have) … any petrol. 11. He (believe) ... whatever you tell him. 12. I
(remember) ... this day all my life. 13. Perhaps he (arrive) ... in time for lunch. 14.
If he works well I (pay) ... him $ 50. 15. I wonder how many of us still (be) ... here
next year. 16. If you think it over you (see) … that I am right. 17. If you learn
another language you (get) ... a better job. 18. I am sure that you (like) ... our new
house. 19. Newspaper announcement: The President (drive) ... along the High Street
in an open carriage. 20. He (mind) ... if I bring my dog? 21. You (need) ... a visa if
you are going to Spain. 22. You (feel) ... better when you've had a meal. 23. He (be)
... offended if you don't invite him. 24. Papers (not be) ... delivered on the Bank
31
Holiday. 25. I hope he (remember) ... to buy milk. 26. If you leave your skateboard
on the path someone (fall) ... over it. 27. If they fall over it and hurt themselves they
(sue) ... you. 28. If you want twenty cigarettes you (have) ... to give me more
money. 29. Notice: The government (not be) ... responsible for articles left on the
seats. 30. If you drop this it (explode) ... 31. What your father (say) ... when he
hears about this accident?
Exercise 94. Combine the given sentences as in the model.

He will get tickets. We will go to the theatre.
If he gets tickets, we will go to the theatre.
1. Jack will come to see me. We'll play chess. 2. I'll see her. I'll invite her to
my birthday party. 3. The weather will be fine. Our group will go on a trip. 4. It will
rain on Sunday. The children will stay at home. 5. Mother will not allow us to go to
the cinema. We'll see the film on television. 6. Peter won't come in time. We’ll go
without him. 7. We'll take a taxi. We'll catch the train. 8. The wind will blow from
the west. It will rain. 9. I'll fall ill. I'll call a doctor. 10. You won’t wake me up. I'll
miss the train.
Exercise 95. Combine the two sentences. Pay special attention to the verb
tense you use in the time clause.
Model: I'll call Margo tomorrow. I'll tell her the good news (when).
When I call Margo tomorrow, I’ll tell her the good news.
Or: I'll tell Margo the good news when I call her tomorrow.
1. Ann will lock all the doors. She will go to bed (before). 2. I'm going to be
in London for two days. I'm going to visit the Tate Museum (when). 3. The show
will start. The curtain will go up (as soon as). 4. Nigel is gong to change the oil in
his car. He is going to take a bath (after). 5. We'll call you. We'll drive over to pick
you up {before). 6. I'll call you. I'll get an answer from the bank about the loan
(when). 7. I’ll get my paycheck. I'll pay my rent (as soon as).
Exercise 96. Use the given verbs in the Simple Present or with will, won't.
1. I ... the textbook before I ... the final exam (take; read). 2. Mr. White ... his
wife as soon as he ... to the hotel tonight (return; call). 3. I ... home tomorrow when
the painters ... to paint my apartment. Someone else will have to let them in (be, not;
come). 4. Before I ... to my job interview tomorrow, I ... a list of questions I want to
ask about the company (prepare; go). 5. When Julia ... us this weekend, we ... her
to our favourite seafood restaurant (visit; take). 6. Sue ... out of her parent's house
after she ... from school next month and ... a job (find; move; graduate).
Exercise 97. Put the verbs in brackets in the Present Indefinite or Future
Indefinite.
1. When he (return) ... I'll give him the key. 2. He'll be ready as soon as you
(be) ... 3. I'll stay in bed till the clock (strike) ... seven. 4. She (be) ... delighted
when she (hear) … this. 5. When the laundry (come) ... I (have) ... some clean
handkerchiefs. 6. I (buy, not) ... tomatoes till the price (come) ... down. 7. Stay here
32
till the lights (turn) ... green. 8. When it (get) ... cold I (light)... the fire. 9. The lift
(not stop) ... until you press the button. 10. She (have) ... to behave better when she
(go) ... to school. 11. When you look at yourself in the glass you (see)… what I
mean. 12. He (be) ... here before you (go) ... 13. I (lend) ... you my cassette
recorder whenever you (want) ... it. 14. He (wake) ... up when we (turn) ... the
lights on. 15. He (ring) ... us up when he (arrive) ... in England. 16. He (wash up)
... before he (go) ... to bed. 17. I (not come) ... to London till the bus strike (be) ...
over. 18. I (give)... the children their dinner before he (come) ... home. 19. They will
be astonished when they (see) ... how slowly he (work) ... 20. I (pay) ... you when I
(get) ... my cheque. 21. I (go) ... on doing it until he (tell) ... me to stop. 22. I (buy)
... that house when I (have) ... enough money. 23. We'll have to stay here till the tide
(go) ... out. 24. When the National Anthem (begin) ... the audience will stand up.
25. When the fog (lift) ... we'll be able to see where we are. 26. The fridge
(continue) ... to make that noise till we have it repaired. 27. As soon as the holidays
(begin) ... this beach (become) ... very crowded. 28. The car (not move) ... till you
(take) ... the brake off. 29. The alarm clock (go on) ... ringing till you (press) ...
this button. 30. As soon as she (learn) ... to type I (get) ... her a job. 31. Look
before you (leap) ... 32. We (have) ... to stay on this desert island till we can repair
our boat. 33. Don't count on salary increase before you actually (get) ... it. 34. When
winter (begin) ... the swallows will fly away to a warmer country. 35. We can't make
any decision till he (arrive) ... here.
Exercise 98. Replace the infinitives in brackets by the Future Indefinite or

the Present Indefinite.
1. When I (to enter) the University, I (to study) two foreign languages. 2. We
(to go) to the Carpathians after we (to pass) all our examinations. 3. Helen (to look)
after her little brothers till her mother (to come) back. 4. If you (to come) at 3 o'clock,
we (to see) an interesting program on television. 5. Before you (to leave) home, ring
me up. 6. We (not to go) on an excursion tomorrow if the weather (to be) bad. 7.
Before he (to begin) to read a book, he (to look) through it. 8. The children (to stay)
at home next Sunday, if it (to rain). 9. Don't get off the tram before it (to stop). 10. As
soon as the teacher (to enter) the classroom, the pupils (to stand) up. 11. If you (to
look) through today's paper, you (to find) an interesting article. 12. Wait for me till I
(to return). 13. When you (to be tired), we (to stop) working. 14. We (to go) to the
theatre the day after tomorrow if we (to get) tickets. 15. If you (to be) busy on
Saturday afternoon, we (not to go) to the stadium.

1. Наступного тижня ми вивчатимемо новий текст. 2. Він закінчить обід
за кілька хвилин. 3. Завтра учні підуть до музею. 4. Після обіду я піду гуляти. 5.
Не телефонуй мені вранці, я буду зайнятий. 6. У понеділок її не буде у школі. 7.
Через місяць ми поїдемо до Одеси. 8. На першому курсі ми вивчатимемо багато
цікавих предметів. 9. Через три тижні їй буде двадцять років. 10. Чи підемо ми
до театру наступного тижня? 11. Ви підете на концерт сьогодні увечері? 12.
Хто переглядатиме цю телевізійну програму? 13. Я буду працювати в школі.
33
14. Коли ви підете в кіно? 15. Ти прийдеш до мене завтра? 16. Вони не
виконуватимуть ту вправу письмово. 17. Я побачу його післязавтра і віддам
йому цю книжку. 18. Коли почнеться лекція? 19. Вона житиме у гуртожитку.
20. Ми не перекладатимемо цей текст. 21. Вони поїдуть завтра до лісу, якщо
буде гарна погода. 22. Якщо ви поїдете до Лондона, я приєднаюсь до вас. 23.
Коли він перекладатиме цей текст, він випише усі нові слова. 24. Вона отримає
паспорт, коли їй буде шістнадцять. 25. Ми не будемо обідати, поки ти не
приїдеш. 26. Ми підемо до нього, як тільки він зателефонує нам. 27. Після того,
як я закінчу інститут, я одружусь. 28. Ми підемо в кіно після того, як закінчимо
роботу. 29. Якщо я отримаю чудову роботу, я залишусь у цьому місті. 30. Ви
можете запізнитись, якщо не візьмете таксі. 31. Зачекайте, поки не прийде
викладач. 32. Він не виконає цю вправу, якщо ви йому не допоможете. 33.
Якщо вона не відповість на мій лист, я не писатиму їй. 34. Ви не
розмовлятимете англійською мовою добре, якщо не засвоїте граматики.
Indefinite Tenses: Revision
Exercise 100. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form of Indefinite
Tenses.
1. Every day she (to go) to the Institute. 2. Yesterday we (to go) to the cinema.
3. They (to fulfill) their plan last month. 4. Next week we (to fulfill) our plan. 5. He
usually (to come) to the Institute at 8.30. 6. Tomorrow I (to come) there at 9 o'clock.
7. He (to speak) English very well. 8. Last week he (to speak) about this problem: 9.
Every day this doctor (to make) the morning round and (to examine) the patients. 10.
Yesterday this doctor (to make) the morning round and (to give) some orders to the
nurses. 11. This nurse (to fulfill) the doctor's orders every morning. 12. Tomorrow
our students (to fill in) the case histories.
Exercise 101. Translate the second part of the sentences into English.
1. Every day this doctor приходить до лікарні о 8 годині.
Every day this doctor робить ранковий обхід.
Every day this doctor оглядає хворих.
2. Yesterday this doctor прийшов до лікарні о 8 годині.
Yesterday this doctor зробив ранковий обхід.
Yesterday this doctor пішов до головного лікаря.
3. Tomorrow this doctor прийде до лікарні о 8 годині.
Tomorrow this doctor зробить ранковий обхід.
Tomorrow this doctor заповнить історії хвороби.
Exercise 102. Make the sentences interrogative.

Model: Не studies at school №5.
Does he study at school №5?
1. You study at the Medical Institute. 2. Your friend works at this factory. 3.
They went to school last year. 4. You speak English well. 5. He does the morning
exercises every day. 6. Petrenko reads newspapers in the evening. 7. They fulfilled
34
their plan last month. 8. You learn German. 9. He wrote you many letters last year.
10. They told you some interesting stories.
Exercise 103. Put questions to the following sentences, beginning them

with the words in brackets.
1. You learn English (Do?) 2. Ann saw Nick yesterday. (Did?) 3. You will go
to the cinema. (Will?) 4. She wrote a letter to her parents. (Whom?) 5. You work five
days a week. (How many?) 6. He will go to London. (What city?) 7. His father works
at this office. (Where?) 8. The meeting began at 5 o'clock. (When?) 9. You go to the
Institute on week-days. (What days?) 10. He always comes to the Institute in time.
(When?)
Exercise 104. Put special questions to the following sentences, beginning

them with the words in brackets.
1. Не writes many letters to his friends. (Whom?) 2. He gave some medicine to
the child. (What?) 3. My friend lived in a hostel last year. (Where?) 4. He will go to
France next month. (Where?) 5. He comes here every day. (When?) 6. You listened
to the news yesterday. (When?) 7. The doctor examined these patients. (Whom?) 8.
He often sees his friends. (Whom?) 9. Your mother looks after your grandfather.
(Who?) 10. They listened to him attentively. (How?)

1. Ви навчаєтеся в коледжі? 2. Де ви навчаєтеся? 3. Він працює на заводі?
4. На якому заводі він працює? 5. Ви ходили в кіно вчора? 6. Куди ви ходили
вчора? 7. Ваш брат буде поступати до університету? 8. У який університет він
буде поступати? 9. Ви читаєте газети щодня? 10. Коли ви читаєте газети? 11.
Які книжки ви читаєте? 12. Ви підете завтра у кінотеатр? 13. О котрій годині ви
йдете завтра у кінотеатр?
Exercise 106. Make the sentences interrogative and negative.

1. They studied English last year. 2. We work at the factory. 3. His brother
studies at our college. 4. I translated that text yesterday. 5. You fulfilled the task last
month. 6. She writes letters to her brother. 7. This Institute trains teachers. 8. They
got scholarship last month.
THE PRESENT CONTINUOUS TENSE
Exercise 107. Put the verbs in brackets in the Present Continuous Tense.
1. - Where are our children? It's quiet at home.
- They (lie) on the carpet and (draw).
2. - What you (do) now?
- I (look for) my key. I can't open the door.
3. Listen! Somebody (sing) a lovely song.
4. Why you (put on) the coat? It's sunny today.
5. Don't make so much noise. I (try) to work.
6. Why you (cry)? Is something wrong?
35
7. Let's go for a walk. It (not/rain) now.
8. Why you (not/hurry)? I (wait) for you.
9. I don't speak any foreign language, but I (learn) English now.
10. We (spend) next weekend at home.
11. I (meet) Liz tonight. She (come) from Cork.
12. He (go) to speak to his parents.
13. My Dad (work) overtime this week.
14. They (live) in a rented house these days.
15. I (take) dancing lessons this winter.
16. At the moment we (fly) over the desert.
Exercise 108. Complete the sentences. Use am/are/is + one of these verbs:
building, coming, having, playing, cooking, standing, swimming.
1. Listen! Pat ... the piano. 2. They ... a new hotel in the city center at the
moment. 3. Look! Somebody ... in the river. 4. "You ... on my foot". "Oh, I'm sorry".
5. Hurry up! The bus ... 6. "Where are you, George?". "In the kitchen. I ... a meal". 7.
(on the telephone) "Hello. Can I speak to Ann, please?". "She ... a shower at the
moment. Can you phone again later?".
Exercise 109. Put the words in these sentences in correct order.

1. putting / Donna / on / is / food / tray / a.
2. line / Mr. and Mrs. Bell / in / standing / are.
3. hot / cooking / in / Ken and Ray / are / kitchen / the food.
4. paying for / Patty / lunch / is / her.
5. lunch / children / Kim / eating / with / is / her.
6. hamburgers / children / Kim's / eating / are.
7. eating / Bob / lunch / isn't.
8. ordering / Patty / big / is / lunch / a.
9. isn't / friend / standing / Olga / with / a.
10. are / people / Six / standing / in / line.

1. I am cleaning the blackboard. 2. It is raining. 3. The teacher is explaining the
grammar rule. 4. The boys are skating. 5. It is snowing. 6. He is waiting for her. 7.
The girls are having supper. 8. The woman is playing with the children. 9. The sun is
shining. 10. The children are going to school.
Exercise 111. Put the words in the questions in correct order. Then write a
short answer.
Model: Olga / Is / ? / her / washing / hands /.
Is Olga washing her hands? Yes, she is.
1. fixing / Harry / tape recorder / Is / his / ?
2. pencil / sharpening / Ali / Is / his / ?
1. doing / Michael / David / homework / their / Are/ ? / and
2. Kim / her / ? / Is / combing / hair
36
Exercise 112. Put the questions to the words in italics.
1. The girl is wearing a green dress. 1. Jane is drawing. 3. The children are
planting trees. 4. Dick is speaking over the telephone. 5. The man is running fast
because it is raining. 6. They are talking about the film. 7. The boy is sitting in the
arm-chair. 8. Ann is talking to her friends. 9. John's brother is riding a horse. 10.
The girl is trying on a dress. 11. They are working in the garden. 12. The students
are reading.
Exercise 113. Read the story. Then, write questions about the story.
Good-bye
Sarah is standing next to the train. She is very sad. She's crying. She's waving
to Tom, her boyfriend. She is unhappy because Tom is leaving. Tom is her boyfriend.
He's getting on the train with his suitcases.
Sarah is 18 and she's in high school. Tom is 19 and he is going into the army.
Tom is sad about Sarah, but he's excited about his future. He's saying, "Why are you
crying?" Sarah is saying, "Because you're leaving and I'm sad". Tom is answering,
"I'm not leaving forever. You're my girl".
Model: Where is Sarah standing?

Next to the train.
1. What.....................................................................?
She's crying.
2. Who......................................................................?
Her, boyfriend is.
3. What.....................................................................?
He's getting on the train.
4. Where...................................................................?
Into the army.
5. Why......................................................................?
Because Tom is leaving.
6. What.....................................................................?
"You're my girl".
Exercise 114. Open the brackets and use the verbs in the Present
Indefinite or the Present Continuous Tenses.
1. We (to go) to the institute by bus every morning. 2. Where is Nina? She is in
the garden. She (to work) there. 3. I always (to do) my morning exercises before
breakfast. 4. Where you (to go)? I (to go) to the cinema. 5. Somebody (to wait) for
you in the corridor. 6. I (to write) a letter to my friend. I usually (to write) letters on
Saturdays. 7. We (to gather) mushrooms in autumn. 8. It often (to rain) in Great
Britain. 9. Take along your umbrella. It (to rain). 10. The children are in the forest
now. They (to gather) mushrooms. 11. Is Roman in the canteen? Yes, he (to have
dinner) there. 12. We never (to miss) our classes. 13. As a rule, Maria (to make) her
37
report in time. 14. What they usually (to do) in the evening? 15. Do not disturb Ivan.
He (to prepare) for his examination. 16. The first-year students (to write) dictations
once a fortnight. 17. Do not make a noise. The students of Group 6 (to write) a
dictation. 18. Betty (to dance) all modern dances very well. 19. Look! Bill (to dance)
with Nancy. 20. Where you (to hurry)? 21. Oksana usually gets up late. She always
(to hurry) to the institute.
Exercise 115. Open the brackets and use the verbs in the Present
Indefinite or the Present Continuous.
I. Every day I (to go) to the Institute. 2. She (to go) to the library now. 3. I
always (to listen) to this lecturer attentively. 4. He (to tell) an interesting story now.
5. My friend always (to tell) us interesting stories. 6. They (to read) and (to translate)
the text now. 7. Peter (to help) them to translate this text now. 8. He (to help) his
friends every day. 9. My father (to read) newspapers every evening. 10. He (to read)
an interesting article now.
Exercise 116. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the Present
Simple or Present Continuous.
1. Ruth (eat) fruit every day.
2. They (talk) to him now.
3. We (visit) our aunt on Saturdays.
4. He (live) in London at the moment.
5. I (do) my homework now.
6. She (study) English every day.
7. We (wait) for a bus at the moment.
8. You never (eat) your vegetables!
Exercise 117. Complete the sentences. Use the Present Simple or Present
Continuous.
1. She (watch) ______ television every day.
2. He (talk) ______ to his friend now.
3. І (do) ______ this exercise at the moment.
4. They always (eat) ______ fruit for breakfast.
5. My mum (work) ______ in her office today.
Exercise 118. Complete the sentences with do, does, is, or are. If no
completion is needed, put a dash (–) in the blank.
1. Jack ... not work at his father's store. 2. … you have a job? 3. Kate ... works
at a restaurant. 4. Tom ... working this afternoon. 5. ... you working today? 6. Emily
and Sara ... working at the ice cream store this summer. 7. ... Eric planning to get a
job this summer? 8. ... you plan to get a job too? 9. Dennis ... wears jeans to work
every day. 10. He ... a carpenter. 11. Today she ... working at the Hill's house. 12.
She and her partner Scott ... building a new porch for Mr. and Mrs. Hill. 13. Dennis
and Scott usually do ... together small construction jobs. 14. A turtle ... lays eggs.
15. ... snakes lay eggs? 16. ... a lizard lay eggs? 17. ... a lizard a reptile? 18. ... turtles
38
and snakes reptiles? 19. Turtles, snakes, and lizards ... all reptiles. 20. Almost all
reptiles ... lay eggs. 21. Reptiles ... cold-blooded. 22. Their body temperature ... the
same as the temperature of their surroundings.
Exercise 119. Choose the correct tense form of the verb in brackets (either
the Present Simple or Present Continuous).
1. It often (rain) in this part of the world.
a) is often raining b) often rains
2. Take your umbrella. It (rain) cats and dogs.
a) rains b) is raining
3. Granny is in the kitchen. She (make) an apple cake.
a) is making b) makes
4. My wife often (make) apple cakes.
a) is making b) makes
5. Can you phone a bit later, please? Jane (have a bath).
a) is having a bath b) has a bath
6. Run downstairs. Your sister (wait) for you.
a) is waiting b) waits
7.I don't know Spanish, but I (learn) it now.
a) am learning b) learn
8. John still (work) in the garden.
a) is working b) works
9. Dad usually (work) on Saturdays.
a) is working b) works
10. Usually I (have coffee) in the morning, but now I (drink) tea.
a) am having coffee, drink b) have coffee, am drinking
11. We (sometimes/go) to the cinema.
a) are sometimes going b) sometimes go
12. -What she (do)? - She is a secretary at our college.
a) is she doing b) she does c) does she do
13. Why you (sit) at my desk? Could you take your place, please?
a) Why you are sitting b) Why do you sit c) Why are you sitting
14. We've got tickets, and tomorrow evening we (go) to the cinema.
a) go b) are going
15. - ...you (do) anything tomorrow afternoon? - I (play) tennis with my friend.
a) Are you doing; am playing b) Do you do; play
Exercise 120. Complete the sentences with the Simple Present or Present
Continuous form of the following verbs. Use each verb only one time: belong,
need, see, take, bite, play, shine, understand, drive, prefer, sing, watch, look,
rain, snow, write.
1. Look outside It ... Everything is beautiful and all white. 2. My father ... the
8:15 train into the city every weekday morning. 3. On Tuesdays and Thursdays I
walk to work for the exercise. Every Monday, Wednesday, and Friday I ... my car to
work. 4. A: Charlie, can't you hear the telephone? Answer it! B: You get it! I ... my
39
favourite TV show. I don't want to miss anything. 5. A: What kind of tea do you like?
B: Well, I'm drinking black tea, but I ... green tea. 6. I'm gaining weight around my
waist. These pants are too tight. I ... a larger pair of pants: 7. A: Dinner's ready.
Please call the children. B: Where are they? A: They ... a game outside in the street.
8. It's night. There's no moon. Emily is outside. She ... at the sky. She ... more stars
than she can count. 9. Michael has a good voice. Sometimes he ... with a musical
group in town. It's a good way to earn a little extra money. 10. A: Ouch! B: What's
the matter? A: Every time I eat too fast, I ... my tongue. 11. Alicia always ... in her
diary after dinner. 12. Thank you for your help in algebra. Now I ... that lesson. 13.
This magazine isn't mine. It ... to Colette. 14. I can see a rainbow because the sun ...
and it ... at the same time.
Exercise 121. Read the story. Use the verbs in parentheses in the Simple
Present or Present Continuous.
One Sunday Agnes and her mother went to the zoo. Agnes was very excited.
She was interested in everything she saw.
"Mother, look", she said. "There (to be) a monkey in this cage. It (to eat) an
apple. Now it (to give) a bite to another monkey. I (to think) monkeys (to like)
apples very much".
"Yes, dear", said her mother.
"Now I (to want) to go and see the lions and tigers. Where they (to live),
mother?". "In that big house over there. Come along".
Agnes enjoyed herself very much in the lion house.
"Mother", she said, "the tiger (to want) a drink: it (to go) to the dish of water
there in the corner. And the lion (to look) right at me. You (to think) it (to want) to
eat me up? When the lions and tigers (to have) their dinner, mother?".
"The keepers (to bring) them great pieces of meat every day at four o'clock.
And they (to make) a big noise before their dinner time, so everybody (to know)
they (to be) hungry".
Exercise 122. Use the verbs in brackets in the Simple Present or Present
Continuous.
1. Diane can't come to the phone because she (wash) ... her hair. 2. Diane
(wash) ... her hair every other day. 3. Kathy (sit) ... in the front row during class, but
today she (sit)... in the last row. 4. Please be quiet. I (try) ... to concentrate. 5. You
always (lock) ... the door to your apartment when you leave? 6. I wrote to my friend
last week. She hasn't answered my letter yet. I still (wait) ... for a reply. 7. After
three days of rain, I'm glad that the sun (shine) ... again today. 8. Every morning, the
sun (shine) ... in my bedroom window and (wake)... me up. 9. A: Look! It (snow)
... B: It's beautiful! This is the first time I've ever seen snow. It (snow, not)... in my
country. 10. Mike is a student, but he (go, not) ... to school right now because it's
summer. He (attend) … college from September to May every year, but in the
summers he usually (have) ... a job at the post office. In fact, he (work)... there this
summer.
40
Exercise 123. Use the Simple Present or Present Continuous of the verbs
in brackets.
1. It (be) ... a cool autumn day. The wind (blow) ... and the leaves (fall) ... to
the ground. 2. My roommate (eat) ... breakfast at exactly seven o'clock every
morning. I usually (eat, not) ... breakfast at all. What time (eat) ... in the morning?
3. A: You (shop) ... at this store every week? B: No I usually (shop) ... at the store
near my apartment. A: Why you (shop) ... here now? B: I (try) ... to find something
special for my father's birthday. 4. A: Flowers! Flowers for sale! Yes, sir! Can I help
you? B: I'll take those – the yellow ones. A: Here you are, mister. Are they for a
special occasion? B: I (buy) ... them for my wife. I (buy) ... her flowers on the first
day of every month. 5. A: I like to read. How about you? You (read) ... a lot? B:
Yes, I (read) ... at least one novel each week, and I (subscribe) ... to several
magazines. And I always (look) ... at the newspaper during breakfast. 6. A: Knock,
knock! Anybody home? Hey, Bill! Hi! It's me. Where are you? B: I (be) ... in the
bedroom! A: What are you doing? B: I (try) ... to sleep! A: Oh. Sorry. I won't bother
you. Tom, shhh. Bill (rest) ... 7. Before you begin to study, you should ask yourself
two questions. First, "Why I (study) ... this subject right now?" Second, "What I
(want) ... to learn about this topic?" Students (need) ... to understand the purpose of
their study. 8. In cold climates many trees (lose) ... their leaves in winter. They
(rest)... for several months. Then they (grow) ... new leaves and flowers in the
spring. Some trees (keep)... their leaves during the winter and (stay) ... green all year
long. In some regions of the earth trees (grow, not) ... any leaves. Trees (grow) ...
on all of the continents in the world?
Exercise 124. Use the Simple Present or Present Continuous of the verbs
in brackets.
1. Joan is a painter. She (go) ... to the opening of every new art show in the
city. She (like) ... to see the latest works of the artists. Right now she (prepare) ...
for her own show of her new paintings next month. 2. A: What book you (read) ...?
B: It's about Spain. I (think) ... you would enjoy it. A: I (see) ... sailing ships on the
cover. B: Yes. It (be) ... about Spanish exploration in the 17 tn century. 3. A: I (leave)
... now. You (want) ... to go with me into town? B: No, thanks. I can't. I (wait) ... for
my sister to call from the airport so that I can pick her up. 4. I work for an
agricultural equipment company called Agro. Right now, Agro (try) ... to establish
business contacts throughout Europe. At the present time, our sales manager (travel)
... in Asia and (talk) ... to potential customers. He (know) ... both Chinese and Arab.
5. Jimmy: Does the earth turn around and around? Dad: Yes, Jimmy. The earth (spin)
... around and around it's axis as it circles the sun. The earth (spin) ... rapidly at this
very moment. Jimmy: I (feel, not) ... anything. You (try) ... to fool me? Dad: Of
course not! You really (think) ... that the earth isn't moving? Jimmy: I guess so. Yes.
I can't see it move. Yes. It isn't moving. Dad: You (believe) ... only those things that
you can see? Look at the trees out the window. All of them (grow) ... at this very
moment, but you can't see the growth. They (get) ... bigger and bigger with every
second that passes. You can't see the trees grow, and you can't feel the earth spin, but
both events (take) ... place at this moment while you and I (speak) ... Jimmy:
41
Really? How do you know? 6. A: Look at Mary! Where she (go) ... and why she
(walk) ... so fast? B: She (rush) ... to meeting with the company vice-president.
Every morning at this time, she (submit) ... a report on the previous day's activities
and (present) ... the daily recommendations. A: But I usually (hear) ... the daily
recommendations from the president himself at the ten o'clock stuff meetings. B:
Every day, the vice-president (rewrite) ... Mary's comments and (take)... them to
the president. At every ten o'clock meeting, the president simply (read) ... the same
recommendations that Mary stayed up working on the night before.
Exercise 125. Complete the following sentences with the Simple Present or
Present Continuous forms of the verbs in brackets.
Maria is an athlete who (represent) ... her country in the Olympic Games. She
(run)... in the marathon, a 26-mile race. She usually (compete) ... in the triathlon,
which means she (have) ... to run 10 kilometers, swim 1/4 mile, and ride a bicycle
25 miles. There is only a month to go before the Olympics, so Maria (train) ... hard
to prepare. During regular training, she (swim) ... 1500 meters and (run)... 5 miles,
but during this pre-Olympic training, she (swim) ... less and she (run) ... more. She
usually (work) ... out in the weight room an hour a day, but this month she (lift) ...
weights for two hours a day, or double her normal time. Cross-country skiing is a
part of her winter training, but now that the weather permits, she (bicycle) … and
roller-blading, so that different muscle groups are excited. Normally Maria (be) ...
careful about her diet; she (eat) ... a limited amount of fat and a lot of fruit and
vegetables. Now she (make) ... extra sure that she (eat) ... plenty of carbohydrates
for energy. In addition, she (try) ... to get enough sleep. She (be) ... confident that
she'll be prepared, mentally and physically for the Olympics and she (be) ... proud to
be a part of this great event.
Exercise 126. Use the Simple Present, Present Continuous, or Simple Past
form of each verb in brackets.
1. A: Valerie (cook) ... now? B: No, she's not. She (cook) ... yesterday. Bob
(cook) ... now. Valerie (cook) ... every other day.
2. A: Yolanda is a hardworking student! It's midnight and she still (study) ...
She (study) ... all last weekend, too. B: I think she (study) ... every day of the year.
3. A: Don't wash the curtains. You (wash) ... them last week. B: I (wash, not)
... the curtains now. I (sew) ... them. There's a small rip on the bottom.
4. A: It (snow) ... a lot last night. How are the streets? B: I don't know. Call
Dad at the office. He (walk) ... to work this morning. A: Okay.
5. A: Gail is in the hospital. She (call) ... me yesterday. B: I know. I (visit) ...
her last night. A: Oh, that's good. Laura (visit) ... her now, and I (want) ... to visit
her this afternoon.
6. A: You (want) ... to walk to the park now? B; No, I (walk)... five miles
before lunch. I'm tired now.
7. A: What she (do) ... now? B: She (bake) ... more cookies. She (bake) ...
cookies yesterday, but we (finish) ... them last night.
42
8. A: You (talk) ... to Bob now? I (need) ... to tell him something. B: No, I
(talk) ... to Juan. I (talk) ... to Bob an hour ago.
9. A: You look tired today. B: I am. Ellen (call) ... me at six o'clock in the
morning. A: You (joke)..? Why? B: She (want) ... to borrow my sweater.
Exercise 127. Translate into English.

1. Щодня я читаю газети. 2. Він читає зараз журнал. 3. Мій батько працює
на заводі. 4. Вони зараз працюють у лабораторії. 5. Діти ходять до школи. 6.
Зараз вони йдуть у парк. 7. Ми часто перекладаємо тексти. 8. Моя сестра читає
англійський текст зараз і перекладає його українською мовою. 9. Петро часто
ставить запитання товаришам. 10. Зараз наш учитель ставить запитання
студентам.

1. Що ти зараз робиш? Я пишу листа. 2. Кому ти пишеш листа? Я пишу
листа моїм батькам. 3. Що робить зараз той студент? Він читає книгу. 4. А що
роблять ті дві дівчини? Вони стоять і розмовляють. 5. Куди ти зараз ідеш? Я іду
до бібліотеки. 6. А куди іде твій друг? Він іде теж до бібліотеки. Ми йдемо до
бібліотеки разом.

1. — Що зараз робить Наталка? — Вона вчить біологію. 2. Зазвичай
уранці він п'є чай, але сьогодні він п'є каву. 3. Не заходьте до тієї аудиторії. Там
студенти нашої групи складають іспит з української літератури. 4. Послухай!
Олена співає у сусідній кімнаті. Вона завжди співає дуже добре. 5. Його донька
збирається стати лікарем. 6. Не галасуйте, Ганна зараз працює. 7. — Де Петро?
— Він у читальному залі. Він виконує там домашні завдання. Петро завжди
готує уроки у бібліотеці. 8. Що ви збираєтесь робити? 9. Не виходьте на
вулицю. Зараз іде дощ. 10. Мій син зараз слухає радіо. 11. — Ганна вдома? —
Ні, її немає вдома. У неї зараз урок французької. У неї, як правило, уроки
французької у цей час. 12. — Сніг іде? — Ні, снігу немає, але дме сильний
вітер. 13. —- Батько вдома? — Так, він працює в саду. Він часто там працює
навесні. 14. —Я хочу бачити професора Василенка. — Вибачте, його тут немає.
Він читає лекцію у 145 аудиторії. 15. Цей письменник пише нову книжку. 16.
Наступного тижня ми їдемо до Києва. 17. — Що ви тут робите? — Я
перекладаю статтю про життя Джека Лондона. 18. Викладач зараз пояснить нам
це правило. 19. — Що робить Джон? — Він малює. 20. — Не галасуйте.
Професор Коваленко розмовляє по телефону. — З ким він розмовляє? — Він
розмовляє з ректором інституту.
Exercise 130. Read the story. Then read each sentence. Circle "T" if the
sentence is true, "F" if the sentence is false.
Teresa
43
Teresa is a counter clerk at Mr. Burger. This is her first day of work, and she's
very nervous. Teresa is standing at the back of the counter. Six customers are waiting
in line. Patty is giving her order to Teresa, and Donna is putting her food on the tray.
Teresa is ringing up Patty's order on the register. Patty's order is $ 3.50. She's paying
with a $ 10 bill. Teresa is giving Patty S 7.50 in change.
1. Teresa is a counter clerk. T F

2. This is her first day of work. T F
3. Teresa is busy. T F
4. Five people are standing in line. T F
5. Teresa is cooking hamburgers for the customers. T F
6. Teresa is putting the orders on the tray. T F
7. Donna is ringing up a order on the register. T F
8. Patty's order is $ 2.50. T F
9. Patty is giving Teresa $ 10. T F
10. Teresa is giving Patty a wrong change. T F
Present continuous (for future arrangements)

We can use the present continuous to talk about the present and the future.
Oh no! It's raining! (present)
I'm visiting my uncle next week. (future)
Exercise 131. Which sentences refer to the present? Which sentences refer
to the future?
1. I'm going to Rome on Friday..
2. I'm doing my homework at the moment.
3. What are you doing tomorrow?
4. 'Where's Rachel?'
5. 'She's playing volleyball in the gym.'
6. Who's coming to your party on Sunday?
7. We're not studying this weekend.
Exercise 132. Open the brackets using the Present Continuous (for future
arrangements).
Mike What (you do) are you doing tonight?
Jill I (play) … volleyball at the leisure centre.
Mike (Tina go ) … with you?
Jill No, she (stay) … at home with her brother. They (watch) … the football
match on TV. What about you? What (you do) … ?
Mike I (not do) … anything. I'm really tired.
Exercise 133. Complete the conversation. Use the Present Continuous

Tense.
Mum Are you doing your homework?
Karl Yes. I'm writing about what I (do) am doing in the summer holidays.
44
Mum Have you got many plans?
Karl Yes. I (meet)________Steve twice a week to play basketball.
Mum That's good.
Karl Well, we (play) ___________ in a competition in September
Mum What else (you do) ___________?
Karl I (stay)________with my cousins and we (visit) ___________ the new
dinosaur exhibition together.
Mum Oh, yes. Anything else?
Karl Yes. I (not get up) ___________ early for school and (not do) ___________
any more homework. I can't wait!
Exercise 134. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the Present
Continuous.
Example: We (go) are going to Paris tomorrow.
1. I (play) … volleyball on Saturday.
2. Pete (not/ go) … to the party next week.
3. She (not /watch) … TV this evening.
4. (go) … you … to the cinema on Friday?
5. (visit) … we … grandma this week?
6. Cathy and Pam (prepare) … for a test now.
7. (do) … Natalie … her homework tomorrow?
8. I (not/study) … on Saturday morning.
Exercise 135. Look at Amy's diary for next week. Write questions and
answers.
Monday go to the cinema – with Emily
Tuesday write to grandma
Wednesday play basketball – with Harry
Thursday practice piano
Friday visit uncle Joe
Saturday watch video at Sue’s house
Sunday prepare for a test
Amy / visit Uncle Joe / Friday?
Is Amy visiting Uncle Joe on Friday? Yes, she is.
Amy and Harry / watch a video / Wednesday?
Are Amy and Harry watching a video on Wednesday?
No, they aren't. They're playing basketball.
1. Amy / do her homework/Friday?
2. Amy and Emily / go to the cinema / Monday?
3. Amy and Sue/play cards/Saturday?
4. Amy/revise for a test/Sunday?
5. Amy and Harry / play basketball / Wednesday?
6. Amy / go to the cinema/Thursday?
7. Amy and Emily/watch TV/Monday?
8. Amy/wash her hair/Friday?
45
Exercise 136. Make up sentences.
Model: The, tomorrow, I'm, car, washing. I'm washing the car tomorrow.
1. is tennis this playing Saturday Tim.
2. coming they tomorrow are?
3. next playing Sunday they're football.
4. this isn't Sally evening TV watching.
5. having we're a weekend next party.
6. Sophie studying tomorrow is?
THE PAST CONTINUOUS TENSE

1. The old woman was crossing the street at the wrong place. 2. She was
playing the piano when I came in. 3. Jane was standing alone before the fire. 4. Kate
and Charles were working in the library from 3 till 7 yesterday. 5. David was
preparing for his examinations the whole day. 6. The children were doing their
homework at four. 7. Their son was going to be a pilot. 8. She was waiting for her
friend. 9. They were dancing when he left the room. 10. Alice and her mother were
cooking dinner the whole morning.
Exercise 138. Change the following into the Past Continuous Tense.
1. The children swam in the river. 2. Is Miss Hope wearing a white dress? 3.
The boy is standing by the window. 4. The old gentleman spoke in a low voice. 5.
They did not work in the garden. 6. We are not sitting near the door. 7. The lady tried
on a yellow dress. 8. Richard went to the cinema. 9. The workers built a bridge. 10.
Robert told a story.
Exercise 139. Complete the sentences using the Past Continuous of the
verbs: answer, begin, climb, count, drive, eat, look, melt, sing, stand, walk.
1. Fortunately I didn't get wet because I ... under a large tree when it began to
rain. 2. I saw Don at the student cafeteria at lunch time. He ... a sandwich. 3. Mr.
White asked an interesting question. The professor ... Mr. White's question when Mr.
Gray rudely interrupted. 4. Robert didn't answer the phone when Sara called. He ...
his favourite song in the shower and didn't hear the phone ring. 5. A: I saw a whale!
B: Really? When? A: This morning. I ... on the beach when I heard a sudden
"whoosh!" It was the spout of a huge gray whale. 6. Three people ... the east side of
the mountain when the avalanche occurred. All three died. 7. A: Were you on time
for the play last night? B: I drove as fast as I could. The play ... just as we walked in
the door of the theatre. 8. Robert came in while I ... the money from the day's
receipts. I completely lost track and had to start all over again. 9. It was difficult to
ski because the temperature was rising and the snow ... 10. A: What do you think was
the cause of your accident? B: I know what caused it. Paul ... at the scenery while
he ... the car. He simply didn't see the other car pull out from the right.
46
Exercise 140. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the Past
Simple or Past Continuous.
1. It wasn't raining when I ……….. (get up) this morning.
2. ……….. (you sleep) when the phone rang?
3. They saw an accident while they ……….. (drive) to London.
4. He ……….. (wait) for the bus when I met him.
5. The burglars ……….. (break in) to our house while we were sleeping.
6. “……….. (you pass) the exam last week?” “Yes, I did”.
7. Which countries ……….. (she visit) while she was travelling in Europe?
8. It was a beautiful day. The sun ……….. (shine) and the birds ……….. (sing).
Exercise 141. Read the story. Choose the correct form of the verbs.
Last night I went / was going to see “Spy Kids” at the cinema with my older
brother and my friend Kate.
It rained / was raining and I didn't wear / wasn't wearing my coat, so we didn't
walk / weren't walking to town. We took / were taking the bus. Kate waited / was
waiting for us when we / arrived I were arriving at the cinema.
The film was really good. It / didn't rain / wasn't raining when we came out, so
we walked / were walking home. When we got / were getting home, my mum slept /
was sleeping in a chair in front of the TV.
Exercise 142. Use the Simple Past or Past Continuous of the verbs in
brackets.
1. Last night Carol (read) ... a story to Billy when she (fall) ... asleep. 2.
When the storm (begin) ..., Joan and Peter (drive) ... to Florida. 3. Bob (play)...
soccer when he (break)... his toe. 4. Peter (shave) ... when he (cut) ... his chin. 5.
When the accident (occur) ..., it (snow)... 6. While we (dance) ..., he (step) ... on
my toe. 7. I (try) ... to answer the last question when the bell (ring) ..., but the
teacher took my paper away. 8. While she (prepare) ... dinner, the lights (go) ...
out. 9. Norma (drive) ... to Newton when a man (hit) ... her car. 10. When it (start)
... to rain, Ellen (play) ... tennis. 11. The telephone (ring) ... while I (take) ... a
shower. When I (get) ... to the phone, it was too late. 12.We (walk) ... along Fifth
Avenue in New York City when we (meet) ... an old friend. 13. When the visitors
(arrive) ..., she (sleep) ... 14. Our dog hates loud noises. When the workers (start)
... drilling the hole, the dog (hide) ... under the bed. 15. It (rain) ... when I (fall) ...
and (break) ... my finger. 16. (study) ... you at the library when the blizzard (begin)
…? 17. Who (drive) ... when the accident (happen) ...? 18. (paint) ... they the
house when it (begin) ... to rain? 19. (watch) ... you the news on TV when your
father (call) ...? 20. While I (walk) ... to the library, I (find) ... a gold ring. 21. When
the fire (begin) ..., she (call) ... the fire department.
Exercise 143. Use the verbs in brackets in the Simple Past or Past
Continuous.
1. It (begin) ... to rain while Ann and I (walk) ... to school. 2. While I (wash)
... dishes, I (drop)... a plate and (break)... it. 3. I (hit) ... my thumb while I (use) ...
47
the hammer. 4. While I (walk) … under an apple tree, an apple (fall) ... and (hit) ...
me on the head. 5. Last month, both my brother and my next-door neighbour were in
Thailand, and neither of them (know)... that the other was there. While they (attend)
… my daughter's wedding reception last week, my neighbour (mention) ... her trip,
and my brother was very surprised. It seems that they (be) ... in Bangkok for three
days at exactly the same time and (stay)... in hotels that were only a few blocks away
from each other. 6. While I (look) ... at the computer screen, I (start) ... to feel a
little dizzy, so I (take) ... a little break. While I (take) ... a short break outdoors and
(enjoy) ... the warmth of the sun on my face, an elderly gentleman (come) ... up to
me and (ask) ... for directions to the public library. After I (tell) ... him how to go
there, he (thank) ... me and (go) ... on his way. Soon a big cloud (come) … and
(cover) ... the sun, so I (go) ... back inside to work.
Exercise 144. Use the Simple Past or Past Continuous.

Late yesterday afternoon while I (prepare)... dinner, the doorbell (ring) ... . I
(put) ... everything down and (rush) ... to answer it. I (open) ... the door and (smile)
... at the stranger standing in my doorway. He (hold) ... a small vacuum cleaner.
While he (tell) ... me about this wonderful vacuum cleaner that he wanted to sell me,
the phone (ring) ... I (excuse) ... myself and (reach) ... for the phone. While I
(try)... to talk on the phone and to listen to the vacuum cleaner salesman at the same
time, my young son (run) ... up to me to tell me about the cat. The cat (try)... to
catch a big fish in my husband's prized aquarium. The fish (swim) ... at the bottom to
avoid the cat's paw. I (say) ... goodbye to the vacuum salesman and (shut) ... the
door. I (say) ... goodbye to the person on the phone and (hang) ... up. I (yell) ... at
the cat and (shoo) … her away from the fish. Then I (sit) ... down in an easy chair
and (catch) ... my breath. While I (sit) ... there, the doorbell (ring)... again. Then
the phone (ring) ... Then my son (say) ..., "Mom! Mom! The dog is in the
refrigerator!" I (move, not) ... "What's next?" I said to myself.
Exercise 145. Use the Simple Present, Present Continuous, Simple Past, or
Past Continuous.
Part 1:
Right now Tommy (sit) ... at the desk. He (write) ... in his grammar
workbook. His roommate, Bert, (sit) ... at his desk, but he (study, not) ... He (stare)
... out the window. Tommy (want) ... to know what Bert (look) ... at. Here is the
dialogue:
T: Bert, what you (look) ... at?
B: I (watch) ... the bicyclists. They are very skillful. I (know, not) ... how to
ride a bike, so I (admire) ... anyone who can. Come over to the window. Look at that
guy in the blue shirt. He (steer) ... his bike with one hand while he (drink) ... a Coke
with his other. And all the while, he (weave) ... in and out of the heavy street traffic
and the pedestrian traffic. He (seem)... fearless.
T: Riding a bike (be, not) ... as hard as it (look) ... I'll teach you to ride a
bicycle if you'd like.
B: Really? Great.
48
T: How come you don't know how to ride a bike?
B: I never (have) ... a bike when I (be) ... a kid. My family (be) ... too poor.
One time I (try) ... to learn on the bike of one of my friends, but all the other kids
(laugh) ... at me. I never (try) ... again because I (be) ... too embarrassed. But I'd
love to learn now! When can we start?
Part 2:
Yesterday Tommy (sit) ... at his desk and (write) ... in his grammar work-
book. His roommate, Bert, (sit) ... at his desk, but he (study, not) ... He (stare) ...
out the window. He (watch) ... bicyclists on the street below. Tommy (walk) ... over
to the window. Bert (point) ... out one bicyclist in particular. This bicyclist (steer) ...
with one hand while he (drink) ... a Coke with the other. And all the while, he
(weave) ... in and out of die heavy traffic. To Bert, the bicyclist (seem) … fearless.
Bert never (learn) ... how to ride a bike when he (be) ... a kid, so Tommy (offer) ...
to teach him how. Bert (accept) ... gladly.
Exercise 146. Open the brackets using the verbs in the Past Indefinite or
Past Continuous.
1. They (to translate) ... a difficult text yesterday. 2. I (to open) ... the
window at six o'clock yesterday. 3. You (to go) ... to the cinema yesterday? 4. I (not
to see) ... Mike last week. 5. When I (to open) ... the door, my friends (to sit) ... at
the table. 6. When you (to begin) ... doing your homework yesterday? 7. We (to
discuss) ... the latest news from three till four yesterday. 8. When I (to read) ... the
newspaper yesterday, I (to find) ... an interesting article on UFOs. 9. Lily (to
sweep) ... the floor on Sunday. 10. Margo (to sweep)... the floor from eleven till
twelve on Saturday. 11. They (to go) ... to the wood last Sunday. 12. They (to go) ...
to the wood last Sunday? 13. When they (to sail) ... down the river, they (to see) ...
a little island. 14. We (to work) ... the whole morning yesterday. 15. Mother (to
cook) ... dinner at three o'clock yesterday. 16. She (to finish) ... cooking dinner at
four o'clock yesterday. 17. At half past four yesterday we (to have) dinner. 18. You
(to watch) ... TV yesterday? — Yes, we (to watch) … TV the whole evening
yesterday. 19. When you (to go) ... to bed yesterday? 20. At half past ten yesterday I
(to sleep) ... 21. When I (to come) ... home from school yesterday, my little brother
(to sit) ... on the floor with all his toys around him. He (to play) ... with them. I (to
tell) ... him to put his toys into his box as he (to make) ... too much noise.
Exercise 147. Use one of the tenses: the Present Indefinite, Past Indefinite,
Present Continuous, Past Continuous.
1. Nona (to celebrate) ... her birthday yesterday. Her room looked beautiful,
there (to be) … many flowers in it. When I (to come) ... in, somebody (to play) ...
the piano, two or three pairs (to dance) ... 2. Listen! Somebody (to play) ... the
piano. 3. I (to like) ... music very much. 4. When I (to look) ... out of the window, it
(to rain) ... heavily and people (to hurry) ... along the streets. 5. What you (to do)
... at seven o'clock yesterday? — I (to have) ... supper. 6. When I (to come)... home
yesterday, I (to see) ... that all my family (to sit) ... round the table. Father (to
49
read) ... a letter from my uncle who (to live) ... in London. 7. Where you (to be) ...
yesterday? — I (to be) ... at home the whole day. — How strange. I (to ring) ... you
up at two o'clock, but nobody (to answer) ... — Oh, 1 (to be) ... in the garden. I (to
read) ... your book and (not to hear) ... the telephone. 8. What you (to do) ... at
five o'clock yesterday? — I (to work) ... at the library. — I (to be) ... there, too, but
I (not to see) ... you. 9. Yesterday I (to work) ... at my English from five till seven.
10. It (to rain) ... the whole day yesterday. 11. Where your sister (to be) ... now? —
She (to be) ... in her room. She (to do) ... her homework.
Exercise 148. Read the following story. Put the verbs in brackets in the
Present Indefinite, Past Indefinite or Past Continuous.
Yesterday morning (to be) an ordinary morning. I (to get) up at 6:30. I (to
wash) my face and (to brush) my teeth. Then I (to put) on my jeans and sweater. I
(to go) to the kitchen and (to start) the electric coffee maker. Then I (to walk)
down my driveway to get the morning paper. While I (to walk) to get the paper, I (to
see) a deer. It (to eat) the flowers in my garden. After I (to watch) the deer for a
little while, I (to make) some noise to make the deer run away before it (to desrtoy)
my flowers. As soon as I (to get) back to the kitchen, I (to pour) myself a cup of
coffee and (to open) the morning paper. While I (to read) the paper, my teenage
daughter (to come) downstairs. We (to talk) about her plans for the day. I (to help)
her with her breakfast and (to make) a lunch for her to take to school. After we (to
say) goodbye, I (to eat) some fruit and cereal and (to finish) reading the newspaper.
Then I (to go) to my office. My office (to be) in my home. My office (to have) a
desk, a computer, a radio, a TV set, a copy machine, and a lot of bookshelves. I (to
work) all morning. While I (to work), the phone (to ring) many times. I (to talk) to
many people. At 1:30, I (to go) to the kitchen and (to make) a sandwich for lunch.
As I said, it (to be) an ordinary morning.
Exercise 149. Translate the sentences into English.

1. Учора у цей час ми гуляли у парку. 2. У суботу з восьмої до дванад-
цятої години я працювала в саду. 3. Він працював над англійською весь день. 4.
Був вечір. Моя бабуся читала книжку, а я писав листа. 5. — Що ти робив учора
в цей час? — Я писав доповідь у бібліотеці. 6. Поки діти спали, мама готувала
обід. 7. Поки Іван виконував домашні завдання з англійської, Марія в'язала
светр. 8. Мені дуже шкода, що я не зміг прийти. Ви на мене чекали? 9. — Де ти
був об одинадцятій годині? Я тобі телефонував, а твоя дружина сказала, що
тебе немає вдома. — Я катався на ковзанах. 10. Ви подорожували
у цей час минулого року? 11. Ми йшли в кіно, коли вона нас зустріла. 12. Коли
я вийшла з дому, йшов сильний дощ. 13. — Що робив твій чоловік о восьмій
годині вечора? — Читав якусь книжку. У цей час він завжди читає книжки,
переглядає телепередачі або слухає радіо. 14. Коли я зайшов до зали, вона
декламувала вірш. 15. — Що ви робили минулої п'ятниці увечері? —
Переглядала телепередачу “X-фактор”.
THE FUTURE CONTINUOUS TENSE
50
1. Peter will be coming soon. 2. We will be flying to Lviv at this time tomor-
row. 3. We'll be packing our things when you come. 4. Little Ann will be going to
school soon. 5. I'll be thinking about you. 6. She will be writing a letter. 7. We'll be
having dinner on the train. 8. They will be learning grammar. 9. You will be meeting
her at 3 o'clock tomorrow. 10. He will be feeling excited.
Exercise 151. Turn the following sentences into the Future Continuous
Tense.
1. I am doing my morning exercises. 2. They were having dinner at three. 3.
She was feeling excited in the evening. 4. I was thinking about you all day long. 5.
The students were discussing the matter at the meeting. 6. I am waiting for you at
the metro station. 7. They were walking to school that morning. 8. The boys are
playing hockey. 9. Jane was reciting a poem at the party. 10. The children were
skating in the afternoon.
Continuous Tenses: Revision
Exercise 152. Read and translate the sentences into Ukrainian.

1. I was writing a letter at five o'clock. 2. He was doing his task when we
came there. 3. I shall be reading when he comes back. 4. When I was going there, I
met your brother. 5. They will be working in the laboratory from three till five. 6. She
was reading a book when I entered the room. 7. While he has his breakfast, I shall be
reading the text, 8. I was working in the library from three till five. 9. While I was
doing my homework, he was having a rest. 10. It was raining at five o'clock.
Exercise 153. Put questions to the following sentences, beginning them

with the words in brackets.
1. She is writing a letter now. (What?) 2. Peter was reading when we came in.
(Who?) 3. You are going to the library. (Where?) 4. He will be working from 9 to 12
tomorrow. (When?) 5. They are translating an interesting article now. (What?) 6. He
was speaking with the teacher when I came in. (Whom?) 7. They are working at the
hospital at present. (Where?) 8. The doctor is examining the patients now. (What?)
GOING TO + INFINITIVE
Read the sentences and study the rules.

I'm going to visit Italy next summer.
Dave is going to come to my house tonight.
Ross and Pam are going to tell me everything on Monday.
Use the verb be + going to + the base form of the main verb.
We use going to to talk about future plans and intentions.
I'm going to watch a video tomorrow evening.
51
Exercise 154. Write affirmative sentences using going to.
1. I / work - I am going to work
2. you / dance - ____________
3. it / rain - ________________
4. they / ask - ______________
5. he / stays - ______________
6. we / speak - _____________
7. I / give - ________________
8. she / try - _______________
9. they / help - _______________
10.he / push - _______________
Exercise 155. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of going to.
Pete and his family (buy) are going to buy a new computer.
1. Claire (study) … hard for her exams next week.
2. I (visit) … my grandparents this weekend.
3. You (learn) … how to send emails soon.
4. Fred and Emily (be) … in the same class next year.
5. Jessica (make) … a birthday cake for the party.
6. This summer we (stay) … at home!
7. They (be) … late for school tomorrow.
8. Mike (write) … a letter tonight.
Exercise 156. Write affirmative sentences with going to.

1. What does she need the telephone for?
→ (she / call / her boyfriend)
2. Why are they wearing sport suits?
→ (they / play / squash)
3. Why has Fiona bought chocolates?
→ (She / visit / her grandma)
4. Why do you need a map?
→ (we / walk / in the mountains)
5. What do you need the cloth and the bucket for?
→ (we / wash / the car)
6. Why are you running about with the toothbrush?
→ (I / brush / my teeth)
7. Why is daddy not coming with us?
→ (he / repair / the car)
8. Hurry up!
→ (they / light / the bonfire)
9. Why are all these tapes on the table?
→ (we / learn / Greek)
10.What do you need the pen for?
→ (I / write / some postcards)
52
Exercise 157. Complete the sentences. Use ... going to + one of these
verbs: eat, give, lie, rain, study, walk, wash.
1. My hair is dirty. I ... it. 2. I don't want to go home by bus. I ... 3. John's
university course begins in October. He ... engineering. 4. Take an umbrella with
you. It ... 5. I'm hungry. I ... this sandwich. 6. It's Val's birthday next week. We ... her
a present. 7. I feel tired. I ... down for an hour.
Exercise 158. Write sentences about the family's weekend.

It's Saturday. Everyone is going to help with the housework. What is each
person going to do? The family is not large: a father, a mother, a son of 10. Use the
following word combinations.
pay the bill change the sheets wash the windows
wash the car wash the dishes water the plants
clean his room wash the floor dust the furniture
cut the grass clean the room fix the faucet
iron the shirts wash the clothes vacuum the rugs
go food shopping
Example: Father is going to pay the bills.
going to (questions)

In questions we put the subject after the verb “be”.
Are you going to tidy your room?
Is Mark going to have dinner with us?
What are they going to do at lunchtime?
Exercise 159. Put the words in these sentences in order.

Model: visit / going / ? / Is / brother / Teresa / to / her.
Is Teresa going to visit her brother?
1. Is / take / to / she / ? / going / the / train.
2. On / she / return / is / going / July 1 / to.
3. July 13 / she / going / Is / leave / ? / on / to.
4. stay / two / Is / going / ? / she / to / weeks / for.
5. Los Angeles / David and his family / Are / drive / ? / to / going / to.
6. a / camper / going / ? / travel / Are / to / in / they.
7. long / take / Are / going / to / they / vocation / a.
8. return / June 20 / Are / ? / they / to / going / on.
9. the / country / they / ? / Are / see / going / a lot of /to.
Exercise 160. Complete the conversation. Use going to.

Jill Where (you go) are you going to go in the summer holidays, Lucy?
Lucy My parents are going to take me to the mountains.
Jill Where (Ross and Zoe go) … ?
53
Lucy They're going to come with me.
Jill Where (you stay) … ? In a hotel?
Lucy No, we're going to take tents.
Jill How (you get) … there?
Lucy By bus, I think.
Jill How long (you stay) … ?
Lucy Two weeks.
Jill What (you do) … there?
Lucy We want to go walking and climbing.
Jill Well, I hope you have a great time!
Lucy Thanks!
going to (negative)

Use the verb be + not + going to + the base form of the main verb.
I'm not going to be there tomorrow.
Joanna isn't going to come with us.
We aren't going to see them for a while.
Exercise 161. Write negative sentences.

Model: We / take / a taxi
We are not going to take a taxi.
1. I / sell / my car
2. he / help / us
3. they / study / harder
4. we / cook / dinner tonight
5. I / celebrate / my birthday this year
6. she / cleaning / her room
7. they / move / house
8. she / stay / with Amy
9. they / change / their clothes
10.we / get up early / next Sunday
Exercise 162. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of not going to.
Debbie (not eat) isn't going to eat her dinner today.
1. We (not have) … dinner here.
2. I (not swim) … in the sea today.
3. Max (not play) … basketball tomorrow
4. They (not do) … their homework tonight.
5. Fiona (not visit) … her friend this weekend.
6. He(not study) … tonight.
7. Mum and dad (not come) … with us to grandma's house.
8. Naomi (not phone) … her brother tomorrow.
54
Exercise 163. Complete the sentences with be going to (Future Time).
I. A: What (you, do) ... this afternoon? B: I (finish) ... my report. 2. A:
Where (Roy, be) ... later tonight? B: He (be) ... at Kim's house. 3. A: (you, have) ...
a hamburger for lunch? B: I (eat, not) ... lunch. I don't have enough time. 4. A:
(you, finish) ... this exercise soon? B: I (finish) ... it in less than a minute. 5. A:
When (you, call) ... your sister? B: I (call, not) ... her. I (write) ... her a letter. 6.
A: What (Lily, talk) ... about in her speech tonight? B: She (discuss) ... the
economy of Europe.
Exercise 164. Put the verbs into the correct form (future time). Use going to.
1. It (rain).
2. They (eat) stew.
3. I (wear) blue shoes tonight.
4. We (not / help) you.
5. Jack (not / walk) home.
6. (cook / you) dinner?
7. Sue (share / not) her biscuits.
8. (leave / they) the house?
9. (take part / she) in the contest?
10.I (not / spend) my holiday abroad this year.
Exercise 165. What are your plans for this evening? Write sentences with
going to and not going to.
watch some videos
I'm going to watch some videos.
listen to music
I'm not going to listen to music.
1. do my homework
2. go to the sports club
3. have dinner
4. visit my friend
5. help my mum / dad
6. watch TV
Exercise 166. Make up affirmative, interrogative and negative sentences
using “going to + infinitive”.
Model: they / visit / the Art gallery
They are going to visit the Art gallery.
Are they going to visit the Art gallery?
They are not going to visit the Art gallery.
1. he / get up / early
2. they / do / their best
3. you / learn / Irish
4. she / buy / a computer
5. we / take / the bus
6. she / watch / the match
55
7. they / wait / in the park
8. He / buy / bread / this afternoon
Exercise 167. Read the story. Then, answer the questions.
The real family

It's Saturday evening and everyone in the Bean family is tired. The house is
beautiful; everything is clean and in order. Olga is saying, "That's it for me! I'm tired.
I'm not going to cook tonight".
David is laughing. "I agree. Let's go to Giro's". So, they are all going to eat out
at an Italian restaurant near their house. Everyone is going to order his favourite food.
The children are going to order pizza with sausage and onions. Olga is going to order
spaghetti and meatballs, and David is going to order lasagna.
After dinner they are going to stop at the video store and pick out some
movies. They are probably going to rent a science fiction movie for the children and
a comedy for David and Olga.
Exercise 168. Answer the questions to the story.

1. Are the Beans going to do more housework? Why not? 2. Is Olga going to
cook tonight? Why not? 3. Is Giro's an Italian restaurant or a friend's house? 4. Are
the Beans going to eat at a French restaurant? 5. Are the children going to order
pizza? 6. Is David going to order pizza? 7. Are the Beans going to go to the movies?
8. Are they going to rent some movies? 9. Are the children going to watch a comedy?
10. Are the Beans going to relax tonight?
Exercise 169. Rewrite the following sentences using “going to”.

Example: I didn't go out to dinner. I didn't have any money.
I was going to go out to dinner, but I didn't have any money.
1. He didn't sing that night. He got a sore throat.
He … that night, but he….
2. They didn't visit Italy. They didn't have time.
They … Italy, but they ….
3. She didn't go for a walk. It was raining.
She …for a walk, but it ….
4. I could do my homework. I had forgotten my books.
I …my homework, but I ….
5. He didn't attend the conference that morning. It was snowing heavily.
He …the conference that morning, but it …
THE PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
Exercise 170. Put the sentences into the Present Perfect Tense.
Model: We finished our work yesterday. Учора ми закінчили нашу роботу.
We have finished our work today. Ми закінчили нашу роботу
сьогодні.
56
1. They wrote the exercises yesterday.
2. We took our examinations last term.
3. He entered the Institute last year.
4. They saw the new film yesterday.
5. We decided to do this work.
6. They built many houses in our city.
7. I read that text yesterday.
8. My brother went to Kyiv last week.

1. His sister has passed her examinations. 2. Her brother has entered Kyiv
University. 3. Robert has come back. 4. My relatives have received the parcel. 5. The
little girl has broken the cup. 6. The children have already had breakfast. 7. He has
told the director about it. 8. The students have been busy the whole day. 9. You have
paid for the stamps. 10. Our grandfather has travelled much. 11. She has translated
this article. 12. You have often visited the theatre. 13. The teacher has just come. 14.
The pupils have solved the problem. 15. My friend has changed since I saw him last.
Exercise 172. Read and translate the following sentences into Ukrainian.
1. I can't get into the room. I have lost the key. 2. — What's the time? —
Sorry, I have left my watch at home. 3. — I don't see my dictionary on the table.
Who has taken it? — It's me. I have put it on the shelf. 4. It is absolutely dark in the
room. Who has turned off the light? 5. Marry has just made coffee. John's gone to
bed. 6. — Where are the students? — They have just left for the library. 7. Nick's just
brought the mail. 8. They've closed the shop. 9. — I have not seen you for a long
time? — I've been away from Melitopol. 10. My sister has always helped me with
my English. 11. Our students have gone to the theatre several times this year. 12.
You have never heard about it, have you? 13. They have had no lectures this week.
The professor has been ill since last Monday. 14. We haven't yet read about it in the
newspapers. 15. I have not seen her since we left school. 16. He has not written to her
yet. 17. I have often been to the National Opera. What about you? 18. I have not
spoken to him yet. 19. Have you ever seen this film? 20. — Has everybody come? —
Yes, all are present. We can begin our lesson.

1. Have you done your homework for today?
2. Has the student on duty aired the room?
3. Have you read "Cathedral" by Oles Honchar? When did you read it?
4. Are the students still reading the text or have they finished reading it?
5. Have you ever been to Kyiv? When were you there last?
6. How many trees have you planted this year? Did you plant them in spring
or in autumn?
7. Have you had your breakfast already? At what time did you have it?
8. The teacher has asked you a few questions, hasn't she?
57
9. Have you read anything by Agatha Christie? Which of her novels or stories
did you read last year?
10. Have you ever travelled by air? When did you fly for the first time?
Exercise 174. Put questions to the parts of the sentence in italics.

1. Charles has gone to the station to see Helen off. 1. Ann met her friend on
the way to the institute yesterday. 3. The students of our group have learned this
poem by heart. 4. John has not seen Mary since they left school. 5. They have just
had lunch at home. 6. Our teacher has come in. 7. He has not done his exercise. 8.
She has just written a letter to her parents. 9. We have never been to London. 10.
The girl has already done the translation of the poem by Robert Burns.
Exercise 175. Put general questions to the following sentences. Then, give
short positive or negative answers.
1. You have read this book today. 2. Your friend had come from France by the
end of the week. 3. They have already written the control work. 4. You have seen this
new film today. 5. She has had her dinner today. 6. They have already been there. 7.
You had read that text when we came.
Exercise 176. Put special questions to the sentences, beginning them with
the words in brackets.
1. They have passed their examinations today. (When?) 2. He has been in
London this year. (Where?) 3. You have read that article. (What?) 4. My friend has
seen that film. (Who?) 5. They have translated that text today. (When?) 6. He will
have done it by five o'clock. (When?)
Exercise 177. Zork and Zena are aliens visiting the Earth. Look at the list.
Write questions and answers about the things they have and haven't done.
Things to do Zork Zena
eat a hamburger +
drink a cola – –
see a film +
speak English + +
swim in the sea –
visit the +
Acropolis
drive a car – –
Zork (eat) a hamburger?
Has Zorg eaten a hamburger?
Yes, he has.
Zork and Zena (drink) a cola?
Have Zorg and Zena drunk a cola?
No? they haven’t.
58
1. Zena (see) a film?
2. Zork and Zena (speak) English?
3. Zork (swim) in the sea?
4. Zena (visit) the Acropolis?
5. Zork and Zena (drive) a car?
Exercise 178. Write questions with How long ... ? and the correct form of
the present perfect. Then ask and answer with a partner.
you (live) in your house? (for)
How long have you lived in your house? I've lived here for two years.
1. you (be) at this school? (since)
2. you (have) your schoolbag? (for)
3. you (know) your best friend? (for)
4. you (like) your favourite pop singer? (for)
Exercise 179. Write questions with How long ... ? Complete the answers
with for or since.
1. I live in London.
How long have you lived in London?
For three years.
2. He's a teacher.
__________________
__________September.
3. My parents work in a shop.
__________________
_________________1998.
4. My sister knows Robbie Williams.
__________________________
_________________six months.
5. We've got a new car.
___________________
___________two weeks.
Exercise 180. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the Present
Perfect.
These are my favourite trousers. I (have) have had them for five years.
1. Tom's my best friend. I (know) ………. him for three years.
2. Where's Alison? We (not see) ………. her since yesterday.
3. They (live) ………. in Miami for two years.
4. John has earache. He (have) ………. it since 7 o'clock.
5. Dad (not take) ………. a holiday since last August.
6. John (not play) ………. the violin since he was at school.
Exercise 181. Complete the sentences. Use for or since.

59
1. I've lived in Washington ….. 1997.
2. Ben has studied English ….. three years.
3. They haven't visited their grandparents ….. months.
4. Julie's ill. She's been in bed ….. Tuesday.
5. My father has had his new car ….. six months.
6. It's been ten years ….. we moved to Oxford.
Exercise 182. It's the school holidays, but Kate is ill. Writs sentences about
her. Use the correct form of the present perfect with for or since.
/ have / a cold / ten days. Kate has had a cold for ten days.
1. Kate /be/ in bed /a long time.
2. She/not eat/anything/this morning.
3. She / not see / her friends/a week.
4. She / stay / at home / Tuesday.
5. She/have/a red nose/three days.
6. She / not play / basketball / last weekend.
7. She / not do / any school work / Monday.
Exercise 183. Use the Present Perfect with since or for.

1. Tony (to work) ... for the power company ... 1995. 2. His brother (to work)
... for the power company ... three years. 3. I (to know) ... Roy Barrow ... February.
4. I (to know) ... her brother ... two years. 5. Anthony (to walk) ... with a limp ...
many years. 6. He (to have) ... a bad leg ... he was in the war. 7. Magi (not to be) ...
in class ... last Monday. 8. She (not to be) ... in class ... three days. 9. I (to have) ...
a toothache ... yesterday morning. 10. I (to have) ... had this toothache ... thirty six
hours. 11. My vision (to improve) ... I got new reading glasses. 12. I (to have) ... a
cold ... almost a week. 13. John (not to work)... last summer when the factory closed
down. 14. I (to attend) ... London Elementary School ... six years.
Exercise 184. Complete the sentences. Use the correct affirmative or

negative form of the Present Perfect.
1. I'm tired. I (watch) … three X-Files videos.
2. It's my birthday party today. I (not invite) … many people.
3. Hurry up! They (start) … the film!
4. He (not wash) … his hands. They're very dirty.
5. Mary (study) … hard this year, so she'll pass her exams successfully.
6. Oh no! She (drop) … the plate!
7. Mum's really angry. We (not tidy) … our room!
8. The garden is very green. It (rain) … a lot this month.
9. I can't play with my friends this evening. I (not finish) … my homework.
Exercise 185. Complete the sentences. Use the correct affirmative or

1. I saw an alien last night! But I (not tell) … my mum.
2. 'Where's my pencil?' 'Jane (take) … it.'
60
3. It's the last day of my holiday, and I (write) … postcards to all my friends.
4. John can't play tennis today. He (lose) … his tennis shoes.
5. 'You (eat) … all of the pizza!'
6. He isn't very tired. He (not run) … as far as me.
7. Oh, no! I (not do) … my homework!
Exercise 186. Complete the paragraph. Use the correct affirmative or

I love football and I'm in my school team. We (play) … twenty games this
season and we (win) … fifteen of them. I'm a forward. I (wear) … number 9 all
season and I (score) … nine goals. I (not miss)… any penalties! We (not win) … all
our games last season. We lost two of them, both against the top team in the league.
My mum (not buy) … me a birthday present because she (be) … very busy at work. I
(ask) … her to get me some new boots, but I don't know if she will!
Exercise 187. Use the correct form of the Present Perfect.

1. __ you __ (to be) to Great Britain?
2. __ you __ (to finish) your test?
3. __ all the students __ (to prepare) the text for retelling?
4. He ____ just ____ (to graduate) from the mining department of the university. ,
5. He says he __ never __ (to see) the girl before.
6. Unfortunately, I __ (not to see) the film.
7. __ you ever __ (to travel) to the USA?
8. She says she __ (to change) her mind.
9. They say they __ never __ (to be) at this place before.
10. Nobody __ (to see) him today.
Exercise 188. Complete Jane's letter to her American friend. Use the
Present Perfect Tense.
Dear Amy,
I (have) haven’t had a letter from you for a long time. (you lose) _________
my address? I bought the new Steps CD at the weekend. I (already listen) _________
to it. (you hear) _________ it yet? It's brilliant. There's a new video too. but I (not
see) _________ it yet. School is going OK. I (just finish) _________ some exams,
but the holidays (not start) _________ yet. We're going to Ireland. I (never be)
_________ there.
Write soon with your news.
Love,
Jane
Exercise 189. Use the Present Perfect in the following sentences.

1. A: (you, ever, eat) ... pepperoni pizza? B; Yes, I ... I (eat) ... pepperoni
pizza many times. 2. A: (you, ever, talk) ... to a famous person? B: Yes, I ... I (talk)
... to a lot of famous people. OR: No, I ... I (never, talk) ... to a famous person. 3. A:
(Helen, ever, rent) ... a car? B: Yes, she ... She (rent) ... a car many times. OR: No,
61
she ... She (never, rent) ... a car. 4. A: (see, you, ever) ... a shooting star? B; Yes, 1
... I (see) ... a lot of shooting stars. OR: No, I ... I (never, see) ... a shooting star. 5.
A: (catch, Jim, ever) ... a big fish? B: Yes, he ... He (ever, catch) ... lots of big
fish. OR: No, he (never, catch) ... 6. A: (you, ever, have) ... a bad sunburn? B: Yes,
I ... I (have) ... a bad sunburn several times. OR: No, I ... I (never, have) ... a bad
sunburn.
Exercise 190. Complete the sentences with the Present Perfect of the
following verbs and the words in brackets. Use each verb only one time: eat,
look, save, use, give, play, sleep, wear, improve, rise, speak, win.
1. People ... sheep's wool to make clothing for centuries. 2. The night is over.
It's daytime now. The sun ... 3. I (never) ... golf, but I'd like to. It looks like fun. 4.
Our team is great. They ... all of their games so far this year. They haven't lost a
single game. 5. Lily must be angry with me. She (not) ... one word to me all
evening. I wonder what I did to make her angry. 6. The cat must be sick. He (not) ...
any food for two days. We'd belter call the vet. 7. Our teacher ... us a lot of tests and
quizzes since the beginning of the term. 8. We put a little money in our savings
account every month. We want to buy a car, but we (not) ... enough money yet.
We'll have enough in a few more months. 9. (you, ever) ... outdoors for the entire
night? 1 mean without a tent, with nothing between you and stars. 10. My aunt puts
on a wig whenever she goes out, but I (never) ... a wig in my life. 11. Paul's health ...
a lot since he started eating the right kinds of food, exercising regularly, and handling
the stress in his life. He's never felt better. 12. I can't find my keys. I ... everywhere
— in all my pockets, in my briefcase, in my desk. They're gone.
Exercise 191. Complete the sentences using the Present Perfect of the
verbs in brackets with just, already, yet.
1. After lunch you go to see a friend at her home. She says "Would you like
something to eat?" You say: "No, thank you. I ... (have lunch)". 2. Bill goes out.
Five minutes later, the phone rings and the caller says: "Can I speak to Bill?". You
say: "I'm afraid ... (go out)''. 3. You are eating at the restaurant. The waiter thinks
you have finished and starts to take your plate away. You say: "Wait a minute! ...
(not, finish)". 4. You are going to a restaurant this evening. You phone to reserve a
table. Later your friend says; "Shall I phone to reserve a table?". You say: "No. ... it"
(do). 5. You know that a friend of yours is looking for a job. Perhaps he has been
successful. Ask him. You say: " ... ?" (find). 6. Alice went to the bank, but a few
minutes ago she returned. Somebody asks: "Is Alice still at the bank?". You say: "No,
..." (come back).
Exercise 192. Correct the sentences.

1. I lived in Athens since 1998.
2. Have you ate breakfast yet?
3. John has seen Amy yesterday.
4. My brother was ill since last week.
5. Did you ever go to Spain?
62
6. I didn't see “Star Wars I: The Phantom Menace” yet.
Exercise 193. Choose the correct form of the verbs.

1. We (went) / have been to the seaside last summer.
2. I finished / have finished my homework! Can I go out now?
3. I was / have been ill three months ago.
4. Have you been / were you shopping yet? I need some stamps.
5. My hobby is fishing. I have caught / caught a lot of fish.
6. Jenny is in Oxford today, but she was / has been in London yesterday.
7. I played / have played basketball when I was younger, but I don't play it now.
8. I have already seen /already saw “Shrek”.
9. We left / have left home at half past two.

1. Julie has been / was ill since Tuesday.
2. I haven't seen / didn't see Josh since 1998.
3. We have stayed / stayed at our grandparents' house for three days.
4. We have arrived / arrived home yesterday.
5. I haven't eaten / didn't eat anything since breakfast.
6. The dog has gone / went to sleep an hour ago.
7. I have had / had a cat for two years. Its name is Willy.
8. I have waited / waited for a bus for twenty, minutes. Then I decided to walk.
9. Kevin hasn't been / wasn't swimming since last summer.
Exercise 195. Complete the sentences. Use the Past Simple or Present
Perfect.
1. I (be) ……. in the volleyball team since May.
2. I had a bike, but someone (steal) ……. it last weekend!
3. Where's Mike? I (not see) ……. him for two days.
4. I (break) ……. my arm last month. I (not play) ……. basketball since then.
5. Louise (visit) ……. Turkey in 1997.
6. We (not be) ……. to a restaurant since April.
7. They (not watch) ……. TV last night.
8. We've got a dog. We (have) ……. him for three years.
Exercise 196. Complete the letter. Use the Past Simple or Present Perfect.
Dear Liam,
Thanks for your e-mail. I hope you're well. Guess what? I'm off school at the
moment because I (break) ……. my leg! After school last Thursday I (fall) ……. off
my bike and (break) ……. my leg in two places. I (stay) ……. in hospital for three
days. An ambulance (bring) ……. me home on Monday. I can't play football and I
can't go out with my friends! I (be) ……. really bored today. I (not see) ……. my
friends for nearly a week! Mum (buy) ……. me some comics yesterday, but I (read)
……. them all already. I (do) ……. some word puzzles and I (watch) ……. lots of
TV too.
Please write me an e-mail!
63
Nick
Exercise 197. Use the right form of the verb.

1. At last I (to do) all my homework. Now I (to go) for a walk. If you (to
want), you may join me. 2. I (to know) this teacher since I (to begin) to work at this
school. 3. She never (to be) to Lviv. 4. The lecture yet (not to begin) and the students
(to talk) loudly. 5. We (to go) to the Museum of Arts of late. 6. You ever (to be) to
Odessa? Yes, I (to be) there last year. 7. I (not to receive) any letter from her lately.
8. We (to know) Peter since his childhood. 9. You can't see George now. He (to have)
a Ukrainian class. 10. We (not to have) a History class since last week. 11. I (to read)
many books this year. 12. — What you (to do) now? — I (to translate) a poem. 13.
— The newspaper (to come)? — Yes, father (to read) it. 14. Here are your shoes. I
just (to clean) them. 15. — You (to have breakfast) yet? — Yes, I (to have) it at 7
o'clock.
Exercise 198. Put the verbs in brackets in the right form of the Past
Indefinite or Present Perfect.
1. a) They (to write) the test last Friday. b) These students (to write) the test
this week. 2. a) We already (to see) that film. b) I (to see) that film some days ago. 3.
a) I (to be) in London last year. b) They never (to be) abroad. 4. a) This student (to
work) hard last term. b) These students (to work) hard today. 5. a) I (to do) my
homework. Here it is. b) We (to do) our homework two days ago.
Exercise 199. Open the brackets using the Simple Past or the Present
Perfect of the verbs.
1. I (begin) ... a new diet and exercise program last week. I (begin) ... lots of
programs and diets in my lifetime. 2. I (bend) ... down to pick up my young son from
his crib this morning. I (bend) ... down to pick him up many times since he was born.
3. The radio (broadcast) ... news about the terrible earthquake in Iran last week. The
radio (broadcast) ... news about Iran every day since the earthquake occurred. 4. I
(catch) ... a cold last week. I (catch) ... a lot of colds in my life. 5. A tourist (come)
... into Mr. White's jewelry store after lunch. A lot of tourists (come) ... into his store
since he opened it last year. 6. The workers (dig) ... a hole to fix the leak in the water
pipe. They (dig) ... many holes to fix water leaks since the earthquake. 7. The artist
(draw)... a picture of a sunset yesterday. He (draw)... many pictures of sunsets in her
lifetime. 8. I (feed) ... birds in the park every day since I lost my job. 9. We (fight)
... a war last year. 10. I (cut) ... some flowers in my garden yesterday. 11. I (forget)
... to turn off the stove after dinner. 12. The children (hide) ... in the basement often
since they discovered a secret place there. 13. The baseball player (hit) ... a lot of
homeruns since he joined our team. 14. My husband (hold) ... the door open for me
when we entered the restaurant. 15. During the discussion yesterday, I (keep) ... my
opinion to myself. 16. Mary (lead) ... the group discussion at the conference. 17. I
(meet) ... a lot of new people since I started going to school here. 18. I (ride) ... the
bus to work many times since I got a job downtown.
64
Exercise 200. Use the Simple Past or Present Perfect of the verbs in
brackets.
1. I (go) ... to every play at the local theatre so far this year. 2. My whole
family (go) ... to the play last weekend. 3. Jane (give) ... me a ride home today. 4.
(she, give, ever) ... you a ride home since she started working in your department?
5. I (fall) ... down many times in my life, but never hard enough to really hurt myself
or break a bone. 6. Mike (fall) ... down many times during football practice
yesterday. 7. (you, ever, break) ... a bone in your body? 8. I (break) ... my leg
when I (be) ... ten years old. I jumped off the roof of my house. 9. In my lifetime, I
(shake) ... hands with a famous movie star. 10. In 1990, I (shake) ... hands with a
famous soccer player. 11. I (hear) ... you practicing your trumpet late last night. 12.
In fact, I (hear) ... you practicing your trumpet every night for two weeks. 13. Becky
is a commercial airline pilot. Yesterday she (fly) ... from Tokyo to Los Angeles. 14.
Garry (fly) ... to many places in the world since he became a pilot. 15. Carol really
likes her new leather jacket. She (wear) ... it every day since she bought it. 16. She
(wear) ... her new leather jacket to the opera last night. 17. Ms. Black (teach) ...
math at the local high school since 1995. 18. She (teach) ... in Kyiv last year under
an exchange program. 19. In your lifetime, (find, you, ever) ... anything really
valuable? 20. My sister (find) ... a very expensive diamond ring in the park last year.
Exercise 201. Use the verbs in the Present Perfect or Past Indefinite.
1. The sun (not to rise) ... yet, but the sky in the east is getting lighter every
minute. 2. I (to see) ... you walking along the street the other day with a heavy bag.
3. I (not to read) ... the newspaper today. 4. It is very late, and trams (to stop) ...
running: we must find a taxi to get home. 5. How many times you (to be) ... to Paris?
6. At last I (to translate) ... this article: now I shall have a little rest. 7. We (to go)
... to the country yesterday, but the rain (to spoil) ... the pleasure. 8. My watch was
going in the morning, but now it (to stop) ... 9. The lecture (not to begin) ... yet and
the students are talking in the classroom. 10. She just (to go) ... out. 11. She (to
leave) ... the room a moment ago. 12. We (not to solve) ... the problem yet. 13.
When it all (to happen) ...? 14. The morning was cold and rainy, but since ten
o'clock the weather (to change) ... and now the sun is shining brightly. 15. Show me
the cake which you (to make) ... 16. Oh, how dark it is! A large black cloud (to
cover) ... the sky. I think it will start raining in a few minutes. 17. Oh, close the
window! Look, all my papers (to fall) ... on the floor because of the wind. 18. When
you (to open) ... the window? — I (open) ... it ten minutes ago.
Exercise 202. Use the verbs in brackets in the Present Perfect or Simple
Past.
1. After I took Roy to school, I (to drive) ... straight to work. 2. I'm an
experienced driver, but I (never, to drive) ... a bus or a big truck. 3. I (to sing) ... a
duet with my mother at the art benefit last night. 4. We (to sing) ... together ever
since I was a small child. 5. I (never, to run) ... in a marathon race, and I don't
intend to. 6. I'm out of breath because I (to run) ... all my way over here. 7. Last
night my brother (to tell) ... me a secret. 8. He (to tell) ... me a lot of secrets in his
65
lifetime. 9. When I visited London last spring, I (to stand) ... in the main gallery and
felt a great sense of history. 10. Many great world leaders (to stand) ... there over
years. 11. I (to spend) ... all of my money at the mall yesterday. 12. I don't have my
rent money this month. I (already, to spend) … it on other things. 13. I consider
myself fortunate because I (to make) ... many good friends in my lifetime. 14. I (to
make) ... a terrible mistake last night. I forgot that my friend had invited me to his
apartment for dinner. 15. The price of flour (to rise) ... a lot since 1996. 16. When
his name was announced, Nick (to rise) ... from his seat and walked to (he podium
to receive his award. 17. I (to feel) ... terrible yesterday, so I stayed in bed. 18. I (to
feel) ... terrible for a week now. I'd better see a doctor.
Exercise 203. Use the Present Continuous or Present Perfect.

1. What you (to talk) ... about? 2. We just (to talk) ... about it. 3. He just (to
say) ... something about it. 4. She (to tell) ... them some interesting story. 5. He (to
tell) ... us nothing about it. 6. She (to tell) ... them some stories about dogs. 7. We
(to have) ... two lessons today. 8. They (to have) ... a meeting at the moment. 9. She
(not to speak) ... yet. 10. They (to ask) ... me several questions. 11. He already (to
learn) ... the rule. 12. I'm busy. I (to write) ... an exercise. 13. What he (to do) ...?
— He (to read) ... a newspaper. 14. (to read) ... you any stories by Jack London?
15. What you (to do) ... here? — I (to write) ... a letter to my friend. 16. Who (to
write) ... this article? 17. What language you (to study) ...? 18. We already (to
learn) ... a lot of English words. 19. Who (to teach) ... you to do it? 20. (to find) ...
you the book?
Exercise 204. Use one of the following tenses: the Present Perfect, Simple
Present, Present Continuous or Simple Past.
1. Please give me a pencil, I (to lose) ... mine. 2. I (not to meet) ... Jan since
Sunday. 3. Nora just (to finish) ... work. 4. Where Sonia (to be) ...? — She (to go)
... home. She (to leave) ... the room a minute ago. 5. What you (to read) ... now?
— I (to read) ... "Jane Eyre" by Charlotte Bronte. 6. They (to read) ... "David
Copperfield" by Charles Dickens a month ago. What about you? You (to read) ...
"David Copperfield"? 7. My watch (to stop) ... There (to be) ... something wrong
with it. 8. You (to see) ... Joy today? — Yes, I (to see) ... him at the institute. 9.
You (to hear) ... the new CD by Madonna? — Yes, I ...— When you (to hear) ...
it? — I (to hear) ... it last Sunday. 10. You (to change) ... so much. Anything (to
happen) ...? 11. What you (to do) ... here at such a late hour? You (to write) ...
your composition? — No, I (to write) ... it already. I (to work) ... at my report. —
And when you (to write) ... your composition? — I (to finish) ... it yesterday. 12. I
say, Tom, let's have dinner. — No, thank you, I already (to have) … dinner. 13.
What the weather (to be) ... like? It still (to rain) ...? — No, it (to stop) ... raining.
Exercise 205. Complete the sentences with the verbs in the Simple Present,
Present Perfect, Simple Past or Past Continuous.
1. They (to go) ... to the Tate Gallery last week. 2. They (to be) ... to the Tate
Gallery twice this week. 3. After school yesterday he (to come) ... home, (to have)
66
... dinner, (to read) ... an article from the latest magazine and (to begin) ... doing
his homework. 4. When your friend (to return) ... from the south? — He (to return)
... yesterday. — You (to go) ... to the station to meet him? — No, I ..., I (to be) ...
very busy. 5. I (to see) ... this film this week. I like it very much. 6. When I (to
enter) ... the kitchen, I (to see) ... that my mother (to stand) ... at the table and (to
cut) some cabbage. She (to cook) dinner. 7. As soon as I (to hear) ... a cry, I (to
run) ... out of the room and (to see) ... that a child (to lie) ... on the ground and (to
cry) ... "What (to happen) ...? Why you (to cry) ...? You (to hurt) ... yourself?" I
asked. 8. As soon as I (to see) ... him I (to understand) ... that he (to work) ... hard.
He (to write) ... something and (not to notice) ... anything. 9. When I (to come) ...
home yesterday, the children (to run) ... and (to sing) ... merrily. "We (to learn)...
a new song!" they cried. 10. When the young man (to enter) ... the room, she (to
look) ... at him in surprise. "What you (to want) ... to tell me?" she (to say) ... Why
you (to come) ..? 11. It (to rain) ... hard when I (to leave) ... home yesterday, so I
(to return) ..., (to put) ... on my raincoat and (to start) ... again. 12. Your brother
(to return) ... from America? — Yes, he (to come) ... a few days ago. 13. You (to
be) ... to France? When you (to be) ... there? – I (to be) ... there in 1997. 14. Where
(to be) ... your brother? He just (to come) ... home. He (to take) ... a shower in the
bathroom now.

1. Ми вже закінчили свою роботу.—Він закінчив свою роботу два дні
тому. 2. Учора він встав рано і зробив зарядку. Сьогодні він уже встав і зробив
зарядку. 3. Мій батько їздив у село на тому тижні. Він уже приїхав додому. 4.
Ми читали цей текст на минулому занятті. Я вже прочитав цю книжку. 5. Вони
дивилися цей фільм по телевізору учора. Ми вже бачили цей фільм.

1. Я ніколи не був у Вашингтоні. Мені дуже хочеться поїхати туди. 2. —
Ходімо в їдальню. — Ні, дякую. Я щойно поснідала. 3. Чому ти увімкнув
світло? У кімнаті ще видно. 4. Ми не бачили його вже три роки. 5. Нарешті я
закінчив цю вправу. Тепер я можу відпочити. 6. — Ви вже отримали листа від
Олени? — Ні, ми їй ще не писали. 7. — Для чого ви відчинили вікно? — Тут
душно. 8. — Що ти робиш? — Читаю англійське оповідання. — Скільки сто-
рінок ти вже прочитав? — Я прочитав уже шість сторінок. 9. — Вона ще робить
уроки? — Ні, вона вже виконала домашнє завдання. 10. — Привіт, Петре! Не
бачив тебе вже цілу вічність. — Так, ми не бачились відтоді, як закінчили
коледж. 11. Минулого року ми їздили до Праги на виставку. З того часу я не
був у столиці Чехії. 12. — У мене нема ручки, я її загубив. — Коли ти її
загубив? — Минулого тижня. 13. — Добрий день, пане Шевчук. Я не бачив вас
так давно. Де ви були увесь цей час? —- Шукав роботу. 14. — Ти взяв мій
зошит із конспектами? — Ні. — Хто його взяв? — Не знаю. 15. — Де ви ку-
пили цей фешенебельний автомобіль? — Я його не купляв. Це подарунок моєї
тітоньки із Сінгапура.
67
THE PAST PERFECT TENSE
Exercise 208. Make the following sentences interrogative.

1. We had reached the village before the sun set. 2. They had arrived at the
station by four o'clock. 3. The teacher had given the students their homework before
the bell rang. 4. Ivan had studied English before he entered the institute. 5 The girls
had cleaned the room by the time their mother came back. 6. Olga had finished
reading the book by last Saturday. 7. Volodymyr had done his lessons by nine
o’clock. 8. Nina had learned the rules by the time you called her up.
Exercise 209. Use the right form of the verb.

1. The lecture (to begin) by the time I (to enter) the room.
2. Paul said that he (to meet) her aunt at the department store.
3. Mother (to cook) supper by the time they (to come) home.
4. Yesterday we (to discuss) the film which we (to see) some days before.
5. The people (to go) home after they (to finish) their work.
6. Jack (to show) us the bicycle his father (to buy) for him.
7. She (to tell) us many interesting things she (to see) in Oxford.
8. The children (to fall) asleep by ten o'clock.
9. When my sister (to go) to the theatre, I (to begin) to write a composition.
10. The guests already (to gather) by the time he (to come).
Exercise 210. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense: Past Perfect
or Simple Past.
Example: Pat _____ (to live) in London before he _____ (to move) to Rome.
Pat had lived in London before he moved to Rome.
1) After Fred _______ (to spend) his holiday in Italy he ________ (to want) to learn
Italian.
2) Jill _________ (to phone) Dad at work before she _________ (to leave) for her
trip.
3) Susan _________ (to turn on) the radio after she_________ (to wash) the dishes.
4) When she _________ (to arrive), the match _________ already _________ (to
start).
5) After the man _________ (to come) home he _________ (to feed) the cat.
6) Before he _________ (to sing) a song he _________ (to play) the guitar.
7) She _________ (to watch) a video after the children _________ (to go) to bed.
8) After Eric _________ (to make) breakfast he _________ (to phone) his friend.
9) I _________ (to be) very tired because I _________ (to study) too much.
10) They _________ (to ride) their bikes before they _________ (to meet) their
friends.
Exercise 211. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense: Past Perfect
or Simple Past.
1) When I arrived at the cinema, the film _________ (start).
2) She _________ (live) in China before she went to Thailand.
68
3) After they _________ (eat) the shellfish, they began to feel sick.
4) If you _________ (listen) to me, you would have got the job.
5) Julie didn’t arrive until after I _________ (leave).
6) When we _________ (finish) dinner, we went out.
7) The garden was dead because it _________ (be) dry all summer.
8) He _________ (meet) her somewhere before.
9) We were late for the plane because we _________ (forget) our passports.
10) She told me she _________ (study) a lot before the exam.
11) The grass was yellow because it _________ (not/rain) all summer.
12) The lights went off because we _________ (not/pay) the electricity bill.
13) The children _________ (not/do) their homework, so they were in trouble.
14) They _________ (not/eat) so we went to a restaurant.
15) We couldn’t go into the concert because we _________ (not/bring) our tickets.
16) She said that she _________ (not/visit) the UK before.
17) Julie and Anne _________ (not/meet) before the party.
18) I _________ (not/have) breakfast when he arrived. .
19) He _________ (not/use) email before, so I showed him how to use it.
20) You _________ (not/study) for the test, so you were very nervous.
Exercise 212. Use the Present Perfect or Past Perfect.

1. A: Oh, no! We're too late. The train (leave, already) ... B: That's okay.
We'll catch the next train to London. 2. Last Thursday, we went to the station to catch
a train to Bristol, but we were too late. The train (leave, already) ... 3. A: Go back
to sleep. It's only five o'clock in the morning. B: I am not sleepy. I (sleep, already)
... for three hours. I'm going to get up. 4. I woke up at five, but I couldn't get back to
sleep. I wasn't sleepy. I (sleep, already) ... for three hours. 5. A: I'll introduce you to
Mr. Brown at the meeting tonight. B: You don't need to. I (already, meet) ... him. 6.
Alex offered to introduce me to Mr. Brown, but is wasn't necessary. I (meet,
already) ... him. 7. A: Do you want to go to the movie tonight? B: What are you
going to see? A: “The Silence of the Lambs”. B: I (see, already) ... it. Thanks
anyway. 8. I didn't go to the movie with Eva last Saturday night. I (see, already) ...
that film. 9. A: Amanda? Amanda! Is that you? How are you? I haven't seen you for
ages! B: Excuse me? Are you talking to me? A: Oh. You're not Amanda? I'm sorry. It
is clear that I (make) ... a mistake. Please excuse me. 10. Yesterday I approached a
stranger who looked like Amanda and started talking to her. But she wasn't Amanda.
It was clear that I (make) ... a mistake. I was really embarrassed.
Exercise 213. Use the Past Continuous or Past Perfect.

1. Adel didn't need to study the multiplication tables in the seventh grade. She
(to learn) ... them. 2. I enjoyed visiting Adel's class. It was an arithmetic class. The
students (to do) ... their multiplication tables. 3. While I (to walk) ... up the
mountains, I got tired. But I didn't stop until I reached the top. 4. I was very tired
when I got to the top of the mountain. I (to walk) ... a long distance. 5. I knocked. No
one answered. I turned the handle and pulled sharply the door, but it didn't open.
Someone (to lock) ... it. 6. ''Where were you when the earthquake occurred?". "In
69
my office. I (to talk) ... to my assistant. We were working on the report". 7. Roy's
house was destroyed in the earthquake". "I know! It’s lucky that he and his family (to
leave) ... for his parents' home before the earthquake struck" . 8. We drove three
hundred miles to see the circus in Atlanta. When we got there, we couldn't find the
circus. It had left the city. We (to drive) ... all the way to Atlanta for nothing.
Exercise 214. Simple Past / Present Perfect / Past Perfect.

Using the words in parentheses, complete the text below with the
appropriate tenses.
1. When I (arrive) _________ home last night, I discovered that Jane (prepare)
_________ a beautiful candlelight dinner.
2. Since I began acting, I (perform) _________ in two plays, a television
commercial and a TV drama. However, I (speak, never even) _________ publicly
before I came to Hollywood in 1985.
3. By the time I got to the office, the meeting (begin, already) _________
without me. My boss (be) _________ furious with me and I (be) _________ fired.
4. When I (turn) _________ the radio on yesterday, I (hear) _________ a song
that was popular when I was in high school. I (hear, not) _________ the song in
years, and it (bring) _________ back some great memories.
5. Last week, I (run) _________ into an ex-girlfriend of mine. We (see, not)
_________ each other in years, and both of us (change) _________ a great deal. I
(enjoy) _________ talking to her so much that I (ask) _________ her out on a date.
We are getting together tonight for dinner.
6. When Jack (enter) _________ the room, I (recognize, not) _________ him
because he (lose) _________ so much weight and (grow) _________ a beard. He
looked totally different!
7. The Maya established a very advanced civilization in the jungles of the
Yucatan; however, their culture (disappear, virtually) _________ by the time
Europeans first (arrive) _________ in the New World.
8. I (visit) _________ so many beautiful places since I (come) _________ to
Utah. Before moving here, I (hear, never) _________ of Bryce Canyon, Zion,
Arches, or Canyonlands.
Exercise 215. Use the Present Perfect, Past Continuous or Past Perfect.
1. When I went to bed, I turned on the radio. While I (sleep) … somebody
turned it off. 2. You're from Italy? I (never, to be) ... there. I'd like to go there
someday. 3. I started to tell Dad the news, but he stopped me. He (already, to hear)
... it. 4. When Karen went to bed, it was snowing. It (snow, still) ... when she woke
up in the morning. 5. Rita called me on the phone to tell me the good news. She (to
pass) ... her final exam in English. 6. I couldn't think. The people around me (make)
... too much noise. Finally, I gave up and left to try to find a quiet place to work. 7.
Are you still waiting for Peter? (he, come, not) ... yet? He's really late, isn't he? 8.
Otto (to be, never) ... in the hospital before. It was a new experience for him. 9. A
couple of weeks ago Mr. Brown, our office manager, surprised all of us. When he
walked into the office, he (to wear) ... a bright red jacket. Everyone stopped and
70
stared. Mr. Brown is a conservative dresser. Before that time he (to wear, never) ...
anything but a blue or gray suit. And he (wear, not) ... that jacket again since that
time. He wore it only once.
Exercise 216. Translate the following sentences into English,

1. Її дядько почав працювати у школі, коли йому було двадцять два роки.
До того він навчався у педагогічному коледжі. 2. Коли мама прийшла додому, я
вже виконала домашнє завдання. 3. Учора Наталка прийшла додому о п’ятій
годині, її молодший брат малював якусь картину, а батьки ще не повернулися з
роботи. 4. Хто вже склав іспит до того моменту? 5. На сьому годину всі уже
були в конторі. 6. Минулого літа її тато їздив у село, де він провів своє
дитинство. 7. Дощ уже перестав, коли ми вийшли із дому. 8. Петро прочитав
уголос оповідання, яке він написав удома. 9. На той час, коли ви
зателефонували, гості ще не зібрались. 10. Скільки сторінок цієї книжки ви
переклали на кінець минулого тижня? 11. Ти закінчила грати на фортепіано до
цього часу вчора? 12. Викладач сказав, що він перевірив наші диктанти. 13.
Коли Ганна прийшла до школи, її однокласники вже полили квіти. 14. Ви вчора
ходили до театру, чи не так? Чому ж ви нас не запросили? 15. Мій брат
написав, що він уже склав іспити з історії та філософії.
Exercise 217. Fill in the blanks with one of the verb forms given after each
sentence.
1. My mother began to drive cars when she was fifteen. Now she is eighty, and
she still drives. She ... cars for sixty years.
A) has been driving; B) drives; C) drove; D) was driving.
2.In every culture, people ... jewelry since prehistoric times.
A) wear; B) wore; C) have worn; D) had worn.
3.It's hard for many young people to find jobs today. As a result, many young
adults in their twenties and even early thirties ... with their parents.
A) have still lived; B) are still living; C) still lived; D) were still living.
4.Australian koala bears are interesting animals. They ... practically their entire
lives in trees without even coming down to the ground.
A) are spending; B) have been spending; C) spent; D) spend.
5.If you continue to work hard and try your best, I ... you. But if you stop
working, I'm through.
A) will help; B) am helping; C) help; D) have helped.
6. It's raining hard. It ... an hour ago and ... yet.
A) starts; doesn't stop; B) started; hasn't stopped; C) has started; didn't stop;
D) was starting; isn't stopping.
7. Nigel's bags are almost ready far the trip. He ... for Syria later this
afternoon.
A) leave; B) left; C) has left; D) is leaving.
8). I heard a slight noise, so I walked to the front door to investigate. I looked
down at the floor and saw a piece of paper. Someone ... a note under the door to my
apartment.
71
A) has pushed; B) is pushing; C) had pushed; D) pushed.
9. I walked slowly through the market. People ... all kinds of fruits and
vegetables. I studied the prices carefully before I decided what to buy.
A) have sold; B) sell; C) had sold; D) were selling.
10. The first advertisement on radio was broadcast in 1922. Since that time,
companies ... lens of billions of dollars to advertise their products on radio and
television.
A) are spending; B) have spent; C) spent; D) spend.
Exercise 218. Test yourself. Choose the correct verb form.

1. Were you at the race yesterday? I ... you there.
A) haven't seen; B) didn't see; C) wasn't seeing; D) don't see.
2. Patty, please don't interrupt me. I ... to Mom on the phone. Go play with
your dolls.
A) talk; B) have talked; C) am talking; D) have been talking.
3. Now listen carefully. When Aunt Betty ... tomorrow, give her a big hug.
A) arrives; B) will arrive; C) arrived; D) is going to arrive.
4. I ... my glasses three times so far this year. One time I dropped them on the
cement floor. Another time I sat on them. And this time I stepped on them.
A) broke; B) was breaking; C) have broken; D) have been breaking.
5. Angela reached to the floor and picked up her glasses. They were broken.
She ... on them.
A) stepped; B) had stepped; C) was stepping; D) has stepped.
6. Dorothy gets angry easily. She ... a bad temper ever since she was a child.
A) has; B) will have; C) had; D) has had.
7. Now, whenever Dorothy starts to lose her temper, she ... a deep breath
and ... to ten.
A) takes; counts; B) has taken; counted; C) took; counted; D) is taking;
counting.
8. I unlocked my door and walked into my flat. I was surprised to see my
cousin there. He ... in the middle of the big room. He ... in through the open window
in the kitchen. I demanded to know why he was in my flat.
A) stood; was coming; B) stood; came; C) was standing; came; D) was
standing; had come.
9. Ever since I told Tom about my illness, he ... me. Why are people like that?
A) is avoiding; B) avoided; C) avoids; D) has been avoiding.
10. The phone rang, so I ... it up and ... hello.
A) picked; had said; B) picked; said; C) was picking; said; D) was picking;
had said.
THE FUTURE PERFECT TENSE

1. The plane will have landed at four.
2. They will have met her by that time tomorrow.
72
3. She will have been in this town for 2 years next June.
4. We will have learned new words by tomorrow.
5. You will have done your work by April.
Exercise 220. Open the brackets using the Future Perfect Tense:
1. In 2 years John (to finish) the Institute.
2. If you don’t hurry, the bank (to close) by the time we arrive.
3. By the end of the month we (to spend) all our money.
4. An hour from now I hope I (to do) all the exercises.
5. By the time I finish reading this 2 000-page book, I (to forget) it’s beginning.
Exercise 221. Turn the following sentences into the Future Perfect Tense.
Model: I had written my composition by 3 o'clock.
I shall have written my composition by 3 o'clock.
1. I had done my homework by 6 o'clock. 2. The students had read three
English books by the end of the year. 3. They had built a new school by the first of
September. 4. The teacher had looked through our exercise books by the end of the
lesson. 5. We had discussed the report by 4 o'clock in the afternoon. 6. Had you
translated the article before I returned? 7. The children had dinner by 5 o'clock. 8. My
sister had written a letter to her friend when I came home.
Exercise 222. Replace the infinitives in brackets by the Future Indefinite

Tense or the Future Perfect Tense.
1. The teacher (to correct) our dictations at night. 2. The teacher (to correct)
our dictations by the next lesson. 3. I (to do) the exercises in the afternoon. 4. I (to
do) the exercises by 8 o'clock. 5. Victor (to receive) a telegram tomorrow. 6. Victor
(to receive) a telegram by tomorrow. 7. By this time next week you (to take) your
examination. 8. You (to take) your examination next week. 9. The writer (to publish)
his new book by the end of the year. 10. He (to publish) his new book next year.
THE SEQUENCE OF TENSES
Exercise 223. Open the brackets using the sequence of tenses.

1. A doctor said he …… (come) next day.
2. My mother said she …… (study) English at school.
3. Friends say they …… (love) me.
4. A teacher said she …… (check) the students’ works.
5. A boy promised he …… (help) his friend on Sunday.
Exercise 224. Open the brackets using the sequence of tenses.

1. A girl says she …… (be) busy.
2. A woman said she …… (be) hungry.
3. John said he …… (love) Mary.
4. A doctor said he …… (operate) on the patient next week.
73
5. A scientist …… already …… (finish) his project when I entered the room.
Exercise 225. Complete following sentences using sequence of tenses.

1. You said you are/were tired.
2. Tom said he didn't/doesn't like Brian.
3. A teacher said he checked/had checked our testes.
4. My friend was sure he will/would come to the party on Friday.
5. Charlie said he is/was thinking of going to live in Canada.

1. Том сказав, що почувається погано.
2. Аня сказала, що купила нову машину.
3. Я думала, що він пішов.
4. Я впевнена, що їй подобається Джон.
5. Дівчинка сказала, що хоче поїхати в Київ наступного тижня.
THE PASSIVE VOICE
Exercise 227. Write passive sentences in the Simple Present.

1. the documents / print ____________.
2. the window / open ____________.
3. the shoes / buy ____________.
4. the car / wash ____________.
5. the litter / throw away ____________.
6. the letter / send ____________.
7. the book / read / not ____________.
8. the songs / sing / not ____________.
9. the food / eat / not ____________.
10.the shop / close / not ____________.
Exercise 228. Rewrite the sentences in the Passive Voice.

1. He opens the door.
2. We set the table.
3. She pays a lot of money.
4. I draw a picture.
5. They wear blue shoes.
6. They don't help you.
7. He doesn't open the book.
8. You do not write the letter.
9. Does your mum pick you up?
10.Does the police officer catch the thief?
Exercise 229. Write passive sentences in the Simple Past.

1. the test / write ____________.
74
2. the table / set ____________.
3. the cat / feed ____________.
4. the lights / switch on ____________.
5. the house / build ____________.
6. dinner / serve ____________.
7. this computer / sell / not ____________.
8. the car / stop / not ____________.
9. the tables / clean / not ____________.
10.the children / pick up / not ____________.

1. She sang a song.
2. Somebody hit me.
3. We stopped the bus.
4. A thief stole my car.
5. They didn't let him go.
6. She didn't win the prize.
7. They didn't make their beds.
8. I did not tell them.
9. Did you tell them?
10.Did he send the letter?
Exercise 231. Write passive sentences in the Future Simple.

1. the exhibition / visit ____________.
2. the windows / clean ____________.
3. the message / read ____________.
4. the thief / arrest ____________.
5. the photo / take ____________.
6. these songs / sing ____________.
7. the sign / see / not ____________.
8. a dictionary / use / not ____________.
9. credit cards / accept / not ____________.
10.the ring / find / not ____________.

1. Jane will buy a new computer.
2. Her boyfriend will install it.
3. Millions of people will visit the museum.
4. Our boss will sign the contract.
5. You will not do it.
6. They will not show the new film.
7. He won't see Sue.
8. They will not ask him.
9. Will the company employ a new worker?
75
10.Will the plumber repair the shower?
Exercise 233. Open the brackets using the verbs in Present, Past or Future
Simple Passive.
1. My question (to answer) yesterday. 2. Hockey (to play) in winter. 3.
Mushrooms (to gather) in autumn. 4. Many houses (to burn) during the Great Fire of
London. 5. His new book (to finish) next year. 6. Flowers (to sell) in shops and in the
streets. 7. St. Petersburg (to found) in 1703.8. Bread (to eat) every day. 9. The letter
(to receive) yesterday. 10. Nick (to send) to Moscow next week. 11. I (to ask) at the
lesson yesterday. 12. I (to give) a very interesting book at the library last Friday. 13.
Many houses (to build) in our town every year. 14. This work (to do) tomorrow. 15.
This text (to translate) at the last lesson. 16. These trees (to plant) last autumn. 17.
Many interesting games always (to play) at our PT lessons. 18. This bone (to give) to
my dog tomorrow. 19. We (to invite) to a concert last Saturday. 20. Lost time never
(to find) again. 21. Rome (not to build) in a day.
Exercise 234. Change the active sentences into passive.

1. They grow tea in India.
2. Jane wrote this letter.
3. The French team won the match.
4. People play basketball in Greece.
5. A Turkish designer made this dress.
6. They show a lot of cartoons on TV.
7. The police caught the robbers.
8. Our teacher checks our homework.
9. Jamie's mum sent the invitations.
10.People speak English in the USA.
Exercise 235. Put the sentences into the Passive Voice.

E.g. Mother waters the flowers in the evening. — The flowers are watered in
the evening (by Mother).
1. Irene's husband brought her some beautiful shells from the south. 2. The
explorers gave the newspaper reporters a long interview. 3. Mr. Wilson will teach
you English. 4. The doctor ordered me a month's rest from studying. 5. Tom gave
Nick a book for his birthday. 6. Our mother tells us stories every evening. 7. Lydia
will show you a new book of pictures. 8. A boy showed her the way. 9. They will
send us a box of fruit. 10. Five or six small children followed them. 11. In summer
the boys often drive the horses to the fields. 12. Ivan Susanin led the Poles into the
thickest part of the forest. 13. The waves carried the boat away. 14. We shall do the
translation in the evening. 15. They water the flowers regularly. 16. You promised
me these books long ago. 17. Bessie's father gave her a complete set of Walter Scott's
works. 18. A marble pavillion protects the house. 19. The boys will paint the roof of
the house. 20. Tom Sawyer whitewashed the fence. 21. Her daughters gave her three
beautiful dishes as a birthday present.
76
Exercise 236. Rewrite the sentences in the Present Continuous Passive.
1. Sheila is drinking a cup of tea.
2. My father is washing the car.
3. Farmer Joe is milking the cows.
4. She is taking a picture of him.
5. I am writing a poem.
6. We are not playing football.
7. He is not wearing a tie.
8. Is she preparing the party?
9. Are they talking about the meeting?
10.Is she watering the flowers?
Exercise 237. Rewrite the sentences in the Past Continuous Passive.

1. We were talking about Francis.
2. He was playing the guitar.
3. She was watching a film.
4. I was repairing their bikes.
5. They were not eating dinner.
6. We were not painting the gate.
7. You were not driving him home.
8. He was not feeding the dogs.
9. Was she reading these lines?
10.Were they carrying bags?
Exercise 238. Translate the following sentences used in the Continuous

Passive:
1. The letter is being written now.
2. The question was being discussed when I entered the room.
3. The students are being asked at the moment.
4. When we came back children were being fed.
5. I'm being examined now.
Exercise 239. Translate the following sentences used in the Continuous
Passive:
1. Кімнату прибирають в даний час.
2. Подивіться на ці старі будинки! Їх руйнують.
3. Мадам, вас обслуговують?
4. Раптом ми почули кроки позаду себе. Нас переслідували.
5. Коли я прибув, класну кімнату саме прибирали.
Exercise 240. Write passive sentences in the Present Perfect.

1. the postcard / send ____________.
2. the pencils / count ____________.
3. the door / close ____________.
4. the beds / make ____________.
5. the mail / write ____________.
77
6. the trees / plant ____________.
7. the money / spend ____________.
8. the room / book / not ____________.
9. the rent / pay / not ____________.
10. the people / inform / not ____________.
Exercise 241. Rewrite the sentences in the Present Perfect Passive.

1. Kerrie has paid the bill.
2. I have eaten a hamburger.
3. We have cycled five miles.
4. I have opened the present.
5. They have not read the book.
6. You have not sent the parcel.
7. We have not agreed to this issue.
8. They have not caught the thieves.
9. Has she phoned him?
10.Have they noticed us?
Exercise 242. Rewrite the sentences in the Past Perfect Passive.

1. I had worn blue shoes.
2. Joe had cleaned the tables.
3. We had lost the key.
4. They had started a fight.
5. I had been reading an article.
6. I had not closed the window.
7. They had not bought the paper.
8. She had not noticed me.
9. Had she solved the problem?
10.Had he recorded that song?
Exercise 243. Rewrite the sentences in the Future Perfect Passive.

1. Frank will have ordered the drinks. – The drinks will have been ordered by Frank.
2. You will have spent all the money.
3. I will have taken the dog for a walk.
4. She will have sold the car.
5. They will have solved the problem.
6. She will not have read the book.
7. They will not have trusted him.
8. He won't have rung Barbara.
9. Will they have paid the bill?
10.Will you have washed my socks?

1. Операція була щойно зроблена цим лікарем.
78
2. Телеграму ще не відіслали.
3. Новий проект був закінчений до червня.
4. Книжка буде видана до кінця року.
5. До того часу, як ми повернулися додому, все було вирішено.
6. Міст буде збудований до кінця місяця.
Mixed Exercise on Passive Voice.

1. John collects money.
2. Anna opened the window.
3. We have done our homework.
4. I will ask a question.
5. He can cut out the picture.
6. The sheep ate a lot.
7. We do not clean our rooms.
8. William will not repair the car.
9. Did Sue draw this circle?
10.Could you feed the dog?
Exercise 246. Transform the following sentences using the Passive Voice.
1. We turn on the light when it is dark. 2. The students finished their trans-
lation in time. 3. Ratty washed the dishes. 4. Betty often took her younger sister for a
walk. 5. Mother has made some coffee. 6. Have you ironed your shirt yet? 7. Peter
mispronounced this word. 8. He has told us the truth. 9. They promised us an
interesting entertainment. 10. People use chalk for writing on the blackboard. 11. I
shall finish my work by the evening. 12. Somebody has opened the door. 13. The
waitress brought in the coffee. 14. One of my friends took me to the cinema last
week. 15. We shall finish the work in time. 16. They built this house in 1990. 17.
They were selling new children's books in that shop when I entered it yesterday. 18.
A large group of young people joined us on our way to the station. 19. A young
teacher started a school in this village. 20. They are translating this article now. 21.
Galswarthy wrote "The Forsyte Saga". 22. He has just interrupted me. 23. The
teacher has explained it to us.
Exercise 247. The Passive with get. Complete the sentences with an
appropriate tense form of get and the Past Participle of the verbs in brackets.
Model: I think I'll stop working. I (tire) am getting tired.
1. There was an accident, but nobody (hurt) ... 2. We didn't have a map, so we
(lose )... 3. We can leave as soon as you (dress)... 4. When (marry) ... you ..? 5.
How long did it take you to (accustom) ... to living here? 6. Roy was supposed to be
at home an hour ago, but he still isn't here. I (worry) ... 7. Just try to take it easy.
Don't (upset) ... 8. I (confuse) ... because everybody gave me different advice. 9.
We can leave as soon as I (do) ... with my work. 10. Joan (depress) ... when she lost
her job, so I tried to cheer her up. 11. (invite) ... you ... to the party? 12. I (bore) ...,
79
so I didn't stay for the end of the move. 13. I'll be ready to leave as soon as I (pack)
... 14. I (pay)... on Fridays. I'll give you the money I owe you next Friday. Okay? 15.
After Sam graduated, he (hire) ... by an engineering firm. 16. But later he (fire) ...
because he didn't do his work. 17. Last night I (finish, not) ... with my homework
until after midnight. 18. I (disgust) ... and left because the things they were saying at
the meeting were ridiculous. 19. First, they (engage, marry, divorce, remarry)...
Then, they ... Later, they ... Finally, they ... Today they are very happy.
Exercise 248. Use active or passive of the verbs in brackets in an

appropriate tense.
1. It's noon. The mail should be here soon. It (deliver, usually) ... sometime
between noon and one o'clock. 2. Only five of us (work) ... in the laboratory
yesterday when the explosion (occur) ... Luckily, no one (hurt) ... 3. I was
supposed to take a test yesterday, but I (admit, not) ... into the testing room because
the examination (begin, already) ... 4. According to a recent survey, out of every
dollar an American spends on food, thirty-six cents (spend) ... at restaurants. 5. I'm
sorry I'm late. I (hold up) ... by the rush hour traffic. It (take) ... thirty minutes for
me to get here instead of fifteen. 6. Before she graduated last May, Susan (offer,
already) ... a position with a law firm. 7. According to many scientists, solar energy
(use) ... extensively in the twenty-first century. 8. I (study) ... English here for the
last two months. My English (get) ... better, but I still find it difficult to understand
lectures. 9. Right now a student trip to the planetarium (organize) ... by Mrs. Hunt.
You can sign up for it at her office. 10. He is a man whose name will go down in
history. He (forget, never) ... 11. When you (arrive) ... at the airport tomorrow, you
(meet) ... by a friend of mine. He (wear) ... a red shirt and blue jeans. He (be) ...
fairly tall and (have) ... dark hair. He (stand) ... near the main entrance. I'm sure
you will be able to find him. 12. A: Yesterday (be) ... a terrible day. B: What
(happen) …? A: First, I (flunk) ... a test, or at least I think I did. Then I (drop) ...
my books while I (walk) ... across campus and they (fall) ... into a mud puddle. And
finally, my bicycle (steal) ... B: You should have stayed in bed.
Exercise 249. Put the following sentences into the Passive Voice.
Model: They laughed at him. He was laughed at.
1. People speak much of him. 2. They will look after the children well. 3.
People will laugh at you if you say it. 4. They sent for the doctor immediately. 5.
Everybody listened to her attentively. 6. They always wait for me after the lessons. 7.
Nobody took notice of Ibis little boy. 8. Everybody lost sight of the boat in the fog. 9.
Why are they laughing at her? 10.1 wonder whether they will listen to him. 11.
Students often refer to these books. 12. Nobody has ever spoken to me in such a way.
13. If they sent for you don't refuse to come. 14. They have not referred to that
incident since then.
Exercise 250. Change the sentences from the Active to Passive Voice.
1. We heat the house by gas. 2. They are pulling down a lot of houses in this
street. 3. People may keep books from the library for a fortnight. After that they must
80
return them. 4. Someone has already told him about this tour. 5. Everybody expected
him to pass his exams well. 6. They have lengthened the runway in this airport. 7. We
shall throw out the mushrooms if they are poisonous. 8. One cannot do it so quickly.
9. Nobody had warned me of the danger before the accident happened. 10. They will
take him to hospital tomorrow. 11. If they laugh at you, don't get offended. 12. Why
weren't you at the party? — They didn't invite me. 13. The girl was angry as her
mother hasn't allowed her to go out with her boyfriend. 14. No one has ever climbed
this mountain. 15. Switch on the TV, they are broadcasting a very interesting film.
16. Last night we saw her with Jeffry. 17. When will they send for him? 18. Has
anything frightened you? 19. One must pay attention to this fact. 20. Why did they
laugh at him when he began speaking of his adventures?
Exercise 251. Express in the Passive the second of each of the following
sentences. Do not mention the active subjects. The mode is given below.
Model: 1. He seldom keeps a promise. No one can rely on him.
He can't be relied on.
2. He's very sensitive. He doesn't like people to laugh at him.
He doesn’t like to be laughed at.
1. The child is very ill. Someone must send for the doctor. 2. This old car is in
excellent condition. The owner has looked after it very well. 3. He spoke for two
hours. The people listened to him in complete silence. 4. She is going to hospital
tomorrow. The doctors and nurses will take good care of her. 5. This little boy is
always dirty. No one looks after him properly. 6. She is always breaking things in the
kitchen. Someone must speak to her about her carelessness. 7. He's a sensible man.
People listen to his advice carefully. 8. The dentist said her teeth were very bad. No
one had taken care of them. 9. He never broke a promise in his life. People could
always rely on him. 10. Shakespeare was born more than 400 years ago. People look
upon him as the greatest of English poets. 11. The little boy's mother is in hospital.
The boy's aunt is looking after him.
Exercise 252. Use the Active or Passive Voice in the following sentences.
Some of the oldest structures in the world today (be) ... pyramids, which
(locate) ... in Egypt near the River Nile.
Thousands of years ago, the Egyptians (believe) ... in life after death. After a
person died, the body (dry) ..., (wrap) ... in cloth, and (make) ... into a mummy.
The mummy (place) ... into a coffin, which (put) ... inside an underground tomb.
Clothing, food, drink, weapons, and other personal possessions (also bury) ... with
the body. The ancient Egyptians (believe) ... that the spirit of the dead person would
need them in the next life.
Great pyramids (build) ... on the surface to honour the Egyptian kings. These
four-sided structures (make) ... of huge limestone rocks cut from mountains in
Southern Egypt and (float) ... 700 miles up the Nile River. These rocks, which
(weigh) ... from two to ten tons, (pull) ... over the land from the river and up the
side of the pyramid and then set in place. The work (do) ... by slaves, who (use) ...
81
only ropes and ramps. Even though only simple cutting tools (use) ..., the stones (fit)
... so tightly together that there were no spaces between the stones.
Many pyramids still stand today. The largest pyramid (call) ... the Great
Pyramid. It (build) ... for King Cheops. It covers 13 acres and is about 481 feet high.
Over 100,000 slaves (work) ... for 20 years to build this giant structure.
Exercise 253. Open the brackets. Use the Active or Passive Voice.
In the United States most people (to celebrate) ... their birthdays on the day of
the month they (be born) ...
Birthdays (to celebrate) ... with family and friends. Invitations (to send) ...
for the party. A birthday cake with candles (to serve) ... The number of candles (to
represent) ... the age of the birthday person. The candles (to light) ... The person
(to make) ... three wishes and then (to blow) ... the candles out in one breath so the
wishes will come true. People (to sing) ... "Happy Birthday" and (to wish) ... the
person health and long life.
It is traditional to bring or send birthday cards and gifts to the birthday person.
Many people (to send) ... flowers. Other gifts can be clothing, books, records, or
perfumes. There are birthstones and flowers for each month of the year. This can also
be appropriate gifts.
Parties for children usually (to hold) ... at home. At children's parties, children
(to wear) ... birthday hats and get souvenirs from the birthday child. Sometimes
birthdays (to celebrate) ... at school in the classroom with classmates. Mothers (to
bring) ... cake, candy and refreshments for the whole class. Some parties (to cater)
... at the restaurant. They (to reserve) ... a special room for the birthday group and
(to supply) ... the refreshments and decorations.
Some birthdays are special. Girls have a special celebration for the sixteenth
birthday, called "sweet sixteen". The eighteenth birthday is important because it is
the legal voting age. The legal age for driving and drinking alcohol varies with each
state.
Some people (to want) ... to celebrate the birthday of a relative or a friend
with a "surprise party". They (to organize) ... the party, but the birthday person (not
to find out) ... about it. When the person (to come) ... to the party everyone (to
shout) ... "SURPRIZE!"
It is nice to remember the birthday of family and friends. One way to show this
is sending birthday cards, making a telephone call, or sending telegrams. Some
people (to make) ... contributions to charities in the name of the birthday person.
The Passive Voice: Revision

Exercise 254. Choose a right variant:
1. The printing press … in the fifteenth century:
a) is invented
b) was invented
c) is invent
d) will be invented
82
e) will invent.
2. Last night we …to the restaurant by our friends:
a) were invited
b) was invited
c) are invited
d) is invited
e) will be invited.
3. Tomorrow this man …for something he hadn't done:
a) is punished
b) are punished
c) was punished
d) were punished
e) will be punished.
4. In 1666, a large part of london …by fire:
a) destroyed;
b) is destroyed;
c) was destroyed;
d) will be destroyed;
e) were destroyed.
5. A book … next year:
a) is translated
b) was translated
c) were translated
d) will be translated
e) are translated.
6. An island … by water:
a) is washed
b) was washed
c) were washed
d) will be washed
e) are washed.
7. The -ing form of «sit» … with a double t:
a) are written
b) were written
c) was written
d) is written
e) will be written.
8. Forty percents of the world's oxygen … in the Amazon valley:
a) is produced
b) are produced
c) was produced
83
d) were produced
e) will be produced.
9. Three hundred new houses … next year:
a) will be built
b) were built
c) was built
d) are built
e) is built.
10.The students … at every lesson:
a) is asked
b) are asked
c) were asked
d) was asked
e) will be asked.
11. The room looks nice. It … cleaned:
a) was cleaned;
b) is cleaned;
c) are cleaned;
d) were cleaned;
e) has been cleaned.
12. …you ever …by a dog?
a) have…been bitten;
b) has…been bitten;
c) is …bitten;
d) are bitten;
e) was…bitten
13. Have you heard the news? The president …
a) was shot;
b) were shot;
c) has been shot;
d) have been shot;
e) is shot.
14. They have changed the date of the meeting. The date of the meeting …
a) has been changed;
b) have been changed;
c) was changed;
d) were changed;
e) is being changed.
15. Where is my bicycle ? it's gone! It …
a) had been stolen;
b) has been stolen;
84
c) was stolen;
d) were stolen;
e) is stolen.
16. This room looks different. …it … … since I was last?
a) has … been painted
b) was …painted
c) is it painted
d) is …being painted
e) were… painted
17. The text … … … by 5 o'clock yesterday:
a) has been translated;
b) had translated
c) had been translated
d) has translated
e) is being translated.
18. The project … … … … by next June:
a) has been finished
b) have been finished
c) will have been finished
d) will have finished
e) will has been finished.
19. A doctor said the operation … … … … successfully by 7 o'clock tomorrow:
a) has been finished
b) have been finished
c) will finished
d) will have finished
e) will have been finished.
20. The surgeon informed a new method … … already … :
a) had been invented
b) has been invented
c) have been invented
d) will have been invented
e) will have invented.
INDIRECT SPEECH
Exercise 255. Rewrite the sentences in indirect speech.

1. "I can't swim". (She told us ...) 2. "They've been away for a long time", (lie
told that ...) 3. "You don't eat enough'." (She told me ...) 4. "She has got red hair".
(He told us ...) 5. "I know I won't be able to do it". (He said that ...). 6. "It's the worst
job I've ever had". (He told the manager ...) 7. "We're going to stay in London".
(They told us ...). 8. "She's hurt her ankle rather badly". (The doctor said that ...) 9.
85
"They aren't English". (He told us ...) 10. "I think she'll come". (He told me ...) 11. "I
know I can do the job". (I told them ...) 12. "She doesn't think she'll be there". (He
said that ...) 13. "They're the best secretaries I've ever had". (Boris said that ...) 14.
"I'm afraid she's broken her leg". (The doctor said ...) 15. "I've decided I'm going to
stay in London after all". (He told us ...)
Exercise 256. Put the following sentences into indirect speech.

. "I have something to show you", I said to her. 2. "Nothing grows in my
garden. It never gets any sun", she said. 3. "I'm going away tomorrow, mother", he
said. 4. "I've been in London for a month but so far I haven't had time to visit the
Tower", said Roger. 5. "It isn't so foggy today as it was yesterday", I remarked. 6.
"The new underpass is being officially opened the day after tomorrow", said the
CNN announcer. 7. "We have moved into our new flat. We don't like it nearly so
much as our last one", said my aunt. 8. "We have a lift but very often it doesn't
work", they said. 9. "From one of the windows of my flat I can see the Tower of
London", said my friend. 10. "I've no idea what the time is but I'll dial 060 and find
out", said my daughter. 11. He said, "My wife has just been made a judge". 12. "I'll
come with you as soon as I am ready", she replied. 13. "I have a German lesson this
afternoon and I haven't done my homework yet", said the boy. 14. "If you let the iron
get too hot you will scorch your clothes", I warned her. 15. "You haven't given me
quite enough. The bill is for $ 14 and you've paid me only $ 13", he pointed out. 16.
Pat said, "Englishmen make good husbands because they are nearly always willing to
help in the house". 17. Maggy answered, "I like men to be useful but I don't like them
to be too domesticated. I prefer them to keep out of the kitchen altogether. My son
looks silly in aprons anyway". 18. "Yesterday Bill and I went to look at a house that
he was thinking of buying. It was rather a nice house and had a lovely garden but Bill
decided against it because it was opposite the cemetery", said Julia. 19. "I don't know
what to do with all my plums. I suppose I'll have to make jam", she said. 20. "We like
working on Sundays because we get double pay", explained the builders.
Exercise 257. Change the following sentences to indirect speech.

1. He said, "I am quite a good cook and I do all my own washing and mending
too". 2. "You can keep that one if you like, Alice", she said. "I've got plenty of
others". 3. "I'm going fishing with father this afternoon", said the small boy, "and we
are going into the garden now to dig for worms". 4. "You got my umbrella", said I
crossly. "Yours is in your bedroom". 5. "I know exactly what they said", the private
detective explained to his client, "because I put a tape-recorder under the table". 6.
"I'll sit up till she comes in, but I hope she won't be late", said Mrs. Pike. 7. "If you
give me some wire, I'll hang that picture for you", said my brother. 8. "I have a
Turkish bath occasionally, but it doesn't seem to make any difference to my weight",
she said.
Exercise 258. Transform the following sentences into indirect speech

observing all the necessary changes of verbs, pronouns.
86
A. 1. He said: "We're having a test on Byron today". 2. "I'll meet you at the
library at eleven", Crane said. 3. "The sun is shining and it'll be dry directly", Millie
went on. 4. Andrew was not sure how serious she was. He answered lightly. "I don't
understand much about politics. I'm leaving that for later". 5. She murmured: "I'll
catch a train this afternoon". 6. Lincoln spoke first: "We've been talking it over ever
since we got your letter last month". 7. "I haven't seen you for a whole year", she
said. 8. "I saw your sister out shopping yesterday", she said to me. 9. "You haven't
opened your telegram yet", she said to me. 10. "They will not attack before four", the
colonel said. 11. "They don't know we can't use it", he said. 12. He said, "I hope I
haven't interrupted". 13. "Nobody will ever know", we said to him, "what you are and
where you are going". 14. "They'll be all right", said he. 15. He added, smiling:
"Simon, we saw you yesterday, driving down your street". "Yes, I saw you, too. Our
Dad's got a new car", said Simon.
B. 1. "Do you have a photograph of Fonny with you?" Hayward asked. 2. "Did
you wish to see me?" asked Cooper. 3. "Did you see an old woman going down the
path?" asked Frances. 4."Why didn't you think of all this before" Marion asked. 5.
Kismine clutched John's arm. "Oh," she cried wildly. "Where are they going? What
are they going to do?". 6. "Brian, why do you keep the doors closed and locked?" Al
Capone said, "To keep insects out". 7."Are you all right?" the man said to us. 8. She
said: "What did Tom say about these cheeses?" 9. George said to us: "What time
shall I wake you?". 10. "Where did you get that helmet". I asked him. 11. She said,
"Are there skyscrapers in London?" 12."Haven't you ever seen it before?" said to
him. 13. "How could I see that", said George, rather annoyed, "since I've never been
to Naples?" 14. "Are you going to be in your hotel tomorrow morning, Lloyd?"
Smith asked.
C. 1. The sergeant said: "Take two men and go to the village and
arrest him". 2. "Don't talk for one minute, Jim, please", she asked. "I can't hear you!"
cried Kismine, intent on the scene before her. You'll have to talk louder". 4."Oh, go
away, Bill" she said. "Go away into school and don't come back for a long time". 5.
"Wait a little longer", she said to me. 6. He said to me, "Drop your rifle". "Don't be a
fool", I said to him. 8. "Don't worry about me", the old woman said. 9. A voice came
up the stairs: "Georgie! Georgie! Come out of that stuffy room at once!" 10. George
Augustus raised his hand and exclaimed "Leave this house! And do not return to it
until you have learned to apologize for your behavior". 1 1 . They had missed two
buses outside the tube station in their excited chatter. A third came along. George
grabbed Elizabeth's arm "Come on, here's our bus. Let's go on top". 12. "Well,
promise that you won't say anything", she said. "Please, Gerry, not a word".
Exercise 259. Change into indirect speech.

1. John said, "I am busy". 2. Mary said, "I have lost the key"! 3. They said,
"We will leave tomorrow". 4. Andrew said, "I am tired and I cannot work any more".
5. Jane said, "I am writing a letter to my parents". 6. Nick said, "I have seen this film
twice". 7. Ann said, "My father was sent abroad a week ago". 8. His grandmother
said, "I lived in Zaporizhia before the war". 9. Helen said "I shall help you with your
English". 10. He asked me, "Do you live in Franko Street?" 11. He asked us, "Are
87
you busy now?". 12. The teacher asked Richard, "Have you got a large family?". 13.
She asked Tom, "Will you go to the club?" 14. She asked me, "Are your parents on
pension?" 15. Olga asked him, "Does your sister speak German?" 16. Natalka asked
her brother, "Can you play chess?" 17. Jim asked his father, "Did you take part in the
conference?" 18. 1 asked my friend, "How do you feel after your holiday?" 19.
Margaret asked Peter, "What do you usually have for breakfast?" 20. The policeman
asked me, "Where did you lose your wallet?" 21. The teacher wrote the answers on
the blackboard and then asked, "Who has got all the answers right?" 22. I asked him,
"Who are you looking at?" 23. I saw a cloud of smoke and asked, "What is burning?"
24. My mother asked me, "How long will it take you to get to the college?" 25. Kate's
mother said to her daughter, "Don't go out without your coat." 26. The teacher said to
his students, "Learn the poem by heart". 27. Victor asked me, "Does your aunt speak
Japanese?"
Exercise 260. Insert the missing verbs observing the rules of changing
direct into indirect speech.
1. Those men will come back. They said that ... (will/would). 2. Kathleen said
she ... find me a maid (do/does/will/would). 3. And so he agreed to stay: Rose said
she … … Julie and explain it all (ring up/rings up/will ring up/would ring up). 4. But
listen, he said he … ... back, honestly, he did. (go/goes/is going/was going/were
going). 5. Are you sure my husband said he … … very soon (come/comes/will
come/would come). 6. Oh, how extraordinarily nice workman …”, she thought
(is/are/was/were). 7. He always said that we … … free after a battle, but we never
were (is/are/will be/shall be/should be). 8. I told Franklin. He said he … … … to tell
you (will not forget/would not forget). 9. Well, he told me he … … to Cheltenham.
I’m sure he did (is going/was going/were going). 10. Clayton said he … no time, but
he … … and ... a note (have/has/had; will come in/would come in and write).
Exercise 261. Change from direct into indirect speech.

1. Kate said: "Mike, do you like my dress?" 2. Grandfather said to Mary:
"What mark did you get at school?" 3. My sister said to me: "Will you take me to the
theatre with you tomorrow?" 4. Mother asked me: "Did you play with your friends
yesterday?" 5. "Why don't you play with your friends, Kate?" said her mother. 6. "Do
you like chocolates?" said my little sister to me. 7. "Did you see your granny
yesterday, Lena?" asked Mr. Brown. 8. The doctor asked Nick: "Do you wash your
face and hands every morning?" 9. The teacher said to Mike: "Does your father work
at a factory?" 10. Mother said to us: "What are you doing here?" 11. Father said to
Nick: "Have you done your homework?" 12. Tom said: "Ann, where are your
friends»

1. Mother said to me: "Who has brought this parcel?" 2. He said to her:
"Where do you usually spend your summer holidays?" 3. Ann said to Mike: "When
did you leave London?" 4. She said to Boris: "When will you be back home?" 5.
Boris said to them: "How can I get to the railway station?" 6. Mary asked Tom:
88
"What time will you come here tomorrow?" 7. She asked me: "Why didn't you come
here yesterday?" 8. She asked me: "What will you do tomorrow if you are not busy at
your office?" 9. I said to Nick: "Where are you going?" 10.1 said to him: "How long
are you going to stay there?" 11.1 said to him: "How long will it take you to get
there?" 12. Pete said to his friends: "When are you leaving St. Petersburg?" 13. He
said to them: "Who will you see before you leave here?" 14. They said to him: "What
time does the train start?" 15. I asked Mike: "What will you do after dinner?" 16. I
asked my uncle: "How long did you stay in the Crimea?" 17. Ada said to me: "Where
did you see such trees?" 18. I said to Becky: "What kind of book has your friend
brought you?"

1. I said to Mike: "Have you packed your suitcase?" 2. I said to Kate: 'Did
anybody meet you at the station?" 3. I said to her: "Can you give me their address?"
4.1 asked Tom: "Have you had breakfast?" 5. I asked my sister: "Will you stay at
home or go for a walk after dinner?" 6. I said to my mother: "Did anybody come to
see me?" 7.1 asked my sister: "Will Nick call for you on the way to school?" 8. She
said to the young man: "Can you call a taxi for me?" 9. Mary said to Peter: "Have
you shown your photo to Dick?" 10. Oleg said to me: "Will you come here
tomorrow?" 11. He said to us: "Did you go to the museum this morning?" 12. I said
to Boris: "Does your friend live in London?" 13. I said to the man: "Are you living in
a hotel?" 14. Nick said to his friend: "Will you stay at the "Hilton"?" 15. He said to
me: "Do you often go to see your friends?" 16. He said to me "Will you see your
friends before you leave St. Petersburg?" 17. Mike said to Jane: "Will you come to
the railway station to see me off?" 18. She said to me: "Have you sent them a
telegram?" 19. She said to me: “Did you send them a telegram yesterday?”
Exercise 264. Put the following into indirect speech.

1. "Let's go to the cinema", said Ann. 2. "It's the government fault, let them do
something about it", grumbled my father. 3. "Let me stay up a little longer tonight,
mother", begged the child. 4. "I've worked for you for ten years", said the man.
"What about giving me a rise?" 5. The police officer said, "Let's leave the wrecked
car here for a bit. It may remind other drivers to be more careful". 6. "I've helped you
every time up to now", said his teacher. "Why don't you try to do the next one by
yourself?" 7. "Let no one speak to that man", said the strike leader. "He is a
blackleg". 8. "Tom made this mess. Let him clear it up", said his father. 9. "Get
yourself some new clothes", I suggested. 10. "I can't go with you today", said the
guide, "but suppose you go by yourselves? It's quite a safe route". 11. "Let's give a
party", said Ann. "Let's not", said her husband. 12. I said, "Let's not jump to
conclusions, let's wait till the confirmation of the rumor". 13. "Suppose you stop
working now and go to bed?" He said. "You'll be much fresher in the morning". 14.
"Let the nations forget their differences and work together for peace", said the
preacher. 15. "Let me explain", she said. "Don't be in such a hurry". 16. "Let the
children play in the garden if they want to", she told the gardener. "I'm sure they
won't do any harm".
89
1. He asked angrily, "Why are you smiling to yourself and don't answer my
questions at once?" 2. The girl said, "I'm thinking of the summer spent in Spain". 3.
She said to Nick, "When are you going to visit them?" "I have no time", replied Nick.
Lily said, "I'm making a new dress, I want to wear it at our party". 5. Mary said,
"We're thinking of going out". 6. The teacher asked, "Are you listening carefully,
John?" 7. She asked him, "Is Kate coming tomorrow?" 8. I said, "Is Bill studying for
an examination now?" 9. Father said, "Melanie is doing her morning exercises, I
don't want to disturb her". 10. Mother said, "You are forgetting your manners, Alex?"

I. "Will you come and see me on Friday?" Jane asked her friend. "All right",
said the friend. "I shall be free on Friday". 2. "Soon I shall know the whole poem
perfectly", said Mary. "I have already learnt more than a half of it". 3. "Have you got
a Ukrainian-English dictionary?" he asked me. "Can you let me have it for this
evening? I must do some very difficult translation". "All right", said I. "I won't need
it tonight". 4. "I'm fond of Dickens", said Jack. "I've been reading "The Old Curiosity
Shop" the whole week. I like the novel very much. I'm reading it for the second
time". 5. The shop assistant said, "The shoe department is downstairs". 6. She asked
me, "Do you know who has taken my book?" 7. The professor said to his assistant,
"You have made great progress". 8. Last night I was called to the telephone. An
unfamiliar voice said, "Is that Andrew speaking? My name is Harlow. I have come
from London today. I have brought some books for you from your friends. I'm
staying at the "Europe" Hotel. When and where can I see you?" "Let's meet at the
monument to Shevchenko in the centre of the city at five o'clock if it is convenient
for you", I said. "All right", he answered, "I shall be there". 9. She asked me, "Where
have you put my gloves? I cannot find them". 10. We asked him, "What has
happened to you? Why are you so pale?"
Exercise 267. Change the following special questions from direct into
indirect speech beginning each sentence from the words given in brackets.
1. Where did I put the book? (I forgot...) 2. Who has given you this nice kitten?
(She wanted to know...) 3. Where can I buy an English-Russian dictionary? (He
asked me...) 4. How long will it take your brother to get to Madrid? (He wondered...)
5. Where is he going? (He didn't tell anybody...) 6. Where has he gone? (Did you
know...) 7. Where is he? (Did you know...) 8. When is he leaving school? (I wanted
to know...) 9. Where does he live? (Nobody knew...) 10. When will he come back?
(She asked them...) 11. Where did she buy this hat? (He wanted to know...) 12. How
much did she pay for it? (I had no idea).
Exercise 268. Put the following questions into indirect speech, beginning
with the words: he asked ..., / wondered ... and the like.
A: 1. Who is that man? 2. What has happened to Peter? 3. Will he be at the
meeting? 4. Would she like to come? 5. Does he speak English? 6 . Why hasn't he
90
called? 7. Are there any good books on this subject? 8. Have you ever been to
England? 9. Shall I take these pills before or after meals? 10. How often does he have
his hair cut? 11. What does he want to see? 12. When did Mr. Wilson buy his new
car? 13. Does he want to see me? 14. Who made that noise?
B: 1. "Why are you looking through the keyhole?" I said. 2. "Who put salt in
my coffee?" he asked. 3. "Which of you knows how to make Irish stew?" said the
chief cook. 4. "Why did you travel first class?" I asked him. 5. "How can I possibly
run in these high-heeled shoes?" she inquired. 6. "What is your new house like?" I
asked him. 7. He said, "Where am I supposed to go now?" 8. "Whose car did you
borrow last night?" I said to him. 9. "What was she wearing when you saw her last?"
the policeman asked me. 10. "Who owns this revolver?" said the detective. 11.
"Where were you last night, Mr. Jones?" he said. 12. "What else did you see?" I
asked the boy. 13. "Have you done this sort of work before?" said his new employer.
14. "Can you read the last line of the chart?" the oculist asked the patient. 15. "Did
you understand what they said to you?" he inquired. 16. "Are you being attended to,
sir?" asked the shop assistant. 17. "Will you go on strike when others do?" the shop
steward asked him. 18. "Do you see what I see, Mary?" said the young man. 19.
"Who left the banana skin on the doorstep?" said my mother. 20. "Have you gone
completely mad?" I asked. "Do you want to blow us all up?" 21. "Are you leaving
today or tomorrow morning?" said the secretary. 22. "How far is it?" I said, "and how
long will it take me to get there?" 23. "Could I speak to Mrs. Pith?" said the caller.
"I'm afraid she's out", said the girl. "Can 1 take a message for her?" 24. "Are you
sorry for what you did?" I asked her. 25. "Are you going to see her off to the railway
station?" 1 asked him. 26. "Would you mind if I looked inside your bag, Madam?"
said the policeman. 27. "If someone fell down at your feet foaming at the mouth
would you know what to do?" said the instructor in First Aid.
Exercise 269. Change the following dialogue to indirect speech.

Martin. I say, Nick, can you show me around a bit? I only came here two days
ago and I haven't been anywhere as yet.
Nick. Of course, I shall do it with pleasure. Let's go at once. And let's invite
Alice to come with us. She knows a lot about the places of interest here.
Martin. That's a good idea.
Nick. Alice, can you come with us? We are going for a walk, and I want to
show Martin some places of interest.
Alice. No, I can't go with you, boys. I'm sorry. Mother told me to buy some
bread, and I forgot about it. I shall have to do it now. Go without me. I shall go with
you some other time.
Nick. It's a pity. All right, Martin, let's go.
Exercise 270. Change the following sentences into direct speech. Use the
appropriate punctuation.
1. George said he felt thirsty. 2. They said it was very interesting. 3. I asked my
cousin if she thought it could be a dream. She replied that she was about to ask me
the same question. 4. I answered that I thought he would never smile again. 5. He
91
told them they could follow him. 6. He went up to the policeman and asked him if he
knew what time it was. 7. She asked me if you were serious. 8. I asked her not to go
out. 9. I told Sam not to leave the house. 10. Then he asked me if I wrote for any
newspapers. 11. I told her not to worry. 12. The elder sister said that she was afraid
that they hadn't got on dresses suited to work. 13. When I had finished, George asked
if the soap was in. I said I didn't care whether the soap was in or whether it wasn't.
14. They said it was very kind of him. 15. He told them they could follow him. 16. I
promised mother I'd be home early tonight. 17. Why, George, you always said you
liked to live in the middle of London. 18. They shook hands, and Barber asked if she
wanted to go some place for a coffee. 19. He just came to me one night and said he'd
got leave of absence from his job for a month and that he'd be back inside of thirty
days and he'd tell me all about it when he got back, and he begged me not to ask any
questions. 20. He told me he wouldn't write.
Exercise 271. Change the following sentences into direct speech. Use the
1. She asked if he'd like to go to the concert and I said that I was sure he
would. 2. She told me to look where I was going as the road was full of holes and
very badly lit. 3. They said that while they were bathing they saw someone
examining their clothes. 4. I asked if she had looked everywhere and she said that she
had. 5. He suggested giving her a bottle of wine. 6. He said that the new carpet had
arrived and asked where he was to put it. 7. He said that two days previously an
enormous load of firewood had been dumped at his front gate and that since then he
hadn't been able to get his car out. 8. They offered me some wine and I accepted. 9.
He said that if I found the front door locked I was to go round to the back. 10. She
asked the burglars who they were and who had let them in. They told her to sit down
and keep quiet unless she wanted to get hurt. 11. He asked what the weather had been
like during my holidays and I said that it had been awful. 12. He suggested going
down to the harbour and seeing if they could hire a boat. 13. He said that if I don't
like escalators I could go up the emergency staircase. I thanked him and said that I
would do that. 14. He suggested that Andy and I should go ahead and get the tickets.
Exercise 272. Put the following sentences into direct speech Use the
1. He said that he thought my electric iron was unsafe and advised me to have
it seen to. 2. He said that if war broke out he would have to leave the country at once.
3. I asked him if he had enjoyed hunting and be said that he hadn't. 4. She said that
she was surprised to see that her grandmother's clock had stopped and asked if
anyone had been fiddling with it. 5. She said that she had tried to ring her mother up
several times on the previous day but hadn't succeeded in getting through. 6. I asked
her if she would borrow the book but she thanked me and said that she had already
read it and hadn't liked it very much. 7. He wanted to know if I was going to the
dance and suggested that we should make up a party and go together. 8. I told her to
stop making a fuss about nothing and said that she was lucky to have got a seat at all.
9. The clerk in the booking office inquired if I wanted a single or a return ticket. 1
92
asked if a return ticket was cheaper. He said it made no difference. 10. My employer
hoped I would not be offended if he told me that, in his opinion, I would do better in
some other kind of job. 11. The man told the woman that if the wheels had gone a
couple of inches nearer the edge, the car would have plunged into the ravine. 12. He
said I mustn't mind if the first one wasn't any good. 13. He asked the crowd if they
thought he was a liar and the crowd shouted that they did. 14. I stopped a man in the
street and asked him to help me with my car. The man asked if it would take long,
explaining that he was on his way to catch a train.

1. Ми знали, що концерт вам сподобається. 2. Вона сказала, що її мати
працює у школі. 3. Вони думали, що я володію французькою мовою. 4. Вона не
знала, якій музиці Джон надає перевагу. 5. Петро сказав, що він був у Нью-
Йорку у 1975 році. 6. Джек сказав, що його батько працював на фабриці. 7.
Учні знали, що Леся Українка народилась 1871 року. 8. Олена сказала, що
влітку поїде до моря. 9. Вони прочитали в газеті, що Президент України від-
відає США наступної осені. 10. Ми знали, що він удома. 11. Вона запитала
мене, де я купив цей підручник. 12. Він не знав, що вона хвора. 13. Вона ду-
мала, що ви зателефонуєте їй. 14. Учитель запитав, де я живу. 15. Я думала, що
ти зайнятий. 16. Ганна сказала нам, що їде до Вашингтона. 17. Том сказав, що
не любить фігурне катання. 18. Ніхто не зрозумів, чому Джордж відмовився від
такої цікавої пропозиції. 19. Пан Фокс запитав дружину, чи готовий обід. 20.
Ми запитали Боба, чи батьки купили йому велосипед. 21. Студенти сказали, що
в неділю вони були у картинній галереї. 22. Ми хотіли довідатись, о котрій
годині прибуває потяг. 23. Джейн запитала, чи не дзвонив їй хто-небудь по
телефону. 24. Вона попросила свого кузена зустріти її біля кінотеатру об 11
годині вечора. 25. Лікар наказав хворому не повертатися на роботу впродовж
двох тижнів.
CONDITIONAL MOOD
Zero conditional
Exercise 274. Match the two parts of the sentences.
1. If animals don't eat, …………………………
2. If I read for a long time, ……………………..
3. If you don't sleep, ……………………………….
4. If you mix flour and water, ……………………..
5. If water freezes, …………………………………
6. If you multiply three by three, …………………..
a) ……………… you feel tired.

b) ……………… you get nine.
c) ……………… they die.
d) ……………… it turns into ice.
93
e) ……………… I get a headache.
f) ……………… you make paste.
Exercise 275. Make up sentences as in the model.

Model: eat too much / feel sick
If you eat too much, you feel sick.
1. lie in the sun / burn
2. not work hard / not get good marks
3. divide 100 by 5 / get 20
4. cut yourself / bleed
5. not wash / become dirty
6. put sugar in coffee / taste sweet
First conditional
Exercise 276. Match the two parts of the sentences.
1. If you walk fast, ……………………..
2. If he passes all his exams, ……………………..
3. If you don't leave now, ……………………..
4. If it rains tomorrow, ……………………..
5. If she gets home late, ……………………..
6. If you turn left here, ……………………..
7. If I finish my homework, ……………………..
8. If we cycle to school, ……………………..
a)……………… I won't go out.

b)……………… you'll get there soon.
c)……………… I'll come out with you.
d)……………… he'll go into the next class.
e)……………… we'll get some exercise.
f) ……………… her dad will be very angry.
g)……………… you won't arrive on time
h)……………… you'll see the museum on your right.

1. If the weather is / will be good, we swim /’ll swim in the sea.
2. If I don't feel / won't feel well tomorrow, I stay / 'll stay at home.
3. If she arrives / ‘ll arrive late again, the teacher is / will be very angry.
4. If you don't go / won't go now, you miss / ‘ll miss the train.
5. If you buy / ‘ll buy the food and drink, I decorate / ‘ll decorate the house.
6. If they take / ‘ll take a taxi, they don't get wet / won't get wet.
7. If we don't go / won't go to the beach, we don't see / won't see our friends.
Exercise 278. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the first
conditional.
94
1. I (tell) …… you if I (see) …… Sarah.
2. If you (mix) …… red and white paint, you (get) …… pink.
3. If we (not hurry) ……, we (be) …… late.
4. Ice cream (melt) …… if you (not eat) …… it quickly.
5. My dad (give) …… me £50 if I (pass) …… all my exams successfully.
6. If I (do) …… my homework every day, I (get) …… good marks.
7. I (give) …… you some advice if you (ask) …… me!
8. If the fireworks (be) …… very expensive, I (not buy) …… them.
9. If it (rain) …… , we (need) …… umbrellas.
10.If you (put) …… oil and water together, they (not mix).
Exercise 279. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the first
conditional.
1. If he (get) …… a bike for his birthday, he (be) …… very happy.
2. I (not buy) …… the camera if it (be) …… very expensive.
3. You (not be) …… tired in the morning if you (go) …… to bed early.
4. If I (have) …… time, I (go) …… to the party.
5. I (not go) …… to the lake tomorrow if it (not be) …… warm.
6. If I (not have) …… any money, I (stay) …… at home on Saturday.
7. I (give) …… you some money if you (wash) …… my car.
8. If you (follow) …… the river, you (come) …… to a waterfall.
9. If we (not wear) …… gloves, our hands (get) …… cold.
10.They (not pass) …… their exams if they (not work) …… hard.
11.We (eat) …… in the garden if it (not rain) …… .
12.If the weather (be) …… fine tomorrow, we (go) …… to the forest.
13.I (not understand) …… you if you (not speak) …… slowly.
Exercise 280. Complete the text about global warming.

The biggest environmental problem we face today is global warming. If we
(continue) …… to burn gas, coal and oil, the atmosphere (contain) …… more C02 so
the world will get warmer. If it (get) …… warmer, sea-levels (rise) …… and the
climate (change) …… .
Trees help to stop global warming because they change C0 2 into 02. But if we
(not stop) …… cutting down the rain forests, there (be) …… more C02 in the
atmosphere, and global warming (not get) …… better.
So we must preserve forests like the Amazon.
The holes in the ozone layer are another problem. The ozone layer protects us
from ultra-violet rays of the sun. If the holes (get) …… bigger, the ultra-violet rays
(make) …… the atmosphere hotter.
Global warming is getting worse every day. We (not solve) …… this problem
if we (not act) …… now.
Second conditional
Use the past simple in the if-clause and would in the main clause.
95
Exercise 281. Match the two parts of each sentence.
1. If you moved to another city, ……………………..
2. If my parents won the lottery, ……………………..
3. If I had a computer at home, ……………………..
4. If I didn't have to go to school, ……………………..
5. If you lived on the ground floor, ……………………..
6. If we were film stars, ……………………..
a) ……………… I'd go to the beach every day.
b) ……………… I'd design my own website.
c) ……………… you wouldn't be very happy.
d) ……………… you wouldn't have to use the stairs.
e) ……………… we'd live in Hollywood.
f) ……………… they'd buy a new house.
Exercise 282. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the second
conditional.
Example: If Tom (have) enough money, he (buy) a new scooter.
If Tom had enough money, he would buy a new scooter.
1. If I (see) saw a bank robbery, I (call) the police.
2. If they (take) more exercise, they (be) healthier.
3. He (get) better marks if he (study) harder.
4. If I (have) more money, I (buy) a new computer.
5. You (have) more time for your homework if you (not watch) so much TV.
6. There (be) fewer accidents if people (drive) more carefully.
7. If I (not go) to school, I (play) computer games all day.
Exercise 283. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the second
conditional.
Example: If I (find) twenty pounds, I (not keep) it.
If I found twenty pounds, I wouldn't keep it.
1. He (be) angry if I (not phone) him.
2. If you (be) more careful, you (not lose) your money so often.
3. I (lend) you five pounds if I (have) any money.
4. If I (get) up earlier, I (not be) late for school.
5. You (not get) headaches if you (stop) listening to that loud music!
6. If Jane (win) the lottery, she (buy) presents for all her friends.
Exercise 284. Complete the sentences. Use the first or second conditional.
1. My friend Sarah is very superstitious. She thinks if you walk under a ladder, you
(get) …… bad luck.
2. If I had a million pounds, I (have) …… a big party and invite all my friends.
3. If we don't hurry, we (miss) …… the train!
4. If Steve (have) …… a bike, he would cycle to school.
5. If it rains, I (get) …… wet.
96
6. If Rob saw a tiger, he (run) …… away.
Exercise 285. Choose the correct verb form.

1. If I won the lottery, I buy / would buy a mountain bike.
2. We'll help you if we have / had time.
3. If I don't have / didn't have a cold, I would come out with you.
4. She won't be happy if you don't invite / didn't invite her to your party.
5. If they need money, they will sell / would sell their car.
6. We’ll have / would have a dog if we lived in the country.
7. If I know / knew the answer, I would tell you!
8. I'll buy the latest Ricky Martin CD if I have / had enough money.
9. If they walk to school, they’ll get / would get some exercise.
Exercise 286. Make up conditional sentences.

1. You did not ring me up, so I did not know you were in trouble. If ... 2. You
left the child alone in the room, so he hurt himself. If ... 3. They spent a year in the
tropics, so they got very sun-tanned. If ... 4. It rained heavily, so we got drenched to
the skin. If ... 5. Why didn't you watch the cat? It ate all the fish. If ... 6. A huge black
cloud appeared from behind the forest, so we had to turn back and hurry home. If ...
7. The travellers had no camera with them, so they could not take photos of the
beautiful scenery. If … 8. There was no sugar left, so we had to go to the shop late in
the evening. If ... 9. This house is very nice and comfortable, but it is not very good
for living because it is situated close to a chemical plant and the air around is very
bad. If ... 10. He is an excellent specialist, but I cannot ask his advice because I am
not acquainted with him. If ... 11. You cannot enjoy this merry evening party because
you have a toothache. If ... 12. You know the material well enough, but you are very
absent-minded, and that's why you always make many mistakes. If ... 13. We shall
not go to see them because it is very late. If ... 14. Naturally she was angry, because
you were on her way. If ...

1. Не always gets top marks in mathematics because it is his favourite subject
and he works a lot at it. If ... 2. I did not translate the article yesterday because I had
no dictionary. If ... 3. We lost our way because the night was pitch-dark. If ... 4. The
box was so heavy that I could not carry it. That's why I took a taxi. If ... 5. I had a bad
headache yesterday, that's why I did not come to see you. If ... 6. The ship was sailing
near the coast, that's why it struck a rock. If ... 7. He was not in town, therefore he
was not present at our meeting. If … 8. The pavement was so slippery that I fell and
hurt my leg. If ... 9. They made a fire, and the frightened wolves ran away. If ... 10. It
is late, and I have to go home. If ... 11. I was expecting my friend to come, that's why
I could not go to the cinema with you. If ... 12. The sea is rough, and we cannot sail
to the island. If ... 13. He is busy and does not come to see us. If ... 14. The girl did
not study well last year and received bad marks. If ... 15. He broke his bicycle and so
97
he did not go to the country. If ... 16. He speaks English badly: he has no practice.
If ...
Third conditional
Like the other conditionals, a third conditional sentence consists of two
clauses, an "if" clause and a main clause.
We use different verb forms in each part of a third conditional:
If clause: if + subject + past perfect verb
Main clause: subject + would (OR could, OR might) have + past participle
For example:
If I had studied harder, I would have passed the exam.
If you had driven more carefully, you would not have had an accident.
If we had played a little better, we could have won the game.
If you had saved your money, you could have bought a computer.
The third conditional is used to talk about things which DID NOT HAPPEN
in the past.
Exercise 288. Use the appropriate form of the verbs in brackets.

1) If the seminar (begin) … at 10:00 we would have been on time.
2) Use the word: If the customer (call) … earlier I would have told her to try your
cell phone.
3) If you had informed us of these problems by 8:00 a.m. we (fix) … them this
morning.
4) If you had adopted that marketing strategy your profits (increase) … dramatically.
5) Your employees (learn) … everything about the program if you had sent them to
that training course.
6) If I (meet) … with the customer yesterday I (give) … her your card.
7) Your company (do) … better financially if you (produce) … for the international
market.
8) If you (think) … more positively you (succeed) … .
9) If you (use) … biodegradable products it (be) … better for the environment.
10) We (see) … Mr. Johnson if we (visit) … the factory last week.
Exercise 289. Complete the third conditional sentence by filling in the
spaces.
Example: I didn't pass the test, because I hadn't studied hard enough.
If I had studied harder, I would have passed the test.
1. He crashed his car, because he fell asleep while driving.
If he … asleep while driving, he … his car.
2. We couldn't go to the concert, because we didn't have enough money.
If we … enough money, we … to the concert.
3. I lost my job because I was late for work.
I … my job if I … late for work.
4. The wind was so strong that the bridge collapsed.
If the wind … so strong, the bridge … .
98
5. I couldn't call Sally because I had lost her number.
I … Sally if I … her number.
Complete the conditional sentences (Type III) by putting the verbs into
the correct form.
Model: If you (study) … for the test, you (pass) … it.
If you had studied for the test, you would have passed it.
1. If you (ask) … me, I (help) … you.
2. If we (go) … to the cinema, we (see) … my friend Jacob.
3. If you (speak) … English, she (understand) … .
4. If they (listen) … to me, we (be) … home earlier.
5. I (write) … you a postcard if I (have) … your address.
6. If I (not / break) … my leg, I (take part) … in the contest.
7. If it (not/ start) … to rain, we (walk) … to the museum.
8. We (swim) … in the sea if there (not / be) … so many sharks there.
9. If she (take) … the bus, she (not / arrive) … on time.
10.If only I (know) … about your difficult situation I (help) … you.
Exercise 291. Put the verbs in brackets into the gaps. Form a conditional
sentence – type III.
Example: If I ____ (to go) to the cinema, I ____ (to watch) an interesting film.
If I had gone to the cinema, I would have watched an interesting film.
1) If the weather … (to be) nice, they … (to play) football.
2) If we … (to go) to a good restaurant, we … (to have) a better dinner.
3) If John … (to learn) more words, he … (to write) a good report.
4) If the boys … (to take) the bus to school, they … (to arrive) on time.
5) If the teacher … (to explain) the homework, I … (to do) it.
6) If they … (to wait) for another 10 minutes, they … (to see) the pop star.
7) If the police … (to come) earlier, they … (to arrest) the burglar.
8) If you … (to buy) fresh green vegetable, your salad … (to taste) better.
9) If Alex … (to ask) me, I … (to email) the documents.
10) If he … (to speak) more slowly, Peggy … (to understand) him.
Conditional Sentences: Revision
Exercise 292. Write each of the following sentences three times according
to the models.
Models:
1. If the weather is fine, you will play outside. If you ring me up, I shall
tell you something.
2. If the weather were fine, you would play outside. If you rang me up, I
should tell you something.
3. If the weather had been fine, you would have played outside. If you had
rung me up, I should have told you something.
99
1. If you (to be) ... busy, I (to leave) ... you alone. 2. If I (to live) ... in
London, I (to visit) ... the Madame Tusseau Museum every year. 3. If I (to get) ... a
ticket, I (to go) ... to the Phillarmonic. 4. If I (to live) ... near a wood, I (to gather)
... a lot of mushrooms. 5. If my father (to return) ... early, we (to watch) ... TV
together. 6. If she (to know) ... English, she (to try) ... to enter the university. 7. If
my friend (to come) ... to see me, I (to be) ... very happy. 8. If mother (to buy) ... a
cake, we (to have) ... a very nice tea party. 9. If we (to receive) ... a telegram from
him we (not to worry) ... 10. If you (not to work)... systematically, you (to fail) ...
at the examination.
Exercise 293. Rewrite each of the following sentences two times, forming
the unreal condition sentences: a) referring to the Present or Future (Second
Conditional); b) referring to the Past (Third Conditional).
1. If am not too busy, I shall go to the concert. 2. If no one comes to help, we
shall be obliged to do the work ourselves. 3. If you put on your glasses, you will see
better. 4. What shall we do if they are late? 5. Will you be very angry if we don't
come? 6. Will he be displeased if I don't ring him up? 7. They will all be very
surprised if I make such a mistake. 8. If he doesn't come in time, shall we have to
wait for him? 9. If I have a lot of money, I shall buy a new Mercedes car. 10. I shall
go to the party if I am not so busy.
Exercise 294. Conditional sentences, present/future. Complete the

sentences with the verbs in brackets.
1. I'm not an astronaut. If I (be) ... an astronaut, I (take) ... my camera with
me on the rocket ship next month. 2. Most people know that oil floats on water. If
you pour oil on water, it (float) ... 3. If there (be) ... no oxygen on earth, life as we
know it (exist, not) ... 4. My evening newspaper has been late every day this week.
If the paper (arrive, not) ... on time today, I'm going to cancel my subscription. 5. If
I (be) ... a bird, I (want, not) ... to live in a cage. 6. Sea water is salty. If the oceans
(consist) ... of fresh water, there (be) ... plenty of water to irrigate all of the deserts
in the world to provide an abundant food supply for the entire population of the earth.
7. It is expensive to call across the ocean. However, if transoceanic telephone calls
(be) ... cheap, I (call) ... my family every day and (talk) ... for hours. 8. Rhone's
hobby is collecting stamps from all over the world. If he (travel) ... to a new
country, he (spend, always) ... time looking for new stamps. That's how he has
acquired such a large collection of valuable stamps. 9. How old human beings (live)
... to be if all diseases in the world (be) ... completely eradicated? 10. If you boil
water, it (disappear) … into the atmosphere as vapour. 11. If people (have) ... paws
instead of hands with fingers, the machines we use in everyday life (have to) ... be
constructed very differently. We (be, not) ... able to turn knobs, push small buttons,
or hold tools or utensils securely.
Exercise 295. Conditional sentences, past time. Complete the sentences

with the words in brackets. All of the sentences to complete are "contrary to
fact".
100
1. I'm sorry you had to take a cab to the airport. I didn't know you needed a
ride. If you (tell) ... me, I (give) ... you a ride gladly. 2. You made a lot of
unnecessary mistakes in your composition. If you (use) ... a dictionary to check your
spelling, you (receive) ... a better grade. 3. A: Shh! Your father is taking a nap. Oh-
oh. You woke him up. B: Gee, I’m sorry, Mom. If I (realize) ... he was sleeping, I
(make, not) ... so much noise when I came in. But how was I supposed to know? 4.
Many people were not satisfied with the leader after he took office. If they (know) ...
more about his planned economic programs, they (vote, not) ... for him. 5. Last night
George ruined his sweater when he washed it. If he (read) ... the label, he (wash,
not) ... it in hot water. 6. A: Ever since I broke my foot, I haven't been able to get
down to the basement to wash my clothes. B: Why didn't you say anything? I (come)
... over and (wash) ... them for you if you (ask) ... me. A: I know you (come) ...
right away if I (call) ... you. I guess I didn't just want to bother you. B: Nonsense!
What are good neighbors for? 7. A: Oh, no! I've lost it! B: Lost what? A: The address
for my job interview this afternoon. I wrote it on a match book. B: A match book! If
you (write) ... the address in your appointment book where it belongs, you (lose,
not) ... it. When are you going to get organized? 8. A: Julia, (you, take) ... that job if
you (know) ... that you had to work nights? B: No way. I had no idea I'd have to
work the late night hours they've had me working.
Exercise 296. Complete the sentences with the words in brackets.

1. If I (have) ... wings, I (have to, not) ... take an airplane to fly home. 2.
This letter has got to be in London in two days. I'm sure if I (send) ... it today, it will
arrive in time. 3. Hundreds of people became ill from eating contaminated meat
during the last two weeks. If the government had responded more quickly to the
crisis, fewer people (suffer) ... food poisoning. 4. … People (be) ... able to fly if
they (have) ... feathers instead of hair? 5. What (we, use) ... to look at ourselves
when we comb our hair in the morning if we (have, not) ... mirrors? 6. A: I don't
understand anything in this class. I'm bored. And I'm getting a failing grade. B: If I
(feel) ... the way you do about it I (drop)... the class as soon as possible. 7. It's been
a long drought. It hasn't rained for over a month. If it (rain, not) ... soon, a lot of
crops (die) ... If the crops (die) ..., many people (go) ... hungry this coming winter.
8. I didn't know the Browns were going to bring two other people to dinner last night.
If anyone else (bring) ... extra guests, we (have, not) ... enough seats at the table. 9.
If television (invent) ... in the eighteenth century, George Washing-Ion (interview)
... regularly on the evening news. 10. A: I'm exhausted, and we're no closer to a
solution to this problem after nine hours of work. B: Why don't you go home and get
some sleep, and I'll be working. If I (discover) ... a solution before morning, I (call)
... you immediately. I promise. 11. A: I can't believe that you haven't finished that
report. What will I use in the committee meeting at noon today? B; I'm really sorry. If
I (know) ... you needed it today, I (stay up) ... all night last night and (finish) ... it.
12. According to one scientific theory, an asteroid collided with the earth millions of
years ago, causing great changes in the earth's climate. Some scientists believe that if
this asteroid (collide, not) ... with the earth, the dinosaurs (become, not) ... extinct.
Can you imagine what the world (be) … like today if dinosaurs (exist, still) ...? Do
101
you think it (be) ... possible for dinosaurs and human beings to coexist on the same
planet?
Exercise 297. Complete the sentences with the verbs in brackets.

Kurt: What's wrong, Pete? You look as if you (run) ... over by a truck!
Pete: Well, you (look) ... this bad today, too, if you (have) ... a day like mine
yesterday. My car slid into a tree because the roads were icy.
Kurt: Oh? I was driving on the icy roads yesterday, and I didn't slide into the
tree. What happened?
Pete: Well, I suppose if I (drive, not) ... so fast, I (slide, not) ... into the tree.
Kurt: Icy roads and speed don't mix. If drivers (step) ... on the gas on ice,
they're likely to spin their car in a circle.
Pete: I know! And not only my car is a mess now, but I didn't have my driver's
license with me, so now I'll have to pay an extra fine when I go to court next month.
Kurt: Why were you driving without your license?
Pete: Well, I lost my wallet a few days ago. It slipped out of my pocket while I
was riding the bus to work.
Kurt: What a tale of woe! If you (take, not) ... that bus, you (lose, not) ...
your wallet. If you (lose, not) ... your wallet, you (have) ... your driver's license
with you when you hit a tree. If you (have) ... your license with you, you (have to
pay, not) ... a big fine when you go to court next week. And of course, if you (drive,
not) ... too fast, you (run into, not) ... a tree, and you (be, not) ... in this mess now.
If I (be) ... you, I (take) ... it easy for a while and just (stay) ... home where you're
safe and sound.
Pete: Enough about me! How about you?
Kurt: Well, things are really looking up for me. I'm planning to take off for LA
as soon as I finish my finals. I'm sick of all this cold, rainy weather we've been
having. I (stay) ... here for vacation if the weather (be, not) ... so bad. But I need
some sun!
Pete: I wish I (go) ... with you. How are you planning of getting there?
Kurt: If I have enough money, I (fly) ... Otherwise, I (take) ... the bus. 1 wish
I (drive) ... my own car because it (be) ... nice to have it to drive around in once I
get there, but it's such a long trip. I've been looking for a friend to go with me and
share the driving.
Pete: Hey, I have a super idea. Why don't I go with you? I can share the
driving. I'm a great driver!
Kurt: Didn't you just get through telling that you'd wrapped your car around a
tree?

1. When I stopped talking, Bryan finished my sentence for me as though he ...
my mind.
A) would read; B) had read; C) reads; D) can read.
2. If you ..., I would have brought my friends over to your house this evening
to watch TV, but I didn't want to bother you.
102
A) had studied; B) studied; C) hadn't been studying; D) didn't study.
3. I wish I ... you some money for your rent, but I'm broke myself.
A) can lend; B) would lend; C) could lend; D) will lend.
4. If someone ... into the store, smile and say, "May I help you?"
A) comes; B) came; C) would come; D) could come.
5. "Are we lost?" "I think so. I wish we ... a map with us today".
A) were bringing; B) brought; C) had brought; D) would bring.
6. "Here's my phone number". "Thanks. I'll give you a call if I ... some help
tomorrow".
A) will need; B) need; C) would need; D) needed.
7. If I weren't working for an accountant firm, I ... in a bank.
A) work; B) will work; C) have worked; D) would be working.
8. Paul invested a lot of money with a dishonest advisor, and lost nearly all of
it. Now he is having serious financial problems. He ... in this position if he had
listened to some of his friends.
A) will be; B) wouldn't be; C) wouldn't have been; D) hadn't been.
9. The world ... a better place if we had known a hundred years ago what we
know today about the earth's environment.
A) will be; B) was; C) wouldn't have been; D) might be.
10. The medicine made me feel dizzy. I felt as though the room ... around and
around.
A) were spinning; B) will spin; C) spins; D) would be spinning.

1. Please keep your voice down in this section of the library. If you ... to
talk loudly, I will have to ask you to leave.
A) continued; B) could continue; C) will continue; D) continue.
2. Celia never seems to get tired, I sure wish I ... her energy.
A) would have; B) have; C) have had; D) had.
3. If I could find Magi's phone number, I ... her about the change in plans.
Maybe somebody else will call her.
A) called; B) had called; C) could call; D) will call.
4. "How do you like your new apartment?" "The apartment itself is great, but I
wish I... used to the constant noise from the street below".
A) got; B) could get; C) had gotten; D) am.
5. If I ... following that other car too closely, I would have been able to stop in
time instead of running into it.
A) wasn't; B) wouldn't have been; C) was; D) hadn't been.
6. "Why aren't you going mountain climbing with the rest of us next
weekend?" "To be honest with you, I'm a coward. If I were brave, I ... with you".
A) would have gone; B) would go; C) go; D) will go.
7. I'm really sleepy today. I wish I ... Ann to the airport late last night.
A) didn't have to take; B) weren't taking; C) hadn't had to take; D)
didn't take.
103
8. Hurry! We've got to leave the house immediately. Otherwise, ... the opening
ceremony.
A) we'd miss; B) we'd have missed; C) we miss; D) we're going to miss.
9. "Why didn't you tell me you were having so many problems?" "I ... you, but
I figured you had enough to worry about without my problems, so I said nothing".
A) would tell; B) would haven told; C) would be telling; D) had told.
10. A nation's balance of trade is considered unfavourable if it ... more money
on imports than it gains from exports.
A) will spend; B) would spend; C) can spend; D) spends.
11. A huge tree crashed through the bedroom roof and broke my bed and most
of the other furniture. ... in the room, I would have been killed.
A) should I be; B) had I been; C) would I have been; D) would I be.
12. If everyone …, how would we control air traffic? Surely, we'd all be
crashing into each other.
A) can fly; B) will fly; C) flies; D) could fly.
Exercise 300. Open the brackets, using the verbs in the necessary form.
1. I should be delighted if I (to have) ... such a beautiful fur-coat. 2. If it (to
rain) …, we shall have to stay at home. 3. If he (to work)... hard, he would have
achieved great progress. 4. If it is not too cold, I (not to put) ... on my coat. 5. I (to
write) ... the composition long ago if you hadn't disturbed me. 6. If he (not to read)
... so much, he would not be so clever. 7. If my friend (to be) ... at home, be will tell
us what to do. 8. If he were not an outstanding actor, he (not to have) ... so many
admirers. 9. If you (to give) ... your address, I shall write you a letter. 10. If she (not
to be) ... so absent-minded, she would be a much better student. 11. If my sister
doesn't go to the south, we (to spend) ... summer in Kyiv together. 12. If they (not
to go) ... to Paris last year, they would not have heard that famous musician. 13. If
you (not to get) ... tickets for the Philharmonic, we shall stay at home. 14. If you
were not so careless about your health, you (to consult) ... the doctor.
Exercise 301. Open the brackets. Use the necessary verb form.
1. If you (to ring) ... me up, I shall tell you a secret. 2. If you (to be) ... a
poet, you would write beautiful poetry. 3. If he didn't read so much, he (not to know)
... English literature so well. 4. If he (to come) ... to our house yesterday, he would
have met his friend. 5. If he (not to pass) ... his examination, he will not get a
scholarship. 6. If she (not to help) ... me, I should have been in a very difficult
situation. 7. My father would have more free time, if he (not to read) ... so many
newspapers. 8. If only you had let me know, I (to go) ... there immediately. 9. If I
were a famous singer, I (to get) ... a lot of flowers every day. 10. If I (not to buy) ...
coffee, we shall drink tea. 11. If he is free tomorrow, he certainly (to come) ... to our
party. 12. My brother would not have missed so many lessons if he (not to hurt) ...
his leg. 13. If my friend (to work) ... in my office, we should meet every day. 14. If
you spoke English every day, you (to improve) ... your language skills. 15. If you
get a "five", your mother (to be) ... happy. 16. If she (to return) ... earlier, she
104
would have been able to see him before he left. 17. If these shoes were not too big for
me, I (to buy) ... them.
Exercise 302. Use the verbs in brackets in the necessary form.

1. How slippery it is! If it (not to rain) ..., it (not to be) ... so slippery. 2. I
am glad I was able to attend the lecture yesterday. You (to be) ... displeased if I (not
to come) ... 3. Let's take a taxi to the railway station: We have very much luggage. If
we (not to have) ... so much luggage, we (to walk) ... 4. Stop working and let's go
inside: it is too dark. If the evening (not to be) ... so dark, we (to continue) ... to
work. 5. I don't believe you: you only say you want to know languages. If you (to be)
... really interested in languages, you (to study) ... them. 6. I am sorry you don't read
English novels; if you (to read) ... them, I (to lend) ... you some very interesting
ones. 7. You say that you didn't read yesterday's papers; if you (to read) ... them,
you (to see) ... the announcement of professor X's coming to our town. 8. He is not
ill: if he (to be) ... ill, he (not to play) ... tennis so much. 9. He was not ill last
week: if be (to be) ... ill, he (not to take) ... part in the football match.

1. You didn't ring me up, so I didn't know you were in trouble. If ... 2. You left
the child alone in the room, so it hurt himself. If ... 3. They spent a year in the tropics,
so they got very sun-tanned. If... 4. It rained heavily, so we got wet through. If ... 5.
Why didn't you watch the cat? It ate all the fish. If ... 6. A huge black cloud appeared
from behind the forest, so we had to turn back and hurry home. If ... 7. The travellers
had no camera with them, so they could not take photos of the beautiful scenery. If ...
8. There was no sugar left, so we had to go to the shop late in the evening. If ... 9.
This house is very nice and comfortable, but it is not very good for living because it
is situated close to the chemical plant and the air around is very bad. If ... 10. He is an
excellent specialist, but I can not ask his advice because I am not acquainted with
him. If ... 11. You cannot enjoy this merry evening party because you have toothache.
If ... 12. You know the material well enough, but you are very absent-minded, that's
why you always make many mistakes. If ... 13. We shall not go to see them because
it is very late. If ... 14. Naturally she was very angry, because you were in her way.
If ... 15. He always gets top marks in mathematics because it is his favourite subject
and he works a lot at it. If ...

1. I didn't translate the article yesterday because I had no dictionary. If ... 2. We
lost our way because the night was pitch-dark. If ... 3. The box was so heavy that I
couldn't carry it. That's why I took a taxi. If ... 4. I had a bad headache yesterday,
that's why I didn't come to see you. If ... 5. The ship was sailing near the coast, that's
why it struck a rock. If ... 6. He was not in town, therefore he wasn't present at our
meeting. If ... 7. The pavement was so slippery that I fell and hurt my leg. If ... 8.
They made a fire, and the frightened wolves ran away. If ... 9. It is late, and I have to
go home. If ... 10. I was expecting my friend to come, that's why I couldn't go to the
105
cinema with you. If ... 11. The sea is rough, and we cannot sail to the island. If ... 12.
He is busy and does not come to see us. If ... 13. The girl did not study well last year
and received bad marks. If ... 14. He broke his bicycle and so he didn't go to the
country. If ... 15. He speaks English badly: he has no practice. If ...
Exercise 305. Express wishes and regrets about the present and the past.
Models: I'm small. I wish I were not (wasn’t) small. We don't live in the
city. We wish we lived in the city.
1. I'm not having a holiday this year. I wish ... 2. I'm going to the dentist
tomorrow. I wish ... 3. I can't ski. I wish ... 4. John won't come to my party. I wish ...
5. I wasn't happy at school. I wish ... 6. It rained the whole of my holiday. I wish ... 7.
He didn't pass his driving test. He wishes ... 8. He failed his driving test. He wishes ...
9. I haven't been to Switzerland. I wish ... 10. The streets are very dirty. I wish ... 11.
I'm out of work. I wish ... 12. There is nothing good on TV tonight. I wish ... 13. He
likes chocolate so much. I wish ... 14. I've put on a lot of weight. I wish ... 15. I left
school at sixteen. I wish ... 16. My girlfriend didn't ring me last night. I wish ...
Exercise 306. Open the brackets, using the I wish ... construction.
1. I wish I (to know) … German. 2. I wish I (not to drink) ... so much coffee
in the evening: I couldn't sleep half the night. 3. I wish you (to read) ... more in
future. 4. I wish I never (to suggest) … this idea. 5. I wish (to be) ... at yesterday's
party: it must have been very funny. 6. I wish we (to meet) ... again next summer. 7.
Don't you wish you (to see) … that performance before? 8. They wished they (not
to see) ... this horrible scene again. 9. The unfortunate pupil wished he (not to
forget) ... to learn the rule. 10. I wish I (to have) ... a season ticket to the
Philharmonic next winter. 11. I wish I (to consult) ... the teacher when I first felt that
mathematics was too difficult for me. 12. I love sunny weather. I wish it (to be) ...
warm and fine all year round. 13. I wish I (not to lend) ... Pete my watch: he has
broken it. 14. I wish you (to send) ... word as soon as you arrive. 15. I wish I (not to
have) ... to do my homework every day. 16. I wish you (to go) ... skiing with me
yesterday: I had such a good time!
Exercise 307. Change the following sentences, using "I wish ..."
I. It's a pity you are not with us these days. 2. My friend regrets not having
entered the university. 3. He was sorry not to have enough time to finish his test
paper. 4. It's a pity we shan't be able to reach home before tea-time. 5. I'm sorry I
made you upset by telling you this news. 6. What a pity you don't know enough
physics. 7. Unfortunately they won't return before Christmas. 8. The student was
sorry he had not studied the material better and had shown such a poor knowledge at
the examination. 9. It's a pity that you didn't send for us last night.
Exercise 308. Put the verbs into the correct form.

1. I feel sick. I wish (I, not, eat) ... so much cake. 2. I'm fed up with this rain. I
wish (it, stop) ... raining. 3. It's a difficult question. I wish (I, know) ... the answer.
4. I should have listened to you. I wish (I, take) ... your advice. 5. I wish (Kary, be)
106
... here. She'd be able to help us. 6. Aren't they ready yet? I wish (they, hurry up) ...
It would be nice to stay here. I wish (we, not, have) ... to go now. 7. When we were
in Madrid last year, we didn't have time to see all the things we wanted to see. I wish
(we, have) ... more time. 8. It's freezing today. I wish (it, not, be) ... so cold. I hate
cold weather. 9. What's her name again? I wish (I, can) ... remember her name. 10.
What I said was stupid. I wish (I, not, say) ... anything. 11. (in a car) You're driving
too fast. I wish (you, slow down) ... a bit. 12. It was a terrible film. I wish (we, not,
go) ... to see it. 13. You're always tired. I wish (you, not, go) ... to bed so late.
IMPERATIVE MOOD
Exercise 309. Ask your group-mate to do the following:
to put the book on the desk
Ann, put your book on the desk, please.
1. to take the pencil out of the bag. 2. to give you the dictionary. 3. to shut the
door. 4. to open the window. 5. to go to the blackboard. 6. to show you the notebook.
7. to stand up. 8. to sit down. 9. to read the text. 10. to recite a poem written by his
(her) favourite poet.
Exercise 310. Ask your group-mate not to do the following:

to switch on the light
John, don't switch on the light, please.
1. to give them this textbook. 2. to read this article. 3. to show you his (her)
tongue. 4. to make mouths. 5. to draw a horse in your notebook. 6. to sing this song.
7. to play this game. 8. to write Ukrainian letters instead of English transcription. 9.
to sleep at the lesson. 10. to beat those girls.
Exercise 311. Translate the following sentences with Imperative Mood:

1. Don't shout. The children are sleeping.
2. Come here, please.
3. Students, translate this text, please.
4. Don't help him. He must work himself.
5. Open the door, please. Somebody is knocking.
6. Pupils, be quiet!
7. Open the window, please. It's very hot.
Exercise 312. Translate using Imperative Mood.

1. Допоможіть мені, будь-ласка.
2. Не робіть цього!
3. Не кричи.
4. Відчини вікно, будь-ласка.
5. Читай книгу.
6. Не йди в кіно. Фільм не цікавий.
7. З’їж ще трохи салату. Він корисний.
107
1. Закрийте свої книжки і дайте відповіді на мої запитання. 2. Хай він
відчинить двері. Тут спекотно. 3. Слухайте мене уважно. 4. Ходімо додому. 5.
Зачиніть вікно. Тут холодно. 6. Розгорніть книжки на сторінці 55. 7. Хай вона
не заходить. 8. Повторіть слова уроку 2. 9. Повторіть ваше запитання, будь
ласка. 10. Хай він відкриє валізу і покаже свої речі. 11. Хай вони не йдуть у
кіно. 12. Ходімо до їдальні. 13. Не пишіть ці слова на дошці. 14. Сідайте, будь
ласка. 15. Покажіть мені ваш зошит. 16. Повторіть слова за мною, будь ласка.
17. Дайте мені зелений олівець, будь ласка.
WORD ORDER
Exercise 314. Make up sentences using the rules of word order.

1. am old. years twenty-five I
2. Venezuela. are We from
3. Anton a is student. and name I'm My
4. my This is book.
5. a today. day nice It's
6. Paul. is Her brother's name
7. is an John engineer.
8. husband's name My Johansson. is
9. twelve students my class. in are There
10. My the address of top is new at letter. the
Exercise 315. Make up sentences using the rules of word order.

1. ill, am, I.
2. bad, I, feel.
3. see, many, I, people.
4. a, have, Kherson, I, in, flat, fine.
5. name, John, his, is.
6. has, hat, Helen, blue, a.
7. friend, my, in, lives, Kyiv.
8. name, like her, I.
9. need, we, pencil, a, green.
10. fine, is, a, today, day, it.
11. her, in, my, often, sister, Odessa, spends, holidays.
Exercise 316. Make up sentences, observing the rules of word order.

1. Practical classes, present, we, every day, are, at, our.
2. At the English lesson, gave, our teacher, some dictionaries, to us, on Monday.
3. To the concert, my friends, go, will, tomorrow.
4. This, every day, to the hospital, doctor, comes, 8 o'clock, at.
5. Every evening, reads, some newspapers, my father, at home.
MODAL VERBS
108
Modal Verb Usage Examples
We use CAN: 1. I can swim.
CAN 1. to talk about things we are He can't read.
able to do. Can you speak English?
2. when we ask if it's okay to 2. Can I take your umbrella?
do something. Can you help me, please?
We use COULD instead of He couldn't work yesterday, he

COULD CAN in the past. was ill.
I could read when I was six.
We use MAY: 1. May I sit down here?

MAY 1. to ask іf it's okay to do May we use dictionaries?
something. You may take my book.
2. when it's possible that 2. I may go to the cinema
something will happen. tonight .
John may not come today.
We use MUST to talk about He must work hard.

MUST things we have to do She mustn't talk in class.
Must we translate this text?
HAVE TO We use HAVE TO when we I have to take my medicine

talk that it's necessary for us three times a day.
to do something I had a toothache yesterday
so I
had to go to the dentist
SHOULD We use SHOULD You shouldn't smoke so much.

(OUGHT (OUGHT TO) when we talk Your child should go to bed
TO) that it's a good thing to do earlier.
something It's a good film, you ought to
see it.
Can and Could
Exercise 317. Ask someone if he or she can do these things:
109
1. Can you swim? 3 ………………..? 5………………..?
2. …….. you …….. ? 4 ………………..? 6………………..?
Exercise 318. Can you do these things? Write sentences about yourself.
Use I can or I can't ...
1. I can’t swim. 3 ………………..? 5………………..?
2. I ……..…….. ? 4 ………………..? 6………………..?
Exercise 319. Complete these sentences. Use can or can't + one of these
verbs:
come find hear see speak
1 . I'm sorry, but we can’t come to your party next Saturday.
2 . She got the job because she …….. five languages.
3 . You are speaking very quietly. I …….. you.
4 . Have you seen my bag? I …….. it.
5 . I don’t like this hotel room. You …….. the mountains from the window.
Exercise 320. Complete these sentences. Use can't or couldn't + one of

these verbs:
eat go go see sleep understand
1. I was tired but I couldn’t sleep.
2. She spoke very quickly. I …….. her.
3. His eyes are not very good. He …….. very well.
4. I wasn't hungry yesterday. I …….. my dinner.
5. He …….. to the concert next Saturday. He's working.
6. He …….. to the meeting last week. He was ill.
Exercise 321. What do you say in these situations? Use Can you ...?/Could
you ...?/Can I ...?
1. (You are carrying a lot of things. You want me to open the door for you).
You say to me: Can you open the door (for me), please?
2. (We are having dinner. You want me to pass the salt).
You say to me: ………………………………………...?
3 . (You want me to turn off the radio) ………………………… ?
4 . (You want to borrow my pen) ………………………………..?
5 . (You are in my house. You want to use my phone) ………….?
6. (You want me to give you my address) ………………………?
May and Might

Exercise 322. Write sentences with may or might.
1 (perhaps I will go to the cinema) I may go to the cinema.
2 (perhaps I will see Tom tomorrow) I ……………………………
110
3 (perhaps Kay will be late) Kay ………………………………….
4 (perhaps it will snow today) It …………………………………….
5 (perhaps I will wear my new jeans) I ……………………………
6 (perhaps they will not come) They ……………………………..
7 (perhaps I will not go out tonight) I …………………………….
Exercise 323. Somebody is asking you about your plans. You have some ideas
but you are not sure. Use may or might + one of these.
go away some shoes Spain fish
this evening to a restaurant tomorrow
1. Where are you going for your holidays next year?

I’m not sure yet. I might go to Spain.
2. Where are you going tonight?
I don’t know yet. I ………………………………….
3.When will you see Ann again?
I’m not sure. ………………………………………..
4. What are you going to buy when you go shopping?
I haven’t decided yet. ………………………………..
5. What are you doing at the weekend?
……………………………………………………….
6. When are you going to phone John?
……………………………………………………….
7. What are you going to have for dinner tonight?
……………………………………………………….
Exercise 324. What are you doing tomorrow? Write true sentences about
yourself. Use: I'm (not) -ing or I'm (not) going to ... or I may ... or I might ...
1. (watch television) I’m not going to watch television.
2. (write a letter) I might write a letter.
3. (get up early) I ………………………………………….
4. (go to the cinema) ……………………………………….
5. (have a bath or shower) ………………………………….
6. (buy a newspaper) ……………………………………….
7. (play tennis) ……………………………………………..
8. (make a telephone call) ………………………………….
Must
Exercise 325. Complete the sentences. Use must + one of these verbs:
be buy go go help hurry learn

meet win phone read wash
1 . We must go to the bank today. We haven't got any money.
2 . I ……………. I haven't got much time.
111
3 . She's a very interesting person. You ……………. her.
4 . I forgot to phone Dave last night. I ……………. him today.
5 . You ……………. to drive. It's very useful.
6 . This is an excellent book. You ……………. it.
7 . We ……………. some food. We've got nothing for dinner.
8 . My hair is dirty. I ……………. it.
9 . I ……………. to the post office. I need some stamps.
10 . I have a big problem. You ……………. me.
11 . The game tomorrow is very important for us. We …………….
12 . You can't always have things immediately. You ……………. patient.
Exercise 326. Put in must or had to.

1 . I had to go to the bank yesterday to get some money.
2 . The windows are very dirty. I ……… clean them.
3 . The windows were very dirty yesterday. I ……… clean them.
4 . I ……… get up early tomorrow. I've got a lot to do.
5 . Come on! We ……… hurry. We haven't got much time.
6 . We arrived home very late last night. We ……… wait half an hour for a taxi.
7 . These cakes are very nice. You ……… have one.
8 . Ann came to the party but she didn't stay very long. She ………leave early.
9 . He didn't know how to use the machine. I ……… show him.
10. I was nearly late for my appointment this morning. I ……… run to get there on
time.
Exercise 327. Make logical conclusions. Use must or must not.

Model: Tom has been working in the hot sun for the last hour. He just drank
one glass of water. Right now he is refilling his glass (thirsty?). (E. g.: Tom must be
thirsty).
1. I'm at Eric's apartment door. I've knocked on the door and have rung the
doorbell several times. Nobody has answered the door (at home?). 2. Brian has a red
nose and has been coughing and sneezing (have a cold?). 3. She looks tired. She's
been coughing and sneezing (feel well?). 4. Andrew has already eaten one sandwich.
Now he's making another sandwich (hungry?). 5. When Jim takes a problem to his
grandmother, she always knows how to help him solve it (very wise?). 6. Karen has
a full academic schedule, plays on the volleyball team, has the lead in the school play,
is a cheerleader, takes piano lessons, and has a part-time job at an ice-cream store
(have a lot of spare time? busy all the time?). 7. Ron goes to the video store and
rents three movies every night (like movies a lot? spend much time with his
friends and family in the evening?). 8. Joan reads all the time. She sits in a corner
and reads even when people come to visit her (love books? like books better than
people?). 9. Jake called Betsy and asked her to go to a movie. Betsy told him that
she had to study. She has just hung up, and now she's going to get ready for bed and
go to sleep (want to go to a movie? be tired? want to hurt Jake's feelings?).
112
Exercise 328. Complete the sentences. Use mustn't or needn't + one of these
verbs:
be buy clean hurry lose stick take tell wait
1. The windows aren't dirty. You needn’t clean them.
2 . I must hurry. I mustn’t be late.
3 . This letter is very important. You ……………. it.
4 . We have lots of time. We …………….
5 . We ……………. an umbrella. It's not going to rain.
6 . This is a secret. You ……………. anybody.
7 . You ……………. a newspaper. You can have mine.
8. I'm not ready yet but you ……………. for me.You go now and I'll come later.
9. (a parent speaking to a child) You ……………. your tongue out at people. It's not
polite.
Have to
Exercise 329. Complete the sentences. Use have to or has to + one of these
verbs:
do read speak travel wear
1. My eyes are not very good. I have to wear glasses.
2. At the end of the course all the students …………….a test.
3. Mary is studying literature. She ……………. a lot of books.
4. He doesn't understand much English, so I ……………. very slowly to him.
5. George is not often at home. He ……………. a lot in his job.
Exercise 330. Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of have to.
1. I can't go out tonight. I (do) my homework.
2. You (not run) ……You won't miss the bus.
3. Pete's eyes are very bad, and he (wear) …… glasses.
4. School starts at eight o'clock, so we (get) …… up early.
5. My friend has given me some tickets for the concert, so I (not pay) …… !
6. We (study) …… Maths at school, because it's compulsory.
7. She's got lots of time. She (not hurry) …… .
8. We (not take) …… any exams at the end of this term.
9. My mum sometimes (work) …… at weekends.
Exercise 331. Complete the text about Jessica. Use the correct form of
have to.
Jessica (get up) …… early on weekdays because school starts at 8.30. She
(not make) …… her bed because her mum does it for her. She (help) …… her dad to
make breakfast. When she comes home from school, she (cook) …… dinner with her
mum, but she (not wash) …… the dishes. After dinner, Jessica and her brothers
usually watch TV or listen to music. “We (go) …… to bed before ten o'clock on
weekdays,” says Jessica.
113
At the weekend Jessica (not do) …… much work at home. “I (tidy) …… my
bedroom on Saturday morning”, she says, “but after that I can do what I like!”
Exercise 332. Complete the description of Max's school. Use have to or

don't have to.
We go to school from Monday to Friday, but at the weekend we (go) to
school. During the week I (get up) …… at half past seven because school starts at
nine o'clock. You (arrive) …… on time! Our teacher gives us homework every day,
but we (do) …… homework on Friday evenings because there's no school the next
day. We go to school in the mornings and afternoons. You (have) …… lunch at
school – you can bring your own. I usually take
sandwiches, but the only problem is that I (make) …… them myself!
There are lots of after-school clubs, but you (join) them. I go to the bike club.
You (have) a bike – that's about the only rule. There's also a football team, but you
(be) …… very good to play – and I'm not!
Exercise 333. Complete the sentences. Use have to, has to, or had to in
each.
1. I went downtown yesterday because I ... 2. I can't go to the movie tonight
because ... 3. I couldn't go to Pete's party last Saturday because ... 4. Josh can't go
downtown with us this afternoon because ... 5. When I was in high school, ... 6. If you
want to travel abroad, ... 7. I'm sorry I was absent from the class yesterday, but ... 8.
Erica can't come to class tomorrow because ... 9. I need a car because ... 10. When I
worked in my uncle's restaurant, ... 11. If you want to enter the university, ... 12. We
wanted to go on a picnic yesterday, but we couldn't because ... 13. I wanted to go to
the disco yesterday, but ... instead.
Exercise 334. Complete the sentences. Use have to or had to + one of these
verbs:
answer buy change get go walk
1. There were no buses yesterday evening. We had to walk home.
2. I'm going to bed early tonight. I ……………. up early tomorrow morning.
3. It's late. I ……………. now. I'll see you tomorrow.
4. I went to the supermarket after work because I ……………. some food.
5. This train doesn't go to London. You ……………. at Bristol.
6. We passed an exam yesterday. We ……………. six questions.
Exercise 335. Write questions. Some are present and some are past.
1. I have to get up early tomorrow.
What time do you have to get up?
2. They had to leave early.
Why ……………………………?
3. We had to pay a lot of money.
How much ………. you ……….?
4. I have to go home now.
114
Why ……………………………?
5. He had to wait a long time.
How long ………………………?
6. John has to work this evening.
Why ………………………………..?
Exercise 336. Write sentences with don't/doesn't/didn't have to ...

1 . Why are you going home now? You don’t have to go home now.
2 . Why is she waiting? She doesn't ……………………
3 . Why did you get up so early? You ……………………
4 . Why do you want to decide now? We…………………
5 . Why does he work so hard? He ……………………….
Exercise 337. Put in have to/has to/had to or must.

1 . It's a fantastic film, you ……… see it.
2 . In many countries men ……… do military service.
3 . Sarah is a nurse. Sometimes she ……… work at weekends.
4 . I didn't have any money with me, so I ……… borrow some.
5 . You can't park here for nothing. You ……… pay.
6 . I eat too much chocolate. I really ……… stop.
7 . In tennis you ……… hit the ball over the net
Exercise 338. Expressing necessity. Choose the correct verbs have, has,
had or must to complete the sentences.
1. I ... to wash the dishes after dinner last night. It was my turn. 2. Bye! I'm
leaving now. I ... got to take this package to the post office. 3. I know you didn't mean
what you said. You ... think before you speak. 4. Yesterday everyone in the office ...
to leave the building for a fire drill. I'm glad it wasn't a real fire. 5. Julia ... to take an
educational psychology course next semester. It's a required course. 6. Bill, Janet, and
Andrew ... to stay after class this afternoon. Professor Jacobson wants them to help
him with grade papers. 7. Mr. Rogers, you ... not be late today. The vice-president is
coming in, and you are the only one who can answer his questions about the new
project. 8. Last year our town didn't have many tourists because of the oil spill. Busi-
ness was bad. My wife and I own a small souvenir shop near the ocean. We ... to
borrow money from the bank last month to save our business.
Should
Exercise 339. Complete the sentences. Use should + one of these verbs:
clean go read visit watch wear
1 . When you play tennis, you should watch the ball.
2 . You look tired. You ………… to bed.
3 . You ………… your teeth after every meal.
4 . The city museum is very interesting. You ………… it.
115
5 . When you are driving, you ………… a seat-belt.
6 . It's a good book. You ………… it.
Exercise 340. Make sentences negative. Use shouldn’t … so…
1 (you smoke too much) You shouldn’t smoke so much.
2 (you work too hard) You ……………..…… so hard.
3 (he eats too much) He ……………..……much.
4 (she watches TV too often) She ……………..……
5 (you talk too much) You ……………..……
Exercise 341. You ask a friend for advice. Make questions with Do you
think I should ...?
1 (buy this jacket?) Do you think I should buy this jacket?
2 (buy a new camera?) Do you think …………………………… ?
3 (get a new job?) Do…………………………………………..… ?
4 (do an English course?) …………………………………………?
5 (learn to drive?) ………………………………………………….?
Exercise 342. Write sentences with I think ... should …Choose from:
have a holiday go to university sell it go home now go to the doctor
1. It's late. I think we should go home now.
2. Your car is very old. I think you ……………………
3. They need a change. I ……………………
4. He doesn't look well ……………………
5. She's very intelligent ……………………
Exercise 343. Write sentences with I don't think … should …Choose from:
stay there phone them now go to work today get married
1. It’s very late. I don’t think you should phone them now.
2. They're too young. I don't think ……………………
3. That hotel is too expensive for us. I ……………………
4. You're not very well ……………………
Exercise 344. Give advice to these people. Use You should and You
shouldn't.
I've got a headache.
You should take an aspirin. You shouldn't study for so long.
1. I can't sleep at night.
2. I've got toothache.
3. I can't see very well.
4. I'm too fat!
5. I'm always tired.
6. I've got an exam tomorrow.
Exercise 345. What do you think? Write sentences with should.

1 . I think everybody should ……………………
116
2 . I think ……should …………………………..
3. I don't think ………………………………….
Modal Verbs: Revision
Exercise 346. Pay attention to the use of the modal verbs. Translate the
sentences into Ukrainian.
1. — Can you speak English? — Yes, I can. I can speak English quite well. 2.
I can jump off this box, but 1 can't jump off that wall. 3. — May I have a cup of tea,
please? — Certainly, you may. 4. — May I take a biscuit, Mother? — No, you may
not, my dear. We'll have dinner first. 5. — Must you go now? — Yes, I have to leave
at once. 6. — Must you get up early tomorrow morning? — Yes, I'll have to get up at
6 o'clock. 7. — Did you have to take a taxi? — I am afraid I had to wait? There was
no bus. 8. — Hasn't your friend arrived yet? How long have you had to wait? — I
have had to wait for two hours. 9. — Must you water the flowers? — No, I needn't
water them now. It'll rain soon. 10. — Do we have to walk to the station? — No, we
needn't. We can catch a bus.

1. She can type this letter for you. 2. He can speak English quite well. 3. They
can speak Ukrainian a little. 4. They can do it for you today. 5. We can speak German
a little. 6. She has to decide immediately. 7. She must decide immediately. 8. We
have to take a taxi. 9. We must take a taxi. 10. They have to go home. 11. They must
go home. 12. You have to call a doctor. 13. You must call a doctor. 14. I have to stay
here. 15. I must stay here. 16. He has to hurry. 17. He
must hurry. 18. You have to wait for him. 19. You must wait for him.
Exercise 348. Give short affirmative and negative answers.

1. May I come in? 2. May I go out? 3. May I have a glass of milk? 4. May I
smoke here? 5. May I take this book, please? 6. May I have a cup of coffee? 7. May I
speak to you now? 8. May I use the dictionary? 9. May I go home? 10. May I come to
see you? 11. May I wait for you here?
Exercise 349. Fill in the blanks with modal verbs according to the sense.
1. You ... not smoke here. 2. ... I come in? 3. — ... we go on foot? — No,
we ... not. We ... catch a bus. 4. She ... read and write now. 5. — ... you come at 3
o'clock in the morning? — No, that's very early. 6. Last summer it was very dry and
I ... water the garden every day. 7. Let's go into the living-room. We ... have our
coffee there. 8. — ... you see anything? — Nothing at all. 9. — ... I do it now? —
No, you ... not. I'll do it myself tomorrow. 10. I like the house, but I ... decide yet.
My wife ... see it first. 11. — Why didn't you come here yesterday? — I am sorry, I ...
not. I ... to help my grandparents and do some gardening. 12. You ... to buy a new
bag. Your bag is old. 13. You ... be careful crossing a street. 14. — ... I have a cup of
tea, please? — Certainly, you ... .
117
Exercise 350. Fill in the blanks with must, have to or must not, don't
have to.
1. Soldiers ... disobey a superior officer.
A: must/have to; B: must not; C: don't have to.
2. To stay alive, people ... breathe oxygen.
3. You ... finish to do your work on this project before you go on vacation.
You'll probably lose your job if you don't.
4. If you have an aquarium, you ... give your tropical fish too much or they'll die.
5. To be a successful mountain climber, you ... have a great deal of stamina.
6. Thank goodness we ... eat fish again tonight. Dad didn't catch any today.
7. You ... exert yourself. You're still not fully recovered from your surgery.
8. My room is a mess, but I ... clean it before I go out tonight. I can do it
in the morning.
9. We really ... help Mary move to her new apartment over the weekend. Not
only is it too difficult for one person, but she still has her arm in a sling from her
shoulder sprain a week ago.
10. Bill is in the dark room developing the negatives of the photos he took on
his last trip to Peru. You ... open the door while he's there because the light will ruin
the pictures.

1. Ти можеш відповісти на це запитання? 2. Хто може перекласти це
речення англійською мовою? 3. Де можна купити такий підручник? 4. Чи
можете ви зачекати на мене? 5. Що я можу зробити для вас? 6. Коли ви можете
це зробити? 7. Чи можемо ми закінчити цю роботу сьогодні? 8. Моя сестра
може грати на скрипці. 9. Я не міг відповісти на друге питання білета. 10. Вони
не могли купити квитків на концерт. 11. Можна вас запитати? 12. Ви можете
прийти пізніше. 13. Можна мені зателефонувати вам сьогодні увечері? 14.
Можна їм грати у футбол на шкільному подвір'ї? 15. Можна мені писати
олівцем? 16. Можна нам іти додому? 17. Можна йому взяти із собою малень-
кого брата? 18. Вона мусить багато працювати над вимовою. 19. Коли ми по-
винні підготувати доповідь? 20. Вам не потрібно перекладати цю статтю. 21.
Ми повинні приходити до інституту вчасно. 22. Нам потрібно вчити цей вірш
напам'ять. 23. Вона повинна була сказати йому про це. 24. Вам доведеться
прийти ще раз.
118
Exercise 352. Choose a correct answer:
1. I am so angry with them. I ..… kill them!
can
must
could
should
2. The situation was bad but it ….. worse.

could
should be
could have been
would have been

3. Take an umbrella. It ..… rain later.
might
should
would
can
4. Lisa ..… get bored in her job. Her job is so boring.

must
should
would
can’t

5. ..… you wait a moment, please?
can
should
must
need

6. Jane was so tired. She ..… have slept for a week.
could
should
would
must

7. I ….. to sleep recently.
can’t
couldn’t
haven’t been able
mustn’t

8. I understand it very well. You ..… explain further.
shouldn’t
wouldn’t
119
mustn’t
needn’t

9. You have just had lunch. You ..… be hungry.
can’t
wouldn’t
shouldn’t
mustn’t

10. What shall we do this evening? We ..… go out.
should
could
would
ought to

11. We haven’t got much time. We ….. hurry.
must
needn’t
can
should
12. Sue ….. be able to help them.
might
could
should
shall

13. ..… you like a cup of coffee?
will
could
would
should

14. You’ve been reading all day. You ….. be tired.
can
could
must
should

15. This price is wrong. It ….. be $3.50, not $4.00.
must
could
should
would
GERUND/INFINITIVE
Common verbs followed by GERUND
120
VERB + GERUND: enjoy, quit (give up), avoid, consider (think about),
appreciate, finish (get through), mind, postpone (put off), discuss (talk about),
stop, delay, mention, keep (keep on), suggest.
Common verbs followed by INFINITIVES

GROUP A: VERB + INFINITIVE: hope to, plan to, intend to, decide to,
promise to, agree to, offer to, refuse to, seem to, appear to, pretend to, ask to,
expect to, would like to, want to, need to.
GROUP B: VERB + (PRO)NOUN + INFINITIVE: tell someone to, ad-

vise someone to, encourage someone to, remind someone to, invite someone to,
permit someone to, allow someone to, warn someone to, require someone to,
order someone to, force someone to, ask someone to, expect someone to, would
like someone to, want someone to, need someone to.
Exercise 353. Use the gerund form of the verbs in brackets.

A: 1. Some students dislike (take) ... tests. 2. Some students enjoy (talk) ... in
class. 3. Some students put off (do) ... their homework. 4. Some students practice
(speak) ... English at work. 5. Some students avoid (answer) ... questions in class. 6.
Some students admit not (study) ... for the test.
B: An estimated 53 million Americans smoke. Smokers risk (to get) ... heart
disease, cancer, or emphysema (a lung disease)... The Surgeon General reports that
30 percent of all cancer deaths are related to smoking. Cigarette packages now
contain a warning which reads: "The Surgeon General has determined that cigarette
smoking is dangerous to your health". The smoke that is exhaled by smokers can also
harm the nonsmoker. To accommodate non-smokers, airlines and many restaurants
permit (to smoke) ... in certain areas only and forbid (to smoke) ... in special
sections. Smokers usually recognize the dangers of smoking and would like to quit.
However, it is very difficult to quit (to smoke) ... Some doctors suggest (to go) ...
"cold turkey", that is, (to stop) ... completely. Other doctors might recommend (to
go) ... to special clinics or (undergo) ... hypnosis to learn to break the habit little by
little. Many people regret (to start) ... to smoke because of the difficulty in quitting.
Exercise 354. Complete the sentences using Gerund.

1. When Sue got tired, she stopped ... 2. Would you mind ... the door? Thanks.
3. The weather will get better soon. We can leave as soon as we finish ... 4. The
police officer told him to stop, but the thief kept ... 5. I enjoy ... a long walk every
morning. 6. I have a lot of homework tonight, but I'd still like to go with you later on.
I'll call you when I get through ... 7. I would like to have some friends over. I'm
thinking about ... a dinner party. 8. He told a really funny joke. We couldn't stop ... 9.
Jack almost had an automobile accident. He avoided ... another car at the intersection
of 4th and Elm. 10. Where are you considering ... for vocation? 11. Sometimes I put
off... my homework. 12. You have to decide where to go to school next year. You
can't postpone ... that decision much longer. 13. I wanted to go to Mexico. Sam sug-
121
gested ... to China. 14. Tony mentioned ... the bus to school instead of walking. 15.1
appreciate ... able to study in peace and quiet.
Exercise 355. Use either Gerund or Infinitive to complete the sentences.

1. We're going out for dinner. Would you like ... us? 2. Jack avoided ... at me.
3. Fred didn't have any money, so we decided ... a job. 4. The teacher reminded the
students ... their assignments. 5. Do you enjoy ... soccer? 6. I was broken, so Alice
offered ... me a little money. 7. Mrs. Allen promised ... tomorrow. 8. My boss expects
me ... this work ASAP. 9. Jane had to go out again because she had forgotten ... some
bread at the market. 10. Even though I asked the people in front of me at the movie ...
quiet, they kept ... 11. Jill and Peter were considering ... married in June, but they
finally decided ... until August. 12. Our teacher encourages us ... a dictionary when-
ever we are uncertain of the spelling of a word. 13. Before I left home to go away to
college, my mother reminded me ... her a letter at least once a week. 14. Mrs. Jackson
warned her young son ... the hot stove. She was afraid he would burn his fingers. 15. I
don't mind ... alone. 16. The teacher seems ... in a good mood today, don't you think?
17. Lucy pretended ... the answer to my question. 18. Dick intends ... his friend a
letter. 19. Residents are not allowed ... pets in my apartment building. 20. All
applicants are required ... an entrance examination. 21. Someone asked me ... this
package. 22. I was asked ... this package. 23. Jack advised me ... a new apartment. 24.
I was advised ... a new apartment. 25. Jack suggested ... a new apartment. 26. Ann
advised her sister ... the plane instead of driving to London. 27. Ann advised ... the
plane instead of driving to London.
Exercise 356. Choose the correct word.

1. Whenever we met, Jack avoided (to look, looking) ... at me. 2. Most
people enjoy (to travel, travelling) ... to different parts of the world. 3. Kate needs
(to find, finding) ... another job. Her present company is going out of business. 4.
May I change the TV channel, or do you want (to watch, watching) ... more of this
program? 5. Lily is considering (to change, changing) ... her major from pre-med
studies to psychology. 6. Although Joe slammed on his brakes, he couldn't avoid (to
hit, hitting) ... the small dog that suddenly darted out in front of his car. 7. I hope (to
write, writing) ... my autobiography before I die. Do you think anyone would read
it? 8. Joyce thanked us for (to invite, inviting) ... them to dinner and said that they
wanted to have us over for dinner next week. 9. If you delay (to pay, paying) ... your
bills, you will only incur more and more interest charges. 10. My lawyer advised me
not (to say, saying) ... anything further about the accident. 11. A procrastinator is
one who habitually postpones (to do, doing) ... things especially tasks that are
unpleasant. 12. You should plan (to arrive, arriving) ... at the stadium early or you
won't be able to get good seats. 13. My mom asked me (to pick, picking) ... up some
eggs at the supermarket on my way home from work. 14. Nobody has offered (to
buy, buying) ... the house next door, so I think they're going to lower the price. 15.
The highway patrol advises (to take, taking) ... the old route through the city
because the interstate highway is under major repairs. 16. Would you mind (to peel,
peeling) ... that apple for me? My arthritis is acting up in my right hand. 17. Stop (to
122
nag, nagging) ... me! I'll get everything finished before I go to bed. 18. When the
university suggested (to raise, raising) ... the tuition again, the student senate
protested vigorously. 19. Are we permitted (to bring, bringing) ... to the ceremony?
I'd like to invite my friend to join us. 20. The city council agreed (to accept, ac-
cepting) ... the architect's proposed design for a new parking garage.
Exercise 357. Verbs followed by Infinitives. Choose the appropriate verb

in brackets to restate the given sentences. Make it active or passive as
appropriate. Use an Infinitive in the completion.
Model: The teacher said to Jim, "Would you give your book to Mary,
please?" (ask, tell, order). The teacher asked Jim to give his book to Mary.
1. The sign said, "No parking in this area. Violators will be towed away".
Drivers (invite, warn, force) ... in the area. 2. Before Bobby went to bed, his father
said, "Don't forget to brush your teeth". Before Bobby went to bed, his father (invite,
allow, remind) ... his teeth. 3. Under the law, drivers and all passengers must wear
scat belts while in a moving vehicle. Drivers and passengers (encourage, require,
permit) ... seat belts while in a moving vehicle. 4. When I asked the nurse about my
skin rash, she said, "You should consult a dermatologist". The nurse (ask, permit,
advise) ... a dermatologist. 5. The fire chief said, "Everyone must leave the building
immediately". Everyone (order, remind, allow) ... the building immediately. 6. The
instructor said to the students, "You will have exactly one hour to complete the
exam". The students (order, expect, warn) ... the exam in one hour. 7. Because he
forgot last year, I told my husband several times that he should buy home flowers for
his mother on Mother’s Day. I (remind, require, allow) ... some flowers for his
mother on Mother’s Day. 8. My garage mechanic said, "You should get a tune-up
every 5,000 miles". My garage mechanic (ask, order, advise) ... a tune-up every
5,000 miles. 9. The factory manager said to the employees, "Do not come late. If you
do, you will lose your jobs". The employees (ask, warn, encourage) ... late. 10. The
sign on the side door says, "Do not enter", so we have to use a different door. Nobody
(ask, permit, force) ... the side door. 11. The little girl said to her father, "Daddy, I
really like this tricycle. Can we buy it?". The little girl (require, ask, force) ... a
tricycle for her. 12. We often told our grandfather, "Your experiences as a sailor in
the navy were fascinating. You should write a book about them". We (remind,
encourage, require) ... a book about his experiences in the navy. 13. The judge said
to the defendant, "You must not shout in the courtroom again". The defendant (ask,
order, encourage) ... in the courtroom again.
Exercise 358. Complete the sentences with either Gerund or Infinitive,

using the words in brackets.
1. The store offered (refund) ... the money I paid for the book I returned. 2.
Don't pretend (be) ... what you aren't. 3. I persuaded my brother-in-law not (buy) ...
that old car. 4. Karen denied (throw) ... the brick through the window. 5. My father
expects me (get) ... high marks at school. 6. According to the sign on the restaurant
door, all diners are required (wear) ... shirts and shoes. 7. We are planning (visit) ...
several historical sites in London. 8. There appears (be) ... no way to change our
123
reservation for the play at this late date. 9. For some strange reason, I keep (think) ...
today is Saturday. 10. All of the members agreed (attend) ... the emergency meeting.
11. I've arranged (leave) ... work early tomorrow. 12. Even though Pat had never cut
anyone's hair before, she really consented (cut) ... her husband's hair. 13. Mary
decided (ignore) ... her friend's critical remarks. 14. My roommate says I have a
terrible voice, so 1 stopped (sing) ... in the shower. 15. Did the doctor mention
(avoid) ... any food in particular? 16. The cashier always remembers (count) ... the
money in her cash register each day before she leaves work. 17. Let's hurry! We must
finish (paint) ... the office before 3:00 this afternoon. 18. The student with the
highest average deserves (get) ... an "A". 19. I appreciate your (pay) ... for my
dinner. I'll buy next time. 20. The physically handicapped child struggled (keep) ...
up with the other children on the playground, but she couldn't. 21. Lora misses (take)
... walks with her father in the evening now that she has moved away from home. 22.
The customs official demanded (know) ... what was inside the gift-wrapped box. 23.
We've discussed (move) ... to New York in the fall, but I'm worried about our
children having to adjust to a new school system and new friends. 24. Children
shouldn't be allowed (watch) ... violent programs on TV. 25. In a fit of anger, I
ordered my neighbour (keep) ... his mule off my property.
Exercise 359. Use Gerund or Infinitive.

1. I would like (inviting, to invite) ... you and some of my other friends for
dinner sometimes. 2. I enjoyed (being, to be) ... with my family at the lake last
summer. 3. Bob agreed (helping, to help) ... me move out of my apartment this
weekend. 4. My parents can't afford (paying, to pay) ... all of my college expenses.
5. Mary, would you mind (mailing, to mail) this letter on your way home? 6. Do
you expect (passing, to pass) ... this course? If so, you'd better work harder. 7.
Angela offered (working, to work) ... for me tonight because I feel awful. 8. I refuse
(considering, to consider) ... your proposal. I've made up my mind. 9. I wish you
consider (accepting, to accept) ... my proposal. I know I can do the job. 10. I don't
think I'll ever finish (writing, to write) ... this report. It just goes on and on. 11. I
would enjoy (visiting, to visit) ... you in Kyiv while you're studying there. 12. The
children seem (understanding, to understand) ... why they have to stay home
tonight. 13. Don't forget (locking, to lock) ... all of the doors before you go to
bed. 14. I'm really sorry. I didn't mean (hurting, to hurt) ... your feelings. 15. Why
do you keep (asking, to ask) ... me the same question over and over again? 16. I've
decided (looking, to look) ... for another job. I'll never be happy here. 17. You need
(trying, to try) ... harder if you want to get the information. 18. Why do you pretend
(enjoying, to enjoy) ... his company? I know you don't like him. 19. Let's get
together tonight. I want to talk about (opening, to open) ... a new business. 20. I
have a secret. Do you promise (telling, to tell) ... no one? 21. The president plans
(giving, to give) ... everyone a bonus at the end of the year. 22. I have a good job,
and I hope (supporting, to support) … myself all through school. 23. I can't wait
(finishing, to finish) ... work today. I'm taking off on vacation tonight. 24. My
neighbour and I get up at six every morning and go (jogging, to jog) ... .
124
Exercise 360. Use Gerund or Infinitive. In some cases both answers may
be correct.
1. I want (watching, to watch) ... the comedy special on TV tonight. 2. I'm a
people-watcher. I like (watching, to watch) ... people in public places. 3. I've
already begun (collecting, to collect) ... ideas for my new novel. 4. A group of
Ukrainian scientists plan (presenting, to present) ... their discovery at the world
conference next spring. 5. Every time I wash my car, it starts (raining, to rain) ... 6.
Connie and I continued (talking, to talk) ... for several hours. 7. I love (walking, to
walk) ... on the beach during a storm. 8. I would love (taking, to take) ... a walk
today. 9. Are you sure you don't mind (watching, to watch) ... Bill for me while I go
to the store? 10. Bonny hates (driving, to drive) ... in the rain. 11. My roommate
can't stand (listening, to listen) ... to really loud rock music. 12. I don't like
(singing, to sing) ... in front of other people. 13. Would you like (going, to go) ...
to the concert with us? 14. Most children can't wait (opening, to open) ... their
parents' presents on Christmas.
Passive and past forms of Infinitives and Gerunds

Passive Infinitive: to be + past participle (I didn't expect to be invited to his
party).
Passive Gerund: being + past participle (I appreciate being invited to your
home).
Past Infinitive: to have + past participle (The rain seems to have stopped).
Past Gerund: having + past participle (I appreciate having had the oppor-
tunity to meet you).
Past-Passive Infinitive: to have been + past participle (Jane is fortunate to
have been given a scholarship).
Past Passive Gerund: having been + past participle (I appreciate having
been told the news).
Exercise 361. Supply an appropriate form for each verb in brackets.

1. I don't enjoy (laugh) ... at by other people. 2. I'm angry at him for (tell,
not) ... me the truth. 3. It is easy (fool) ... by his lies. 4. Peter had a narrow escape.
He was almost hit by a car. He barely avoided (hit) ... by the speeding automobile. 5.
Sarah wants us to tell her the news as soon as we hear anything. If we find out
anything about the problem, she wants (tell) ... about it immediately. 6. Yesterday
Lisa wrote a check for fifty dollars, but when she wrote it she knew she didn't have
enough money in the bank to cover it. Today she is very worried about (write) ... that
check. She has to find a way to put some money in her account right away. 7. A:
What's the difference between "bum up" and "burn down"? B: Hmmm. That's an
interesting question. I don't recall ever (ask) ... that question before. 8. Living in a
foreign country has been a good experience for me. I am glad that my company sent
me to another country to study. I am very pleased (give) … the opportunity to learn
about another culture. 9. You must tell me the truth. I insist on (tell) ... truth. 10.
Don't all of us want (love) ... and (need) ... by other people? 11. I enjoy (watch) ...
125
television in the evenings. 12. Dear Paul: I feel guilty about (write, not) ... to you
sooner, but I've been swamped with work lately.
Exercise 362. Supply an appropriate form for each verb in brackets.

1. Marisa doesn't like to have her picture taken. She avoids (photograph) ...
2. James was in the army during the war. He was caught by the enemy but he
managed to escape. He is lucky (escape) ... with his life. 3. A: It's been nice talking
to you. I really have enjoyed our conversation, but I have to leave now. I'm very
happy (have) ... this opportunity to meet you and talk with you. Let's try to get
together again soon. B: I'd like that. 4. A: Is Tom a transfer student? B: Yes. A:
Where did he go to school before he came here? B: I'm not sure, but 1 think he
mentioned something about (go) ... to UCLA or USC. 5. A: You know John
Carthorse, don't you? B: John Carthorse? I don't think so. I don't recall ever (meet) ...
him. 6. A: This letter needs (send) … immediately. Will you take care of it? B: Right
away. 7. Sam is very quick. You have to tell him how to do something only once. He
doesn't need (tell) ... twice. 8. A: I thought Sally was sick. B: So did I. But she seems
(recover) ... very quickly. She certainly doesn't seem (be) ... sick now. 9. Last year I
studied abroad. I appreciate (have) ... the opportunity to live and study in a foreign
country. 10. This year I am studying abroad. I appreciate (have) ... this opportunity to
live and study in a foreign country. 11. Ms. Walters complained about (tell, not) ...
about the meeting. In the future, she expects (inform)... of any and all meetings.
Exercise 363. Translate the sentences. Pay attention to the Gerund forms.
1. Watching football matches may be exciting, but of course it is more ex-
citing playing football. 2. She stopped coming to see us, and I wondered what had
happened to her. 3. Can you remember having seen the woman before? 4. My friend
was terrified of having to speak to anybody, and even more, of being spoken to. 5.
He was on the point of leaving the office, when the secretary stopped him. 6. After
being corrected by the professor, the student's report was returned to him. 7. I
wondered at my father's having allowed the journey. 8. I understand perfectly your
wishing to start the work at once. 9. Everybody will discuss the event, there is no
way of preventing it. 10. At last he broke the silence by inviting everybody to walk
into the dining room. 11. On being told the news she turned pale. 12. The film is
worth watching. 13. Raving been carefully read and corrected by the secretary,
the text contained no more mistakes.
Gerund and Passive Infinitive following need

(a) I need to borrow some money. (b) John needs to be told the truth,
(c) The house needs painting. (d) The house needs to be painted.
Usually (c) and (d) have the same meaning, they carry a passive meaning.
Exercise 364. Put in an appropriate form for the verbs in brackets.

Translate into Ukrainian.
126
1. The chair is broken. I need (fix) ... it. The chair needs (fix) ... 2. What a
mess! This room needs (clean) ... up. We need (clean) ... it up before the company
arrives. 3. The baby's diaper needs (change) ... It's wet. 4. My shirt is wrinkled. It
needs (iron) ... 5. There is a hole in out roof. The roof needs (repair)... 6. I have
books and papers all over my desk. I need (take) ... some time to straighten up my
desk. It needs (straighten) ... up. 7. The apples on the tree are ripe. They need (pick)
... 8. The dog needs (wash) ... He's been digging in the mud.
Exercise 365. Passive Infinitive. Choose the correct answer.

1. When I told John the news, he seemed ...
A: to surprise; B: to be surprised.
2. Mrs. Johnson is always willing to help, but she doesn't want ... at home
unless there is an emergency.
A: to call; B: to be called.
3. The children agreed ... the candy equally.
A: to divide; B: to be divided.
4. I expected ... to the party, but I wasn't.
A: to invite; B: to be invited.
5. Joan is going to fill out an application. She wants ... for the job.
A: to consider; B: to be considered.
6. The mail is supposed ... at noon.
A: to deliver; B: to be delivered.
7. I expect ... at the airport by my uncle.
A: to meet; B: to be met.
8. Mr. Brown offered ... us to the rail station.
A: to drive; B: to be driven.
9. The children appear ... about the trip.
A: to excite; B: to be excited.
10. Your compositions are supposed ... in ink.
A: to write; B: to be written.
Exercise 366. Passive Gerund. Choose the correct answer.

1. I don't appreciate ... when I'm speaking.
A: interrupting; B: being interrupted.
2. Avoid ... your houseplants too much water.
A: giving; B: being given.
3. The mountain climbers are in danger of ... by an avalanche.
A: killing; B: being killed.
4. Does Dr. Johnson mind ... at home if his patients need his help?
A: calling; B: being called.
5. I'm interested in ... my communication skills.
A: improving; B: being improved.
6. Mrs. Gates appreciated ... breakfast in bed when she wasn't feeling well.
A: serving; B: being served.
7. AI Gore has a good chance of ... I know I'm going to vote for him.
127
A: electing; B: being elected.
8. Jill's low test scores kept her from ... to the university.
A: admitting; B: being admitted.
9. Mr. Brown gave no indication of ... his mind.
A: changing; B: being changed.
10. Sometimes adolescents complain about not ... by their parents.
A: understanding; B: being understood.
Exercise 367. Passive Infinitive and Gerund. Choose the correct answer.
1. Instead of ... about the good news, Alex seemed to be indifferent.
A) being excited; B) to be excited.
2. The new students hope ... in many of the school's social activities.
A) being included; B) to be included.
3. Olga didn't mention , about her progress report at work, but I'm sure she is.
A) being concerned; B) to be concerned.
4. You'd better save some money for a rainy day. You can't count on ... by
your parents every lime you get into financial difficulty.
A) being rescued; B) to be rescued.
5. I don't remember ... of the children to change the company policy on
vacations. When was it decided?
A) being told; B) to be told.
6. Mr. Drake expects ... about any revisions in his manuscript before it is
printed.
A) being consulted; B) to be consulted.
7. If you want to develop inner tranquility, you have to stop ... by every little
thing that happens.
A) being bothered; B) to be bothered.
8. Paul really didn't mind ... by the party to celebrate his fortieth birthday,
although he told his friends that they shouldn't have done it.
A) being surprised; B) to be surprised.
9. Rita hoped ... to join the private club. She could make important business
contacts there.
A) being invited; B) to be invited.
Exercise 368. Choose the correct answer: Gerund or Infinitive, Active or

Passive.
1. Alice didn't expect ... to Bill's party.
A) asking; B) being asked; C) to ask; D) to be asked.
2. I finally finished ... at 7:00 p. m. and served dinner.
A) cooking; B) being cooked; C) to cook; D) to be cooked.
3. Paul always remembers ... in the garage so that the driveway is free for
other cars.
A) parking; B) being parked; C) to park; D) to be parked.
4. The nurse suggested ... two aspirins.
A) taking; B) being taken; C) to take; D) to be taken.
128
5. Would you mind not ... the radio until I've finished with the phone call?
A) turning on; B) being turned on; C) to turn on; D) to be turned on.
6. They were fortunate ... from the fire before the building collapsed.
A) rescuing; B) to have rescued; C) to rescue; D) to have been rescued.
7. The mouse family avoided ... by coming out only when the house was
empty and the two cats were outside.
A) catching; B) being caught; C) to have been caught; D) to be caught.
8. The baby continued ... even after she was picked up.
A) crying; B) having cried; C) to cry; D) to have been crying.
9. Arthur pretended not ... hurt when his younger sister bit him.
A) having; B) to be; C) to have; D) to have been.
10. We were shocked to hear the news of your ...
A) having fired; B) having been fired; C) to be fired; D) to have been fired.
11. Even though she was much younger than the other children, Alexis
demanded ... in the game they were playing.
A) including; B) being included; C) to include; D) to be included.
12. Our mechanic said that he expects ... the brakes on the car before we pick
it up.
A) fixing; B) being fixed; C) to have fixed; D) to have been fixed.
13. Mary's children are used to ... after school every day. They don't have to
walk home.
A) picking up; B) being picked up; C) be picked up; D) pick up.
14. The bus driver was so tired of ... the same route every day that he asked
for a transfer.
A) to drive; B) being driven; C) driving; D) having driven.
15. I'm sure it's not my fault that Peter found out what we were planning. I
don't remember ... anyone about it.
A) having told; B) being told; C) to tell; D) to be told.
16. The owner of the building supply store doesn't mind ... his customers
discounts when they buy in large quantities.
A) giving; B) being given; C) to give; D) to be given.
17. Bart got into trouble when he refused ... his briefcase for the customs
officer.
A) opening; B) being opened; C) to open; D) to be opened.
18. The City Parks Department is putting in several miles of new trails
because so many people have said that they enjoy ... on them.
A) walking; B) being walked; C) to walk; D) to be walked.
19. Please forgive me. 1 didn't mean ... you.
A) upsetting; B) being upset; C) to upset; D) to be upset.
20. Sam gave such a good speech that I couldn't resist ... loudly when he
finished.
A) applauding; B) being applauded; C) to applaud; D) to be applauded.
21. Tommy admitted ... the rock through the window.
A) throwing; B) being thrown; C) to throw; D) to be thrown.
129
Exercise 369. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs
in brackets. Choose between Gerund and Infinitive.
A: Have you made any vacation plans?
B: I was hoping (go) ... to an island off the Atlantic coast, but my wife wanted
(drive) … down the Pacific coast. We've decided (compromise) ... by going to
neither coast. We've agreed (find) ... a place where both of us want (go) ...
A: So where are you going?
B: Well, we've been considering (go) ... (fish) ... in Norway. We've also
discussed (take) ... a train across Central and Eastern Europe. We've also been
talking about (rent) ... a sailboat and (go) ... (sail) ... in the Mediterranean Sea.
A: Have you ever thought about (stay) … home and (relax)...?
B: That's not a vacation to me. If 1 stay home during my vacation, I always
end up doing all the work about the house that I've put off (do) ... for the past year.
When I go on a holiday, I like (visit) ... new places and (do) ... new things. I enjoy
(see) ... parts of the world I've never seen before.
A: What place would you like (visit) ... the most?
B: I'd love (go) ... (camp) ... in New Zealand. My wife loves (camp) ... in
new places too, but I'm afraid she might refuse (go) ... to New Zealand. She doesn't
like long plane flights.
A: Why don't you just pick a spot on the map? Then call and make a hotel
reservation.
B: Neither of us can stand (spend) ... the whole weeks at a hotel somewhere.
I don't mean (say) ... anything bad about hotels, but both of us seem (like) ... more
adventurous vacations.
A: Well, keep (think) ... about it. I'm sure you'll figure out a really great place
for your vacation.
B: We'll have to stop (think) ... about it sometimes soon and make a decision.
A: I can't wait (find) ... out where you decide (go) ... I'll expect (hear) ...
from you when you make a decision. Don't forget (call) ... me.
B: Hmmm. Maybe we should go (ski) ... in the French Alps. Or perhaps we
could go (water-ski) ... on the Nile. Then there's the possibility of going (hike) ... in
the Andes. Of course, we'd probably enjoy (swim) ... off the Great Barrier Reef of
Australia. And we shouldn't postpone (explore) ... the Brazilian rain forest much
longer. Someday I'd really (climb) ... to the top of an active volcano and (look)...
inside the crater. Or maybe we could ...
Exercise 370. Complete the sentences with Prepositions and Gerunds,

using the verbs in brackets. Refer to the list of expressions with prepositions
after the exercise if necessary.
Model: I believe (tell) in telling the truth no matter what. 1. I wish the
weather would get better. I'm tired (have to be) ... inside all the time. 2. I don't go
swimming because I'm afraid (drown) ... 3. Alex is nervous (meet) ... his girlfriend's
parents for the first time. 4. I don't know how to thank you (help) ... me. 5. Are you
interested (go) ... to a bullfight? 6. I worked on it all night, but I didn't succeed
(solve) ... the problem. 7. I just can't get excited (visit) ... Disneyland for the third
130
time in two years. 8. Ben has the irritating habit (chew) ... gum very loudly. 9. Why
do you constantly worry (please) ... your parents? 10. Ivan! Please concentrate
(read) ... your assignment. 11. Every summer, I look forward (take) ... a vacation
with my family. 12. Do you feel (tell) ... me why you're so sad? 13. I apologize (lie)
..., but I was trying to protect you from the truth. Sometimes the truth hurts. 14. Why
do you always insist (pay) ... for everything when we go out for dinner? 15. I'm in
the habit (jog) ... every morning, but I'm too tired today. 16.1 want you to know that
I'm sorry. I don't know if you can ever forgive me (cause) ... you so much trouble.
17. I'm not very good (remember) ... names. 18. I'm not happy in my work. I often
dream (quit) ... my job. 39. How do you stop someone (do) ... something you know
is wrong? 20. You can't convince me to change my mind. After what she did, you'll
never talk me (forgive) ... her. 21. I'm too tired to cook, but I hadn't planned (eat) ...
out tonight. 22. Who's responsible (spill) ... these coffee beans all over the floor? 23.
You'd better be careful. You're in danger (fail) ... this class. 24. Polly made a lot of
big mistakes at work. That's why she was afraid (lose) ... her job.
be afraid of apologize for, believe in, concentrate on, dream about, be
excited about, feel like, forgive someone for, be good at, have the (bad) habit
of, be in danger of, be in the habit of, insist on, be interested in, look for ward
to, be nervous about, plan on, be responsible for, stop someone from, succeed
in, talk into doing, thank someone for, be tired of worry about.
Exercise 371. Translate into Ukrainian, paying attention to the preposi-

tion + Gerund.
1. They accuse him of having robbed the bank. 2. He never agreed to their
going on that dangerous journey. 3. He didn't approve of her drinking so much coffee.
4. The teacher of English didn't approve of his pupils dreaming. 5. All the happiness
of my life depends on your loving me. 6. I don't feel like seeing him. 7. I insist on
being told the truth. 8. I object to his borrowing money from me. 9. I stretched out my
hand to prevent her from falling. 10. My friend succeeded in translating this difficult
text. 11. She suspected him of deceiving her. 12. The poor peasant thanked Robin
Hood heartily for having helped him. 13. He gave up the idea of ever hearing from
her. 14. We are looking forward to seeing you again. 15. She always complains of
feeling unwell. 16. He persisted in trying to solve that difficult problem. 17. The cold
weather prevented the girls from going for long walks. 18. Jane thought of leaving
London after Miss Black's marriage.
Exercise 372. Make sentences by combining the ideas from Column A

and Column B. Use Gerund Subjects or IT + Infinitive.
Example: Riding a bicycle is easy / dangerous / fun / relaxing. OR: It is easy /
dangerous / fun / relaxing / to ride a bicycle.
Column A Column B
1. ride a bicycle
A. against the law
131
2. read newspapers
B. boring
3. study grammar
C. dangerous
4. play tennis D. easy
5. steal cars
E. educational
6. listen to a two-hour speech
F. embarrassing
7. predict the exact time of an earthquake
G. exciting
8. forget someone's name H. frightening
1. walk along through a dark forest at night I. fun
10. go fishing with your friends J. hard
11. know the meaning of every word in a dictionary K. important
12. be honest with yourself at al) limes L. impossible
13. change a flat tire M. relaxing
14. visit museums N. a waste of time
Exercise 373. Use the Gerund or the Infinitive form of the verbs in
brackets.
1. It's difficult for me (remember) ... phone numbers. 2. My cat is good at
(catch) ... mice. 3. I bought a newspaper (look) ... at the ads for apartments for rent.
4. Tourists like (go) ... (swim) ... in the warm ocean in Hawaii. 5. I called my
friends (invite) ... them for dinner. 6. Peter talked about (go) ... to the party. 7.
William found out what was happening by (listen) … carefully to everything that
was said. 8. Children, stop (draw) ... pictures on the table.
Exercise 374. Complete the sentences using the Gerund or the Infinitive.
1. (study) ... English is fun. 2. My boss makes a habit of (jot) ... quick notes
to her employees when they've done a good job (jot = write quickly and briefly). 3.
From the earth, the sun and the moon appear (be) ... almost the same size. 4. A: I
don't like airplanes. B: Why? Are you afraid of (fly) ...? A: No, I'm afraid of (crash)
... 5. People in the modern world are wasteful of natural resources. For example,
every three months, people in North America throw away enough aluminum (build)
... an entire airplane. 6. I'm so busy! I have just enough time (do) ... what I need (do)
..., but not enough time (do) ... what I'd like (do) ... 7. (ask) ... others about
themselves and their lives is one of the secrets of (get) ... along with other people. If
you want (make) ... and (keep)... friends, it is important (be) ... sincerely interested
in other people's lives. 8. In days of old, it was customary for a servant (taste) ... the
king's food before the king ate (make) ... sure it was not poisoned. 9. One of my old
friends, Michael, has the bad habit of (interrupt) ... others while they're talking. 10. I
like (travel)... to out-of-the-way places. I don't like (go) ... to usual tourist places
when I'm on holiday. 11. Large bee colonies have 80,000 workers. These worker bees
must visit fifty million flowers (make) ... one kilogram (2.2 pounds) of honey. It's no
132
wonder that "busy as a bee" is a common expression. 12. Exercise is good for you.
Why don't you walk up the stairs instead of (take) ... the elevator? 13. Stop (crack)
... those nuts with your teeth! Here. Use a nutcracker. Do you want (be) ... toothless
by the time you're thirty? 14. I keep (forget) ... (call) ... my friend Annie. I'd better
write myself a note.
Exercise 375. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in
brackets.
1. I don't understand how he could get the wrong results. When I looked over
his notes, his chemistry experiment seemed (perform) ... correctly. But something
must be wrong somewhere. 2. My mother always makes me (wash) ... my hands
before each meal. She wouldn't let me (come) ... to the dinner table until she has
inspected my hands. 3. I resent (have) ... to work on this project with Paul. I know
I'll end up with most of the work falling on my shoulders. 4. Kate admitted (surprise)
... by the unexpected birthday party last Sunday. We had a lot of fun (plan) ... it. 5.
Carmen moved from a big city to a small town. She appreciates (be) ... able to drive
to work in five minutes with very little traffic congestion. 6. The power lines outside
my house were dangerous. I finally got the power company (move) ... them to a safer
place. 7. I wanted (help) ... them (resolve) ... their differences, but Ms. Brown per-
suaded me (interfere, not) ... . 8. The witness of the murder asked not (identify) ...
in the newspaper. He wanted his name kept secret. 9. Pam was encouraged by her
teachers (apply) ... for study at the Business College. 10. I was happy (learn) ... of
your new position in the company, but I was disappointed (discover) ... that you had
recommended (promote) ... Roger to your old position instead of me. 11. I don't
mind (remind) ... you every day (lock) ... the door when you leave the apartment,
but I would appreciate your (try) ... (remember) ... on your own. 12. It is generally
considered impolite (chew) ... noisily at the dinner table. 13. I don't recall (meet) ...
Mr. Johnson before. I'm sure I haven't. I'd like (introduce) ... to him. Would you do
the honours? 14. Now I remember your (ask) ... me to bring sandwiches to the picnic.
Your complaints about my (forget) ... things seem justified. I'm sorry. 15. Kelly's
boss recommended me for the job. I was pleased (consider) ... for the job even
though I didn't get it. 16. After the automobile accident, the insurance had a stack of
papers for us to sign, but our lawyer advised us (sign, not) ... them until he had a
chance to study them very carefully. 17. I wasn't tired enough (sleep) ... last night.
For a long time, I just lay in the bed (think) ... about my career and my future. 18.
Steve was responsible for (notify) ... everyone about the meeting, but he apparently
failed (call) ... several people. As a result, not enough people showed up and we
have to try to get everybody together again soon. 19. Tony smelled something (burn)
... When he ran into the kitchen, he saw fire (come) ... out of the oven and panicked.
If Petra hadn't come running in with the fire extinguisher, I don't know what would
have happened.
Exercise 376. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the verb.
133
1. After I decided (have) ... a garage (build) … next to the house, I hired a
carpenter (do) ... the work. 2. The coach didn't let anyone (watch) ... the team
(practice) ... before the championship game. He wanted to keep the opposing team
from (find) ... out about the new plays he had devised. 3. Jane applied to a medical
school many months ago. Now she's so concerned about (accept) ... into medical
school that she's having a difficult time (concentrate) ... on the courses she's taking
this term. 4. My son is playing in his first piano recital this evening. I'm looking
forward to (hear) ... him (play) ..., but I know he is worried about (forget) ... the
right notes and (make) ... a fool of himself. I told him just (relax) ... and (enjoy) ...
himself. 5. It may be impossible (persuade) ... my mother (give) ... up her job even
though she's having health problems. We can't even get her (cut) ... down on her
working hours. She enjoys (work) ... so much that she refuses (retire) ... and (take)
... it easy. I admire her for (dedicate) ... to her work, but I also want her to take care
of her health. 6. There's not much point in (waste) ... a lot of time and energy on the
project. It's likely (fail) ... no matter what we do. Spend your time (do) ... something
more worthwhile. 7. Traffic has become too heavy for the Johnsons (commute) ...
easily to their jobs in the city. They're considering (move) ... to an apartment close to
their places of work. They don't want (give) ... up their present home in the suburbs,
but they need (five) ... in the city and be closer to their work so they can spend more
time (do) … the things they really enjoy (do) ... in their free time. 8. Last week my
wife was ill with flu. It made her feel awful. She didn't have enough energy (get) ...
out of bed. She just lay there (feel) ... sorry for herself. When her mother heard her
(sneeze) ... and (cough) ..., she opened her bedroom door (ask) ... her if she needed
anything. She was really happy (see) ... her kind and caring face, but there wasn't
anything she could do to make the flu (go) ... away. 9. Fish don't use their teeth for
(chew) ... They use their teeth for (grab) ..., (hold) …, or (tear) ... Most fish
(swallow) ... their prey whole. 10. (attend) ... the dance proved to be an
(embarrass) ... experience for my brother, especially since he doesn't know how to
dance. He felt like a fish out of water. He wanted (hide) ... somewhere or (get) ... out
of there, but his girlfriend wouldn't let him (leave) ... 11. My granny is sixty now, but
she enjoys (recall) ... her schooldays. She remembers (choose) ... by her classmates
as "Most Likely to Succeed" when she was a senior. Her best friend was chosen as
"Least Likely to Succeed", and he is now the president of an electronic company.
Once in a while when they get together, they have a good lime (look) ... through the
school yearbook and (laugh) ... at the way they looked then. They reminisce about
(act) ... in school dramas and (play) ... on the soccer team. They remember (be) ...
serious young people who knew how to have fun. They congratulate themselves for
(achieve) ... more than they had thought they could when they were seventeen.
Exercise 377. Proceed with the task of the previous exercise.

1. I can't seem (get)... rid of the cockroaches in my apartment. I see
them (run) ... all over my kitchen counters every night. It drives me crazy. I'm con-
sidering (have) ... the whole apartment (spray) ... by a professional pest control
expert.
134
2. The employees were happy when the new management took over.
They weren't accustomed to (treat) ... disrespectfully by the managers of the pro-
duction departments. By (threaten) ... (stop) ... (work) ... they got the company
(listen) ... to their grievances. In the end, a strike was averted.
3. Our apartment needs (clean) ... The floor needs (sweep) ... The
dishes need (wash) ... The furniture needs (dust) ... However, I think I'll read a
book. (Read) ... is a lot more interesting than (do) … housework.
4. According to some estimates, well over half of the world's population is
functionally illiterate. Imagine (be) ... a parent with a sick child and (be) ... unable to
read the directions on the medicine bottle. We all know that it is important for
medical directions (understand) ... clearly. Many medical professionals are working
today (bridge) ... the literacy gap by (teach) ... health care through pictures.
5. As an adult, I very much appreciate (give) ... the opportunity to travel
extensively with my parents when I was a child. Those experiences were important in
(form) ... my view of the world. I learned (accept) … different customs and beliefs.
At times, I would resist (go) ... away on another trip, especially when I was a
teenager. In the end, I always accompanied my parents, and I am grateful that I did. I
didn't understand at that time how those trips would influence my later life. My (be)
... a compassionate and caring adult is due in large part to my (expose) ... to many
different ways of life as a child.
6. (Find) ... a cure for the common cold does not appear (be) ... immi-
nent. Colds are caused by hundreds of different viruses. You can possibly avoid
(expose)... to the viruses by (stay) ... away from those with colds, but it's almost
impossible (avoid)... the viruses completely. If you want (minimize) ... the risk of
(get) ... a cold, it is prudent (get) ... enough rest and (eat) ... properly. Some people
believe in (take) ... large amounts of Vitamin C. In the long run, it is probably easier
(prevent) ... (catch) ... a cold than it is to cure one.
7. Modern cars have systems that protect us from (inconvenience) ... or
(hurt) ... by our own carelessness. In most cars, when the keys are left in the ignition,
a buzz sounds in order (remind) ... the driver (remove) ... them. In some models, if
the driver doesn't remember (turn) ... off the lights, it doesn't matter because the
lights go off automatically. In some cases, when the seat belts are not buckled, the
ignition does not start and then the driver is actually forced (buckle) ... up. Often
when the driver has failed (shut) ... a door properly, another signal noise may be
given. A few cars emit sounds to warn us (fill) ... the tank before it is completely
empty.
8. It is easy (forget) ... (do) ... many routine tasks in (drive) ... a car.
The automatic warning systems help drivers (avoid) ... (make) ... some common
mistakes. While some people may resent (instruct) ... by their own automobiles
(perform) ... certain procedures, many others do not mind at all (remind) ... (carry)
... out these easily overlooked procedures.
Exercise 378. Gerund or Infinitive. Choose the correct answer.

1. The office staff decided ... a retirement party for Mrs. Smith.
A) having had; B) to have had; C) to have; D) having.
135
2. I don't blame you for not ... outside in this awful weather.
A) wanting to go; B) wanted to go; C) want to go; D) being wanted.
3. I think I hear someone ... the back window. Do you hear it, too?
A) trying to open; B) trying open; C) try opening; D) try to open.
4. When James was questioned by the police, he admitted knowing about the
embezzlement of funds from his company, but denied ... in any way.
A) to be involved; B) involving; C) having involved; D) being involved.
5. Mr. Rammers was upset by ... him the truth.
A) our not having told; B) us not tell; C) we didn't tell; D) not to tell.
6. We considered ... after work.
A) to go shopping; B) going shopping; C) going to shop; D) to go to shop.
7. Alison offered ... care of my garden while I was out of town.
A) take; B) taking; C) to have taken; D) to take.
8. Could you please come over? I need you ... the refrigerator.
A) help me moving; B) helping me to move; C) to help me move; D) help me
to move.
9. I just heard that there's been a major accident that all of the traffic tied up.
If we want to get to the play on time, we'd better avoid ... the highway.
A) having taken; B) take; C) to take; D) taking.
10. The painting was beautiful. I stood there ... it for a long time.
A) for admiring; B) being admired; C) admire; D) admiring.
11. Lionel should have asked for help instead ... to do it himself.
A) of trying; B) to try; C) try; D) from trying.
12. A plane with an engine on fire approached the runway. ... was frightening.
There could have been a terrible accident.
A) Watch it landing; B) Watching it land; C) To watch it land; D) Watching
to land it.
13. The customs officer opened the suitcase ... if anything illegal was being
brought into the country.
A) seeing; B) for seeing; C) see; D) to see.
14. Sometimes very young children have trouble ... fact from fiction and may
believe that dragons actually exist.
A) to separate; B) separating; C) to be separated; D) for separating.
15. Do you have an excuse ... late to class two days in a row?
A) for to be; B) for being; C) to be; D) being.
16. Sam made me ... him next week.
A) to promise to call; B) to promise calling; C) promise to call; D) promise
calling.
17. I'll never forget... that race. What a thrill!
A) to win; B) having won; C) win; D) winning.
18. No one has better qualifications. Carol is certain ... for the job.
A) to choose; B) having chosen; C) to be chosen; D) being chosen.
19. I was enjoying my book, but I stopped ... a program on TV.
A) reading to watch; B) to read to watch; C) to read for watching; D) reading
for watching.
136
20. Who is the woman talking to Mr. Mercury? I don't recall ... her
around the office before.
A) to have seen; B) seeing; C) to see; D) being seen.
Exercise 379. Choose the correct answer using Gerund or Infinitive.

1. Michael proved that the accident wasn't his fault by ... two witnesses who
testified in his favour.
A) produce; B) produced; C) to produce; D) producing.
2. The front door is warped from the humidity. We have a difficult time ... it.
A) open; B) to open; C) having opened; D) opening.
3. I stood up at the meeting and demanded ... At last, I got the chance to
express my opinion.
A) to be heard; B) to hear; C) to have heard; D) having heard.
4. Did you ever finish ... the office for that new client of yours?
A) to design; B) designing; C) designed; D) having designed.
5. It's a beautiful day, and I have my brother's boat. Would you like to
go..?
A) to sail; B) sailing; C) to sailing; D) for sailing.
6. I called a plumber... the kitchen sink.
A) for repairing; B) for repair; C) to repair; D) to be repaired.
7. I'm angry because you didn't tell me the truth. I don't like ...
A) deceiving; B) to deceive; C) being deceived; D) having deceived.
8. A good teacher makes his students ... the world from new perspectives.
A) to view; B) viewing; C) view; D) to be viewed.
9. Please remember ... your hand during the test if you have a question.
A) raising; B) to raise; C) having raised; D) to have raised.
10. It is important ... care of your health.
A) to lake; B) to be taken; C) take; D) taken.
11. ... in restaurants as often as they do is very expensive.
A) being eaten; B) having eaten; C) having been eating; D) eating.
12. I expect Susan ... here early tonight. She should arrive in the next half hour.
A) to come; B) coming; C) having come; D) to have come.
13. I advised my niece not ... at an early age.
A) marrying; B) to marry; C) being married; D) to have been married.
14. Shhh. I hear someone ... in the distance. Do you hear it, too?
A) shout; B) shouted; C) to shout; D) shouting.
15. I don't understand ... your job so suddenly. Why did you do that?
A) your quitting; B) you to have quit; C) to quit; D) you quit.
16. Last night, we saw a meteor ... through the sky.
A) streaked; B) to streak; C) streak; D) to have streaked.
17. My parents wouldn't let me ... up late when I was a child.
A) to have stayed; B) staying; C) to stay; D) stay.
18. Children should be encouraged ... their individual interests.
A) develop; B) to be developed; C) to develop; D) developing.
19. This room is too dark. We need ... a lighter shade.
137
A) to have it painted; B) to be painted; C) painting it; D) having painted it.
20. I'm sorry I never graduated. I've always regretted not ... college.
A) to finish; B) finish; C) finished; D) having finished.
THE OBJECTIVE INFINITIVE COMPLEX (THE COMPLEX OBJECT)

Exercise 380. Combine the given two sentences into one using the
Objective Infinitive Complex.
1. Mother called me. I heard it.
2. Somebody touched me on the hand. I felt it.
3. My friends left the room. The teacher saw it.
4. Their class is good at Math. They think so.
5. Our parents are kind. We know it.
6. His son is good at English. Everybody believes it.
7. The weather is rainy. I expect it.
8. The exam is rather difficult. She considers it.
9. Our daughter is pretty. Her friends think so.
10. He wants another cup of tea. I think so.
Exercise 381. Replace the Object Clause with the Complex Object.
1. We know that mathematics has become man’s second language.
2. They expect that a variable will represent a number.
3. We know that two fractions are equal if they simplify to the same fraction.
4. I heard that they were discussing the matter.
5. We expected that they would intensify the whole process.
6. Everybody knows that matter consists of small particles called atoms.
7. This question was too difficult, so that he could not answer it immediately.
Exercise 382. Replace the Object Clause with the Complex Object.
1. I felt that somebody touched me lightly on the shoulder. 2. He heard that
someone called his name. 3. We did not expect that he would return so soon. 4. I saw
that the telegraph boy handed the cable to the man. 5. They heard how the woman
uttered a little exclamation. 6. He hated it when people argued about trifles. 7. I
should like to see how he would say it to my face. 8. I expect that you will join our
excursion. 9. We had not expected that she would reply, but she did. 10. We knew
that he was a clever man. 11. I don't like it that you repeat this nonsense. 12. I hate it
when people speak so cynically. 13. We expect that everybody will be ready by
seven. 14. They showed themselves even more narrow-minded than we had expected
they would be.
Exercise 383. Finish the sentences using Complex object.

For example: "Bring me a book," said my brother to me.
My brother wanted me to bring him a book.
1. "Wait for me after school," said Ann to me. Ann wanted ... 2. "Fix the shelf
in the kitchen," my father said to me. My father wanted ... 3. "It will be very good if
138
you study English," said my mother to me. My mother wanted ... 4. "Bring me some
water from the river, children," said our grandmother. Our grandmother wanted … 5.
"Come to my birthday party," said Kate to her classmates. Kate wanted ... 6. The
biology teacher said to us: "Collect some insects in summer." The biology teacher
wanted ... 7. "Don't eat ice-cream before dinner," said our mother to us. Our mother
did not want ... 8. The teacher said to the pupils: "Learn the rule." The teacher wanted
... 9. "Be careful, or else you will spill the milk," said my mother to me. My mother
did not want ... 10. "My daughter will go to a ballet school," said the woman. The
woman wanted ... 11. The man said: "My son will study mathematics." The man
wanted ... 12. "Oh, father, buy me this toy, please," said the little boy. The little boy
wanted ...
Exercise 384. Finish the sentences using Complex Object.
1. She wants you …
2. We saw them…
3. He considered her…
4. Mary heard Tim…
5. Sarah watched her sister …
6. I noticed her……
7. We never expected them …
8. I’d like my friend …
9. Mother wishes her daughter …
10. Father expected his son …
Exercise 385. Open the brackets and use the Complex Object.
Model: He expected (they, arrive) at 5. — He expected them to arrive at 5.
1. Do you want (they, stay) at the hotel or with us? 2. I'd like (the professor,
look through) my report. 3. Do you want (I, show) you the sights of the city? 4. We
expect (he, arrange) everything by the time we come. 5. I want (she, tell) me the news
in brief. 6. He expected (the meeting, hold) in the Red Room. 7. I would like (they,
fix) an appointment for me for Tuesday. 8. We want (she, introduce) us to the
president. 9. I don't want (they, be late) for dinner. 10. He expected (she, invite) to the
party by the Smiths. 11. I'd like (the dress, buy) by Saturday. 12. I don't want (she,
treat) like Alice. 13. We considered (he, be) an honest person. 14. I don't like (she,
prevent) me from doing it. 15. I suspect (he, help) by her.
Exercise 386. Combine the sentences using the Complex Object.

Model: I did not see him. He entered the house.
I did not see him enter the house.
1. They did not notice us. We passed by. 2. He heard her. She was playing the
piano. 3. He saw her. She burst into tears. 4. I felt her hand. It was shaking. 5. He
hasn't heard us. We called his name. 6. They haven't seen the accident. It occurred at
the corner. 7. I heard them. They were arguing. 8. She heard the footsteps. They were
dying away. 9. She felt something. It was crawling around her neck. 10. We many
times heard him. He told this story. 11. She noticed the expression of his face. It
139
changed suddenly. 12. I heard somebody. He mentioned my name. 13. I felt
something hard. It hurt my leg.
Exercise 387. Change complex sentences into sentences with the Complex
Object.
E.g. a) I expect that she will send me a letter. I expect her to send me a letter.
b) I know that he is a great scientist. I know him to be a great scientist.
1. I did not expect that my brother would forget to send her flowers. 2. He
knows that my mother is a very kind woman. 3. She expected that her brother would
bring her the book. 4. I know that your uncle is an excellent mathematician. 5. People
expect that the 21st century will bring peace on the earth. 6. I know that my friend is a
just man. 7. I expect that he will understand your problem and help you to solve it. 8.
I expected that she would behave quite differently.
Object.
E.g. He dropped his bag. I saw it. I saw him drop his bag.
1. He slipped and fell. I saw it. 2. I heard that she suddenly cried out loudly. 3.
She bent and picked up something from the floor. The policeman saw it. 4. I saw that
he opened the door and left the room. 5. She dropped the cup on the floor and broke
it. I saw it. 6. They turned the corner and disappeared. We watched them, 7. The
doctor touched the boy's leg. The boy felt it. 8. Peter bought some flowers. His
friends saw it. 9. The wounded hunter felt that the bear touched him, but he did not
move. 10. Shall we hoar it if the telephone rings? 11. Tamara saw that the waves
carried the boat away. 12. The ship sailed away from the shore. They saw it. 13. Have
you heard how he sings the part of Herman in Tchaikovsky's "Queen of Spades"? 14.
The boy noticed a bird. It flew on to the bush near the window. 15. Jane saw her
neighbour. He opened the door of his flat and went in. 16. I saw him. He pointed to a
picture on the wall. 17. I heard him. He shut the door of the study. 18. We saw that
the children climbed to the tops of the trees. 19. I noticed that Henry went up and
spoke to the stranger.
Object.
1. I did not expect that she would forget about my birthday. 2. She saw how
the children were playing in the park. 3. Do you know that he went abroad two days
ago? 4. I like to watch how she dances. 5. She could hardly I believe that he had been
rescued. 6. He expects that everybody will be ready to do this work. 7. I don't like
when the children are late for dinner. 8. Don't consider that he is a hero. He is an
ordinary man. 9. I've heard how he was arguing with his father. 10. I suspect that he
has taken my money. 11. She likes to watch how the sun sets. 12. I hate when people
shout at each other. 13. They suppose that he will cope with this work. 14. I've heard
how she was crying. 15. We expect that he will solve this problem soon.
Exercise 390. Open the brackets and use the proper form of the Complex
Object.
140
1. Where is Nick? — I saw (he, talk) to Kate a few minutes ago. 2. Parents
always want (their children, be) the best. 3. I wouldn't like (such valuable presents,
give) to me. 4. I noticed (he, write) something and (pass) it to Alice. 5. We suppose
(they, apologize) to us. 6. She watched (the stars, sparkle) in the dark sky. 7. I did not
expect (he, behave) in such a way. 8. We don't want (our planet, pollute). 9. I heard
(he, work) in his study at night. 10. They expected (he, buy) a more expensive car.
Exercise 391. Make sentences to the model.

a) Model: I believe that Van Clibern is a great pianist. – I believe Van
Clibern to be a great pianist.
1. He believes it is a mistake. 2. I consider that this business is very
profitable. 3. I don’t expect you will understand me. 4. They know that he is a
responsible person. 5. We consider that he is a good professional. 6. She regards that
he is a superman. 7. We all think that he is a gentleman. 8. They consider that it is the
right decision.
b) Model: Does Charlie play golf? – No, I have never seen (heard, saw,
noticed) him play golf.
1. Did he get on that Glasgow bus this evening? 2. Did you ever see Pat’s
smile? 3. Did your brother really pat the dean on the shoulder? 4. Did you notice how
this boy parked his car near our house? 5. Did you hear that George broke the Safety
Code? 6. Did you see how Dylan was deliberately knocked down by another football-
player? 7. Did you notice a beautiful girl who drove Nick to the station? 8. Did you
watch how Jack was entertaining the guests last night? 9. Did you see him when he
stopped for dinner at the pub? 10. Did you hear that he bought a new stereo?
c) Model: Ann didn’t have money. (Jim/lend) – Ann wanted /wished

/expected Jim to lend her some.
1. Someone told Sue I was going to visit her. (it / to be a surprise) 2. My
parents were upset when I left home. (me / to stay with them) 3. Everybody tried to
persuade Tom to play tennis. (Tom / to play tennis) 4. There will be a football match
between Scotland and England soon. (England / to win) 5. In your place I would tell
the police about it. (you / to inform) 6. She received a letter, but nobody knew who it
was from. (anybody / know) 7. Tom was sure Jane would be late. (Jane / not to come
in time) 8. Jack asked me to post the letter. (me / to post it) 9. He advised me to take
an aspirin. (me / to take an aspirin) 10. Nobody is allowed to smoke in our office.
(anyone / not to smoke)
Exercise 392. Translate into English using Complex Object.

1. Я хочу, щоб ви прочитали цю книгу. 2. Мені б хотілося, щоб ви
приїхали до нас. 3. Вона хотіла, щоб її син добре закінчив школу. 4. Їм би
хотілося, щоб ми програли гру. 5. Вона не хотіла, щоб я виїхав до США. 6. Я б
не хотів, щоб ви загубили мою книгу. 7. Тато хоче, щоб я була піаністкою. 8.
Ми хочемо, щоб цей артист приїхав до нас в школу. 9. Вам би хотілося, щоб я
розповів вам цю історію? 10. Хочете, я дам вам мій словник? 11. Я не хочу, щоб
141
ти отримав погану оцінку. 12. Мені б не хотілося, щоб вони запізнилися. 13. Я
не хотіла, щоб ви чекали на мене. 14. Вона б хотіла, щоб її брат зайняв перше
місце. 15. Я хочу, щоб всі діти сміялися. 16. Я хочу, щоб ви все це прочитали.
17. Мені б хотілося, щоб лікар оглянув його. 18. Діти хотіли, щоб я розповів їм
казку. 19. Я не хочу, щоб вона знала про це. 20. Він хотів, щоб його друг пішов
з ним. 21. Мій брат хоче, щоб я вивчала іспанську мову. 22. Я б хотів, щоб мої
учні добре знали англійську мову.

1. Я розраховую, що лист прийде завтра. 2. Він розраховував, що вчитель
похвалить його. 3. Вона не розраховувала, що вони повернуться так пізно. 4. Я
знаю, що вона талановита співачка. 5. Я знала, що він великий учений. 6. Ми не
розраховували, що ви так багато зробите. 7. Вчитель розраховував, що учні
зрозуміють правило 8. Я не чекав, що він напише такі прекрасні вірші. 9. Вона
знала, що він дуже добра людина. 10. Всі знали, що він хороший спеціаліст. 11.
Я знаю, що твоя сестра дуже здібна студентка. 12. Всі знають, що Байрон
великий поет. 13. Я не чекав, що це станеться так скоро. 14. Ми розраховуємо,
що ви нам допоможете. 15. Він чекав, що міністр відповість відразу. 16. Ми
розраховували, що погода зміниться.

1. Мені подобається, коли діти сміються. 2. Вона не любить, коли я з нею
сперечаюся. 3. Їй не подобається, коли ми запізнюємося. 4. Він терпіти не може,
коли я спізнююся. 5. Наш вчитель любить, коли ми ставимо питання. 6. Я
ненавиджу, коли ти забуваєш свої обов'язки. 7. Бабуся любить, коли Олена грає
на роялі. 3. Тато любить, коли я говорю по-англійськи. 9. Мій дідусь не любив,
коли діти розмовляли за столом. 10. Він терпіти не міг, коли ми ламали іграшки.
11. Він любив, коли ми грали в тихі ігри.

1. Вчитель змусив її переписати вправу. 2. Вона змусила собаку
перестрибнути через паркан. 3. Він змусив брата стрибнути у воду. 4. Дощ
змусив нас повернутися додому. 5. Змусьте її надіти пальто: сьогодні дуже
холодно. 6. Чому ви не змусили сина вивчити вірш? 7. Я не можу змусити свою
кішку ловити мишей. 8. Коли ти змусиш свого друга робити зарядку? 9. Будь
ласка, не заставляйте мене пити молоко. 10. Вона не могла змусити його лягти
спати швидше. 11. Собака змусила кішку залізти на дерево.
THE SUBJECTIVE INFINITIVE COMPLEX (THE COMPLEX SUBJECT)
This table will help you translate the sentences containing Complex
Subject.
Не was said to work a lot.— Говорили, що він багато працює.
...was said to...— Говорили, що...
...was seen to...— Бачили, як...
142
...was heard to...— Чули, як...
...was supposed to...— Передбачалося, що...
...was believed to...— Вірили, що...
...was expected to...— Очікували, що…
...was reported to...— Повідомляли, що…
...was considered to...— Вважали, що…
...was thought to...— Думали, що…
...was found to...— Виявили, що...
...was announced to...— Повідомили, що...
...was known to...— Було відомо, що…
Exercise 396. Translate into Ukrainian.
1. Steven is sure to win the game. 2, Peter is known to have left for Oslo. 3.
The president is supposed to speak at the conference. 4. This play is considered to be
the most interesting at the theatre. 5. She seems to be cooking an apple pie. It tastes
delicious. 6. Bob is likely to help us. -- He is sure to help us. 7. They were believed to
have left yesterday. 8. The talks are likely to finish tomorrow. 9. The work is
supposed to have been done successfully. 10. This fact is unlikely to be of great
importance. 11. This is likely to happen if the wind does not change. 12. The
delegates to the conference are said to have come. 13. The committee is known to
have been set up several years ago. 14. He is likely to be writing a new book. 15.
They are thought to be able to solve the question at once. 16. Jack London is known
to have written a lot of good books.
1. Не was said to be one of the most promising nuclear physicists. 2. He is
said to be a good translator. 3. Roberta was known to be an honest and hard-working
girl. 4. Clyde was expected to arrive at the week-end. 5. Becky and Tom were
supposed to have stayed at the widow Douglas. 6. The number of the unemployed is
reported to be increasing with every year. 7. Many new textbooks are expected to be
published soon. 8. The Moscow Underground is said to be the finest in the world. 9.
Chernyshevsky is known to have spoken several foreign languages. 10. A hare is
known to run very fast. 11. The man was seen to take off his coat. 12. The diamond
content of the mines in Western Yakutia is said to be in no way inferior to that of the
world-famous South African mines. 13. That power station is known to be situated on
the Angara River. 14. These devices are considered to be very effective. 15. Many
books are known to be published in our country every year. 16. You are supposed to
graduate in four years. 17. Radium is said to be very radioactive. 18. This device was
known to have been designed in that laboratory. 19. His invention is considered to be
of great importance. 20. The sun is known to represent a mass of compressed gases.
21. The new rocket is reported to go into operation next year. 22. This type of rocket
is supposed to have many advantages. 23. For a long time the atom was thought to be
indivisible. 24. The helium atom was found to have two electrons. 25. I did not know
what I was expected to say to that, so I said nothing.
Exercise 398. Open the brackets and use the Complex Subject.
143
Example: He is thought (study) now. — He is thought to be studying now.
1. He is considered (be) a good musician. 2. They are thought (go away) some
days ago. 3. James is expected (make) a report next Wednesday. 4. Steve is known
(help) them to solve a problem when they were in trouble. 5. Mozart is known
(compose) a lot of wonderful pieces of music. 6. The film is considered (be) the worst
of the year. 7. She is supposed (work) in the laboratory from 2 to 6 p.m. tomorrow. 8.
They are known (make) a new discovery a month ago. 9. He is expected (manage) the
business himself. 10. He is said (be) at the customs office now. 11. The delegation is
reported (leave) Prague tonight at 11 a.m. 12. They are known (live) in Egypt for a
long time. 13. He is believed (work) at an urgent problem now.
Exercise 399. Paraphrase the following sentences using Complex Subject.

E.g. We heard that a car stopped outside the door.
A car was heard to stop outside the door.
It is believed that the poem was written by Byron.
The poem is believed to have been written by Byron.
1. We know Bernard Shaw to have been a very witty man. 2. People consider
the climate there to be very healthful. 3. It was announced that the Chinese dancers
were arriving next week. 4. It is expected that the performance will be a success. 5. It
is said that the book is popular with both old and young. 6. It is believed that the
poem was written by an unknown soldier. 7. It is supposed that the playwright is
working at a new comedy. 8. It is reported that the flood has caused much damage to
the crops. 9. It was supposed that the crops would be rich that year. 10. It has been
found that this mineral water is very good for the liver. 11. Scientists consider that
electricity exists throughout space. 12. It is said that the weather in Europe was
exceedingly hot last summer. 13. It is said that this man was very handsome in his
youth. 14. It was reported that five ships were missing after the battle.
Exercise 400. Paraphrase the following sentences using Complex Subject.

E.g. It appeared that they had lost the way.
They appeared to have lost the way.
1. It seems they know all about it. 2. It seems they have heard all about it. 3. It
seemed that the discussion was coming to an end. 4. It seems that you don't approve
of the idea. 5. It seemed that the house had not been lived in for a long time. 6. It
appeared that he was losing patience. 7. It appeared that he had not heard what had
been said. 8. It happened that I was present at the opening session. 9. It so happened
that I overheard their conversation. 10. It turned out that my prediction was correct.
11. It turned out that the language of the article was quite easy.
Exercise 401. Translate into Ukrainian, paying attention to the following

expressions: to be likely to, to be sure to.
1. Mr. Worthing is sure to be back soon. 2. These two young people are sure
to be very good friends. 3. You are sure to be there tomorrow night, aren't you? 4. We
most of us want a good many things that we are not likely to get. 5. He is sure to tell
me all about this even if I don't ask him. 6. When Sondra said that they were sure to
144
meet again, she saw Clyde's face suddenly brighten. 7. If we go on arguing, we are
sure to quarrel. 8. They are sure to acknowledge your talent. 9. He is sure to give us
some useful information. 10. The article is likely to appear in the next issue of the
journal. U. She is not likely to change her opinion. 12. They were sure to come to an
understanding. 13. Don't worry: everything is sure to turn out all right. 14. This new
course of treatment is sure to help your grandmother.
Exercise 402. Change these sentences using be likely, be unlikely, be, sure.
Example: He may come on Sunday. — He is likely to come on Sunday.
She may not allow us to go there. — She is unlikely to allow us to
go there.
They will certainly help us. — They are sure to help us.
1. They may have a good time in the bar tonight. 2. He will certainly win this
match. 3. The plane may not reach the place of destination on time. 4. You may miss
the train unless you hurry. 5. She may not go by plane. 6. He may not be invited to
the conference. 7. They will certainly get married soon. 8. They may not follow my
recommendations. 9. They may go on a world tour. 10. This picture will certainly be
the best at the exhibition.
Exercise 403. Open the brackets and use the Complex Subject.
A) Make sentences in bold type less definite and express one's
uncertainty of the following.
Example: Do you remember his name? — Unfortunately, I don't remember his
name.
I don't seem/appear to remember his name.
1. They got married a month ago. Is she happy? — No, she is not happy. 2.
Does she have a key to her suitcase? — No, she has lost it. 3. We are so late. I am
sure he has gone. — No, he is waiting for us. 4. She looks nice. — Yes, but she has
put on weight. 5.1 want to be introduced to Mrs. Smith. — Peter will help you. He
knows her well. 6.1 have much trouble with my new washing machine. — No
problem. I know this type very well. 7. Does he work at the same office? — No, he
changed his job. 8. Is she still abroad? — No, she returned two months ago and
now is working at her new book. 9. Look, this man is overhearing us. Speak more
quietly. 10. The president has left his country residence and is returning to the
capital.
В) Change your sentences using the verb happen with the verbs in bold
type.
Example: Do you know Mr. Brown? — Do you happen to know Mr. Brown?
1. I'll visit Trafalgar Square if I am in London. 2. If anybody knows him, call
the police. 3. If you see Kate, ask her to phone me. 4. Do you know how to get to the
Tower? 5. He'll arrange everything if he goes on a tour. 6. Does he know with whom
Mary has gone to the Canaries? 7. Have you seen them leave? 8. Can you change a
pound? 9. Has she seen where they parked their ear? 10. If I meet them, I'll phone the
police.
С) Change your sentences using verbs turn out or prove.
145
Example: He knows Mr. Brown. — He turned out/ proved to know Mr. Brown.
1. The interview with the young artist was rather interesting. 2. The prices at
the hotel were reasonable. 3. The conversation with them was rather unpleasant. 4.
The young man was a smuggler. 5. He was a qualified economist. 6. The student's
knowledge of mathematics was above the average. 7. Yesterday's party was
entertaining. 8. The weather in this part of the country was rainy. 9. The workshop
was rather useful for economists, but for managers it was rather dull. 10. I bought a
book which was a best-seller. 11. This unpleasant man who found faults with me
during the interview was my manager.
Exercise 404. Choose the right variant.

1. The rain seems___. Call the children in. I don't want them___.
a) to be, to be got wet through
b) to be starting, to get wet through
c) to have started, to have got wet through
d) to have been started, to be getting wet through
2. The English colony, Plymouth, in Massachusetts, is known___by the Pilgrims who

arrived on the Mayflower in 1620.
a) to be established
b) to have established
c) to have been establishing
d) to have been established
3. Look, they are likely___to the news. They seem

a) to be listening, to be excited
b) to listen, to be excited
c) to have been listening, to have excited
d) to have listened, to be being excited
4. He is sure___a liar. Everybody heard him___ that in so many words.

a) to be, to say
b) be, say
c) to be, say
d) be, to say
5. When I came in, the discussion seemed___to an end. They appeared___patience

because they turned out___for it.
a) to have been coming, to have been losing, be ready
b) to be coming, to be losing, not to be ready
c) to come, to lose, to be ready
d) to have come, to have lost, not to be being ready
6. Jack, you seem___too fast. The speed is already 100 miles. I am afraid. I want
you___the speed till 40 miles.
146
a) to have driven, slow down
b) to drive, to slow down
c) to be driving, to be slowing down
d) to be driving, to slow down
Exercise 405. Translate into Ukrainian using Complex Subject.

1. Відомо, що марсіанські канали були відкриті в 1877 році. 2. Очікують,
що засідання закінчиться о десятій. 3. Вважають, що вони знають про це
більше, ніж хочуть показати. 4. Джим виявився хоробрим хлопчиком. 5.
Рочестер випадково зустрів Джейн по дорозі додому. 6. Говорять, що він
працює над своїм винаходом вже декілька років. 7. Говорять, що ця стаття
перекладена всіма мовами світу. 8. Ви, здається, ретельно готувалися до вступу
до університету. 9. Як відомо, Жуковський був прекрасним педагогом і
лектором. 10. Ніяк не чекали, що похолодає так скоро. 11. Виявилось, що ми
вже колись зустрічалися. 12. Ви, здається, втомилися. 13. Умови роботи
виявилися важчими, ніж передбачалося. 14. Ви випадково не знаєте цієї
людини? 15. Книга, яку ви мені дали, виявилася нецікавою. 16. Нові автобуси
виявилися дуже зручними. 17. З трьох сестер Бронте Шарлота вважається
найбільш талановитою. 18. Як відомо, англійська письменниця Е.Л. Войнич
жила протягом декількох років в Петербурзі і вивчала російську літературу.
Вважають, що російська література мала великий вплив на її творчість. 19. Ваш
приятель, здається, дуже цікавиться стародавньою історією. 20. Відомо, що
римляни побудували на Британських островах хороші дороги. 21. Вважають,
що поема «Беовульф» була написана в VIII столітті. 22. Вальтер Скотт
вважається засновником історичного роману. 23. Повідомляють, що експедиція
досягла місця призначення. 24. Він виявився хорошим спортсменом. 25. Він,
здається, пише нову статтю. Здається, він працює над нею вже два тижні. 26. Я
випадково зустрів його в Москві. 27. Говорять, що ця будівля була збудована в
XVII столітті.
THE PREPOSITIONAL INFINITIVE COMPLEX
Exercise 406. Сomment on the use of the for-to-infinitive construction:

1. I’m watching for someone to serve me.
2. At the station there were trolleys for passengers to put their luggage on.
3. We arranged for someone to look after the house.
4. Fiona was longing for her parcel to arrive.
5. It’s difficult for untrained people to find work.
6. We brought some toys for the children to play with.
7. For the diet to work properly, you have to follow it very strictly.
8. It’s dangerous for children to play near the railway line.
Exercise 407. Write the sentences as one. Use a for-to-infinitive phrase as

subject.
Model: Everyone must play their part. It’s important.
147
It’s important for everyone to play their part.
1. Children shouldn’t play with matches. It’s dangerous.
It’s dangerous ……………………………………………………..
2. The taxi is coming at eight o’clock. Phil has arranged it.
Phil has …………………………………………………………….
3. The party should begin soon. This is impatient.
We ……………………………………………………...................
4. People should know the truth. It’ s important.
It …………………………………………………………………...
Exercise 408. Replace the following groups of sentences by a sentence

with a for-phrase subject.
Model: He won't catch the train. It's impossible.
It is impossible for him to catch the train.
1. She explained everything. It was not difficult. 2. She managed to do it in
time. But it was quite an effort. 3. Don't make mistakes. It's important. 4. Her mother
made the decision. It's the usual thing in this family. 5. We ought to take a vacation
now. It won't be difficult. 6. You'll speak English with her. It'll do you good. 7. She is
very late. It's rather unusual. 8. You really ought to see a doctor. It will be best. 9.
We'll spend a couple of weeks in Petersburg next June. It will be rather pleasant.
Exercise 409. Complete the following sentences by adding for-phrases to

them.
Model: It would be better (you; to stay in bed).
It would be better for you to stay in bed.
1. It's very important (children; to play outdoors). 2. It'll be best (she; to talk
to the manager). 3. It might be just possible (you; to make him see the doctor). 4. It
would be easy (I; to pretend). 5. It's very bad (boys; to smoke). 6. It's not (you; to
carry that heavy bag).
Exercise 410. Complete the sentences by adding objective for-phrases to

them.
1. She is out playing. The doctor does not think it’s necessary … 2. Under the
circumstances I really think it best … 3. All right, I'll go. Why are you so anxious …
4. After a long telephone conversation with John we arranged … 5. He stood there
with a bunch of flowers waiting … 6. The manager was very cross and said that he
did not mean … 7. It's getting cold. It's bad for the children … 8. Have you brought
something for me ... on the train? 9. There's simply nobody there for a young girl … .
10. I can't find a place for us … 11. Those are not the right people for you ... . 12. I
have bought a few things for Tony... .
Too and enough

We can use the pattern with for after too and enough.
The road is too busy for the children to be able to cross safely. (… too busy...)
The table was too small for all of us to sit round.
148
The table was big enough for all of us to sit round. (… big enough …)
The guide didn’t speak clearly enough for everyone to understand her.
Exercise 411. Replace the following pairs of sentences by sentences with

adverbial for phrases of result.
Model: The street is very narrow. He won't be able to turn the car.
a) The street is too narrow for him to turn the car.
b) The street isn’t wide enough for him to turn the car.
1. The way to the village was long. I felt hungry again. 2. The heat was
oppressive. We did not stay long on the beach. 3. The problem was comparatively
easy. I solved it in half an hour. 4. The situation was getting complicated. We could
no longer cope with it. 5. The conversation was interesting. The children did not want
to go to bed. 6. The noise of the traffic grew loud. I could not sleep. 7. The light was
good. She could read the inscription.
Exercise 412. Add a sentence with “too” or “enough” and: difficult, high,
loud, warm.
Model: The boys couldn’t lift the piano.
It was too heavy for them to lift.
Melanie can’t understand the poem.
It isn’t big enough for her to read.
1. Mary can’t reach the top shelf.
2. We can’t understand the poem.
3. Not everyone could hear the music.
4. Mark couldn’t swim in the sea.
for or of
We can use of after these adjectives describing people’s behavior:
good, nice, kind, helpful;
mean, generous; brave;
honest; clever, sensible;
silly, stupid, foolish, careless;
wrong; polite, rude.
It’s kind of your parents to give me a lift. (= Your parents are kind …)
It was clever of you to work out the answer. (= You were clever …)
Compare: good of and good for in these two sentences:
a) It was good of you to go jogging with me. (= It was a kind action by you. I
enjoy your company).
b) It was good for you to go jogging with me. (= It was a good, healthy
experience for you).
Exercise 413. Put in “for” or “of”.

Sally: It was good ______ Simon to help us clear away after the party.
Pat: Yes, it was kind _______ him.
149
Sally: It was honest _______ him to admit breaking that glass. But it wasn’t
really necessary _______ him to pay for it.
Pat: He seemed very anxious ______ us to accept the money.
Exercise 414. Match the sentence pairs and rewrite them wit h
for-to infinitive construction. Use a for-to-infinitive construction as an
adverbial modifier of purpose.
N.B! We don’t use ‘it’ at the end of the clause.
Model: There’s a visitor’s book. Guests can write their names in it.
There’s a visitor’s book for guests to write their names in. (not “in it”).
1. There’s a visitor’s book.
2. There’s a pool.
3. There are tables.
4. There’s music.
5. There are gift shop.
a) You can listen to it.

b) You can picnic at them.
c) Tourists can buy souvenirs in them.
d) Guests can write their names in it.
e) Guests can swim in it.
There’s a visitor’s book for guests to write their names in.
1. ________________________________
2. ________________________________
3. ________________________________
4. ________________________________
Exercise 415. Translate the sentences into English.

1. Вам корисно їсти фрукти. 2. Мені легко зробити це сьогодні. 3. Їм
буде простіше поїхати туди на метро. 4. Їй було б важко вирішити це завдання.
5. Нам було приємно знову зустріти наших друзів. 6. Нам буде корисно
відпочити.7. Вам шкідливо стільки палити. 8. Їй було важко мовчати. 9. Не мені
давати вам ради. 10. Не їм обговорювати це питання. 11. Машина їхала не так
швидко, щоб я міг розглянути обличчя водія. 12. Вона говорила так повільно,
щоб ми розуміли кожне слово. 15. У печері було так темно, що ми не змогли
знайти вихід. 16. Я залишила листи на столі, щоб містер Пітерс підписав їх. 17.
Вам необхідно бути тут завтра о 5 годині. 3. Нам важко зробити цю роботу за
такий короткий термін. 4. Дітям зовсім нічого робити. 18. Їй дуже важко
перевести цю статтю. 19. Дуже мило, що ви прийшли. 20. З його боку було
неввічливо спізнюватися.
GERUNDIAL COMPLEXES
Exercise 416. Paraphrase the sentences using Gerundial Complexes.
Pattern A: Do you mind if I close the window?
Do you mind my closing the window?
150
1. The doctor insisted that I should stay at home. 2. There is no chance that
they will call on us tonight. 3. There is no possibility that we shall see him this week.
4. We insisted that he should come with us. 5. I have heard that your son has been
awarded the Order. 6. Will you object if I smoke here? 7. You will excuse me if I ask
you again. 8. There is no hope that you will receive a letter from him soon. 9. There
is no fear that I shall forget. 10. You will excuse me if I ask you again.
Pattern B: I want her to recite this poem.

I insist on her reciting this poem.
I don’t want him to be sent here.
I object to his being sent there.
1. They wanted me to take part in the competition. 2. I don’t want Jane to stay
here alone. 3. I don’t want him to be elected chairman. 4. Mother did not want Mary
to go to the cinema. 5. The teacher wanted the students to do this exercise. 6. I want
her to be sent to the conference.
Exercise 417. Complete the sentences using the gerundial complex. Add
the preposition where necessary.
1. John’s children are not likely to pass the entrance exams with flying
colours. The father cannot count … 2. Why do you pretend to be eating? I’m not
going to put up… 3. Personal matters are often discussed in public. I strongly object
… 4. I prefer my children to take independent decisions. I hate … 5. The guards were
watching every step of yours! How did you manage to get out … ? 6. She can hold
her tongue. There’s no danger … 7. Bob appeared here all of a sudden! Just fancy…
8. The twins should be vaccinated this year but their parents are against … 9. I have
nothing to do with him as he has broken our engagement. After … 10. Why are you
always pushing me into doing things? I can’t stand …
Exercise 418. Replace the Gerund by a Gerundial Complex by adding

subject to it.
Model: I’m against writing this review.
I’m against your writing this review.
1. I fail to see the point of raising the question now. 2. She simply can’t help
laughing at you. 3. We did not mind waiting a little. 4. It’s no good trying to make
her change her mind. 5. I’ll take the opportunity of being here to ask you some
questions. 6. I’m used to coming home very late. 7. He succeeded only through
making the right contacts from the very beginning. 8. Everything depends on getting
there in time.
Exercise 419. Replace the Subordinate Clauses by Gerundial Complexes:

1. When I received the telegram, I started home at once. 2. While he was
copying the text, he made a few mistakes. 3. You may avoid many mistakes if you
observe these rules. 4. You can improve your knowledge of English if you read more.
5. When she left school, she got a job at the post-office. 6. When he entered the
room, he greeted everybody. 7. After he had packed all the things he phoned for a
151
taxi. 8. I don’t remember that I have ever come across his name before. 9. She
hesitated before she entered the room. 10. When I was passing their house, I noticed
that all the windows were dark.
Exercise 420. Replace the subordinate clauses by gerundial complexes

using the prepositions given in the brackets.
1. The pleasant-faced middle-aged woman insisted that Olga should come to
her town to teach, (on) 2. Helen suggested that they should go on a trip. 3. There is a
possibility that my father will join us for the trip, (of) 4. The girls knew that the
sportsman had been awarded a prize, (of) 5. I don't mind if you walk to the
underground station with me. 6. When they entered the house, they heard the last bell
ringing, (on) 7. Thank you that you invited me to the theatre, (for) 8. The woman
insisted that her husband should consult the doctor at once, (on) 9. She could not
even think that the operation might be postponed, (of) 10. There was little hope that
James would return on the same day. (of) 11. The thought that he had been turned
away by the doorkeeper made him feel miserable, (of)
Exercise 421. Replace the parts of the sentences by gerundial complexes

1. When the boy entered the room, he glanced curiously around, (on) 2. The
patient felt much better after he had been given proper treatment. 3. Just before I left
the classroom, I was approached by a fellow-student who asked me to help him. 4.
Looking at the man attentively, she remembered that she had seen him and spoken to
him on several occasions. 5. That nobody saw them was a mere chance. 6. The
mother insisted that her son should enter the university, (on) 7. The place looked so
picturesque and cheerful that he rejoiced at the thought that he would come to live
there, (of) 8. When he entered, she stood up and left the room, and even did not look
at him. (without) 9. When Robert came home from the college, after he had passed
his examinations, he felt very happy, (on) 10. In the darkness they were afraid that
they might lose their way. (of) 11. When he reached his destination, he sent a
telegram home to say that he had arrived safely, (on) 12. Thank you that you helped
me. (for) 13. The new medicine may be recommended only after it is approved by the
Scientific Board. 14. You will never learn your mistakes if you do not write them out.
(without)

1. I am told that you are very busy. 2. Do you mind if I smoke here? 3. Will
you object if I close the door? 4. Thank you that you did it. 5. My teacher insists that
I should read aloud every day. 6. Will Mary have anything against it if I take her
umbrella for some time? 7. I remember that I have seen this picture somewhere. 8.
That you are against John's proposal does not mean that I must decline it. 9. The fact
that you took English lessons some years ago helps you in your studies now.
152
1. When the young man graduated from Harvard, he returned to Russia. 2.
They gave up the idea that they would find work. 3. The girls were afraid that they
might miss the train. 4. Mary asked John to forgive her that she had not answered his
letter sooner. 5. After we had passed our examinations, we had a very entertaining
evening. 6. Michael remembered that he had enjoyed the trip to the Bahamas. 7. I am
thankful that I have been given a chance to hear this outstanding singer. 8. Helen
insisted that she should be given that job. 9. I don't remember that I have ever seen
anyone dance like Plisetskaya. 10. Tom was afraid that he might be late. 11. Bill
remembered that he had walked about the factory gate for months.

1. Ви не будете заперечувати, якщо я приєднаюся до вашої компанії? 2.
Я не заперечую проти того, щоб вони приїхали сюди. 3. Мене дивує, що ви так
часто запізнюєтеся. 4. Вона з нетерпінням чекає, коли її запросять на вечірку. 5.
Те, що вона зайнята, не завадило їй взяти участь у цій роботі. 6. Пробачте, що я
турбую вас знову. Пробачте, що я потурбував вас. 7. Усе залежить від того, чи
погода буде гарною. 8. Мама наполягала на тому, щоб діти лягали спати
вчасно. 9. Ми сподівалися, що він справляє на всіх добре враження. 10. Нас
повідомили, що всі студенти нашої групи взяли участь у цій роботі. 11. Цей
фільм варто подивитися. 12. Отримавши телеграму, я поїхав на вокзал. 13. Ви
проти того, щоб він брав участь у змаганнях? 14. Я чув, що вони вже закінчили
свій експеримент.
PARTICIPLE I
Exercise 425. Write down the Infinitives of the following Participles.

Coming, writing, being, having, beginning taking, going, doing, reading,
sitting, examining.

A running child; a speaking student; a leading scientist; the boiling water; the
flying planes, a burning house, falling leaves, smiling faces, singing people, shining
eyes, a barking dog, the rising sun, a dying tree, the falling snow.
Exercise 427. Translate into Ukrainian paying attention to the Present

Participle.
1. Everybody looked at the dancing girl. 2. The little plump woman standing
at the window is my grandmother. 3. The man playing the piano is Kate's uncle. 4.
Entering the room, she turned on the light. 5. Coming to the theatre, she saw that the
performance had already begun. 6. Looking out of the window, he saw his mother
watering the flowers. 7. Hearing the sounds of music we stopped talking 8. She went
into the room, leaving the door open.
153
Exercise 428. Transform the following sentences using Participle Phrases
instead of the subordinate clauses.
1. Most of the people who work at our plant have got new flats.
2. The man who sells newspapers showed me the way to the post office.
3. The boys who are playing hockey live in our house.
4. When we saw our teacher, we stopped and waited for her.
5. When we arrived in London, we went sightseeing.
6. When I read this story I came across many new words.
Exercise 429. Transform the following sentences using Participle Phrases

instead of the subordinate clauses.
1. All the people who live in this house are students. 2. The woman who is
speaking now is our secretary. 3. The apparatus that stands on the table in the corner
of the laboratory is quite new. 4. The young man who helps the professor in his
experiments studies at an evening school for laboratory workers. 5. People who take
books from the library must return them in time. 6. There are many pupils in our class
who take part in all kinds of extra-curricular activities.
PARTICIPLE II
Exercise 430. Name the Infinitives of the following Participles.

Been, decided, seen, spoken, left, gone, connected, written, built, shown,
examined, given, done, studied, taken, known, thought, fulfilled, begun, brought,
forgotten.

a) many illustrated magazines; the solved problems; the translated article; the
written article; the taken, books; a well-done translation; a well-known writer, a burnt
house, fallen leaves, boiled vegetables, packed things, a broken cup, cut out pictures,
a lost key.
b) 1. The text translated by us was difficult.
2. All the books taken from the library must be returned next week.
3. The words written out by me from the text are new.
4. All the questions discussed at the meeting are important.
5. We know about big successes achieved by them.
Exercise 432. Translate into Ukrainian paying attention to the Past

Participle.
1. My sister likes boiled eggs. 2. We stopped before a shut door. 3. Tied to the
tree, the goat could not run away. 4. They saw overturned tables and chairs and pieces
of broken glass all over the room. 5. This is a church built many years ago. 6. The
books written by Dickens give us a realistic picture of the 19th century England. 7.
She put a plate of fried fish in front of me. 8. The coat bought last year is too small
for me now. 9. Nobody saw the things kept in that box.
154
Exercise 433. Define the function of Participle II in the sentences and
translate them.
1. Cooled to —5°C, the liquid turns into ice.
2. Modernized by this engineer, the laboratory became one-of the best laboratories of
the institute.
3. The experiment made by this scientist is very important
4. There are many illustrated magazines in our library.
Participle I and Participle II in comparison.

Exercise 434. Translate into Ukrainian paying attention to the Participle
I and Participle II.
1. a) A fish taken out of the water cannot live.
b) A person taking a sun-bath must be very careful.
c) Taking a dictionary, he began to translate the text.
2. a) A line seen through this crystal looks double.
b) A teacher seeing a mistake in a student's dictation always corrects it.
c) Seeing clouds of smoke over the house, the girl cried: "Fire! Fire!"
3. a) The word said by the student was not correct.
b) The man standing at the door of the train carriage and saying goodbye to
his friends is a well-known musician.
c) Standing at the window, she was waving her hand.
4. a) A letter sent from St. Petersburg today will be in Moscow tomorrow.
b) He saw some people in the post-office sending telegrams.
c) When sending the telegram she forgot to write her name.
5. a) Some of the questions put to the lecturer yesterday were very important.
b) The girl putting the book on the shelf is the new librarian.
c) While putting the eggs into the basket she broke one of them.
6. a) A word spoken in time may have very important results.
b) The students speaking good English must help their classmates.
c) The speaking doll interested the child very much.
d) While speaking to Nick some days ago I forgot to ask him about his sister.
Exercise 435. Choose the correct answer from the brackets.

1 . a) The girl (writing, written) on the blackboard is our best pupil.
b) Everything (writing, written) here is quite right.
2. a) The house (surrounding, surrounded) by tall trees is very beautiful.
b) The wall (surrounding, surrounded) the house was very high.
3. a) Who is that boy (doing, done) his homework at that table?
b) The exercises (doing, done) by the pupils were easy.
4. a) The girl (washing, washed) the floor is my sister.
b) The floor (washing, washed) by Helen looked very clean.
5. a) We listened to the girls (singing, sung) Russian folk songs.
b) We listened to the Russian folk songs (singing, sung) by the girls.
6. Do you know the girl (playing, played) in the garden?
155
7. The book (writing, written) by this scientist is very interesting.
8. Translate the words (writing, written) on the blackboard.
9. We could not see the sun (covering, covered) by dark clouds.
10. The (losing, lost) book was found at last.
11 (Going, gone) along the street, I met Mary and Ann.
12. Read the (translating, translated) sentences once more.
13. Name some places (visiting, visited) by you last year.
14. I picked up the pencil (lying, lain) on the floor.
15. She was reading the book (buying, bought) the day before.
16. Yesterday we were at a conference (organizing, organized) by the pupils
of the 10th form.
17. (Taking, taken) the girl by the hand, she led her across the street.
18. It was not easy to find the (losing, lost) stamp.
19. I shall show you a picture (painting, painted) by Hogarth.
20. Here is the letter (receiving, received) by me yesterday.
21. Look at the beautiful flowers (gathering, gathered) by the children.
22. His hat (blowing, blown) off by the wind was lying m the middle of the
street.
23. ''How do you like the film?" he asked, (turning, turned) towards me.
24. When we came nearer, we saw two boys (coming, come) towards us.
25. I think that the boy (standing, stood) there is his brother.
Exercise 436. Participle I - Participle II (-ing or -ed) Complete the

sentences using one of the words in the box.
interesting/interested confusing/confused exhausting/exhausted
annoying/annoyed amusing/amused disgusting/disgusted
boring/bored exciting/excited surprising/surprised
1. He works very hard. It’s not … surprising … that he’s always tired.
2. I’ve got nothing to do. I’m … .
3. The teacher’s explanation was … . Most of the students didn’t understand it.
4. The kitchen hadn’t been cleaned for ages. It was really … .
5. I seldom visit art galleries. I’m not particularly … in art.
6. There’s no need to get … just because I’m a few minutes late.
7. The lecture was … . I fell asleep.
8. I asked Emily if she wanted to come out with us but she wasn’t … .
9. I’ve been working very hard all day and now I’m … .
10. I’m starting a new job next week. I’m quite … about it.
11. Tom is very good at telling funny stories. He can be very … .
12. Liz is a very … person. She knows a lot, she’s travelled a lot and she’s
done lots of different things.
Exercise 437. Use Participle I or Participle II.

1. I was so … I could hardly stay awake.
a. bored b. boring
156
2. I think it’s very … the way people keep complaining about everything.
a. annoyed b. annoying
3. The children did really well. I thought they were … .
a. amazed b. amazing
4. The children behaved very badly. I was very … .
a. embarrassed b. embarrassing
5. I am … I was right.
a. convinced b. convincing
6. The boy … the car looked about twelve years old.
a. driven b. driving
7. We were … when we heard that you couldn’t come.
a. disappointed b. disappointing
Exercise 438. Fill in Participle I or Participle II.

1) Did Bill like his birthday present? – Oh, yes. He was ……….thrilling/
thrilled with it.
2) How’s your new job? –It’s great but it’s a bit ……….tired/ tiring.
3) Did you enjoy the film?- No, not at all. I found it very……………
confusing/ confused.
4) How do you feel after being away from work for a month? – Wonderful! I
feel really ……..relaxed/ relaxing.
5) Was Peter late for dinner again? – Yes, and I was very ………..annoying/
annoyed because he didn’t call to tell me.
6) Did you have a good swim? –I had a marvellous swim. It was very
……….refreshed/ refreshing.
7) Did you meet Mr Grant? – Yes. What an …………interesting/ interested
person he is!
8) Have you heard the news? Ken crashed his car. – Yes, I heard. I’m ………
amazing/ amazed that he wasn’t hurt.
9) Did you read the book I lent you? – Yes, I found the main character very
………charming/ charmed.
10) How are the twins? – They’re very ……………excited/ exciting about
opening their gifts tomorrow morning.
11) It was a very ……………disgusted/ disgusting sight to see so much
rubbish on the beach.
12) We were very …….surprised/ surprising by his exam results.
13) I was …………..embarrassed/ embarrassing when I tripped in front of
all those people.
14) The book was so ………exciting/ excited that I didn’t want it to end.
15) His speech was so ………..interested/ interesting that everyone
enjoyed it.
16) Boys have always been interested in books.......... described /
describing the life of the people in the past.
17) Flights to the moon...... described / describing by great writers of the
past show that people began to dream of space travel hundreds of years ago.
157
18) Which do you know better: pictures ........ painted / painting by modern
artists or by the artists of the 19th century?
19) You can make a very good «art gallery» from pictures......... cutting
out/ cut out from old magazines.
20) Who is that man....... told/ telling something interesting and very funny
to the children?
21) All children remember the fairy tales........ told/ telling by their
grannies.
22) I looked at the children..... play/playing football.
23) ..........Pass / Passing by the house I saw a light in his window.
24) Many......... fallen / falling leaves lay on the ground.
25) Translate the words....... written /writing on the blackboard.
26) The ........ losing /lost book was found at last.
27) ........... Going / gone along the street, I met Mary and Ann.
28) Read the............translated / translating sentences once more.
29) ........ Taking /Taken the girl by the hand, she led her across the street.
30) ........Reading / Read today’s newspaper, I found an interesting article.
31) ........ Read/ Having read/ Reading the newspaper, I gave it to my
sister.
32) ........ Standing / Stood on the bridge he watched boats .........
going/gone up and down the river.

1. His performance as Hamlet was rather ………disappointed/ disappointing.
2. She was so ………frightening/ frightened by the film that she couldn’t
sleep last night.
3. Did you enjoy the horror film? – No. It was very ……….frightened/
frightening.
4. Mark is always biting his nails. I know. It’s an extremely ………annoyed/
annoying.
5. Why doesn’t John study French? – He is not ……….interested/ interesting
in learning a foreign language.
6. What did you think of that new restaurant? – It was awful. The food was
……disgusted/ disgusting.
7. Miss Shaw is a wonderful teacher. – Yes. She is always ………encouraged/
encouraging in her attitude towards the students.
8. Do you like windsurfing? – Yes. I find it very …………excited/ exciting.
9. Vicky is good at art, isn’t she? – Yes. I was …………impressed/
impressing by her paintings.
10.Did you see the fireworks last night? Yes. It was an ………amazed/
amazing display.

1) Your trip to Los Angeles sounds ……………….(fascinate)
2) I didn’t like the film because it was ………(bore)
158
3) Everyone thinks Emily is an…….person. (amuse)
4) They were …….to hear that their daughter was getting married. (thrill)
5) I was ………to find out that Thomas had left his job. (shock)
6) What’s the most ………..thing you’ve ever done? (embarrass)
7) The children were so ………..by the story that they couldn’t sleep. (frighten)
8) I have had such an …………….day that all I want to do is to go to bed. (exhaust)
9) Malcolm finds it very …………to lie in a hammock and read the newspaper.
(relax)
10) The teacher was………by her students’ excellent exam results. (impress)
11) I was ……………to receive you card expressing your sympathy. (touch)
12) Although being a doctor can be a very stressful and tiring job, it is very
…………..as you help save people’s lives. (reward)
13) I have never felt as ……..as I did when I watched that horror film. (terrify)
14) It is very ………..to see people begging for money on the streets. (depress)
15) I don’t get ……….very easily. (embarrass)
16) I find it quite…….to talk in front of a group of people. ( embarrass)
17) I think reading newspapers is ………(depress)
18) I’m ……….in all kinds of sport. (interest)
19) I find walking in the country very……..(relax)
20) I think learning a language is very ……….(interest)
21) I get ………when people smoke in restaurants. (annoy)
22) I don’t normally get …….when I watch horror films. (frighten)
Exercise 441. Complete the sentences using the correct form of Participle
I or Participle II.
1. There was a note on the table …. (write) by a very familiar handwriting. 2.
I saw two strange-(look) men … (carry) a big box. 3. The days … (spend) in this
wonderful place will always be remembered. 4. The suitcase … (carry) by a fragile
lady seemed huge. 5. The new studies … (base) on the deeds of police women have
won over most law officers. 6. The amount of money … (spend) during one week
horrified her. 7. … (realise) she could be late, Alice hurried up. 8. … (frighten) to
death, he couldn’t move. 9. The boys shouted … (frighten) the neighbourhood. 10.
The most important thing was survival, so most of their time was spent … (maintain)
a fire, … (fish) in the lagoon. Next came rescue. With … (save) paint and an old
brush, messages were painted on planks. 11. On the fourth day the sea calmed, but
the men found their fish supply … (rot) and the water … (go)! 2. Totally …
(exhaust), they began to swim to land. 13. Days dragged slowly … (exhaust) the
travelers. 14. One large tomb shows a picture of a woman … (stand) between piles of
the vegetables … (sell) by her for a living. 15. Most people think that the catacombs,
… (build) as secret places of worship, were sort of hideaways for Christians …
(persecute) by the Romans.
Exercise 442. Finish the sentences without changing the meaning.

1) We found the office party extremely boring. We were………..
2) Everybody was fascinated by the fireworks display. Everybody found…………..
159
3) His news is really surprising. You’ll be………….
4) We found the long delay very irritating. We were………….
5) Lots of people are confused by the way he behaves. Lots of people
find…………….
6) We were satisfied with the service at the restaurant. We found…………..
7) Everybody was tired by the long walk. Everybody found……….
8) We were moved by the speech he made at the wedding. We found……………….
9) I’m surprised by the news. I find………….
10) The man’s behaviour was shocking. We were all……………
11) Kate is interested in travel. Kate finds………….
12) The tennis match was boring. We were……….
13) I felt very relaxed in the sauna. I found……….
Exercise 443. Complete these sentences using the correct form of the verb
in brackets. Use the -ed form in one sentence in each pair and the -ing form in
the other.
1. a. Annette was bored. She had nothing to do. (bore)
b. She had a book to read but it was very boring.
2. a. I enjoyed our visit to the museum. It was really … . (interest)
b. I like swimming but I’m not … in jogging.
3. a. I didn’t enjoy the film very much. The dinosaurs were too … . (terrify)
b. The whole house was on fire. We were all … .
4. a. There are far too many accidents on the roads. It’s very … . (worry)
b. I thought we were lost. I was really … .
5. a. My brother always laughs at me. He’s very … . (annoy)
b. He wasted a lot of money. His father was extremely … .
6. a. We were all … to hear that the president had been killed. (shock)
b. I don’t feel at all well. I’ve got a … cold.
7. a. The first half was good but the second half wasn’t very … . (excite)
b. We were all very … when we heard the news.
8. a. I knew what would happen. It wasn’t at all … . (surprise)
b. I was … to hear that Anna had failed her exam.
9. a. It was … that there weren’t more people at the concert. (disappoint)
b. There weren’t many people at the theatre. The actors were very … .
10. a. He told a few funny stories but they weren’t very … . (amuse)
b. I don’t think that’s very funny. I am not … .
Exercise 444. Complete the following sentences with the correct -ed or -
ing adjective, using the verbs in the list.
іnterest relax surprise confuse bore annoy
embarrass frighten depress irritate
1. The instructions in the exam were very complicated and left the students feeling
totally… .
2. I don’t find horror films at all … - in fact, I find them quite funny.
160
3. Would you be … in coming to the theatre this evening? I have a spare ticket.
4. Can’t you fix that dripping tap? It’s getting on my nerves – it’s really … .
5. I didn’t expect to see Peter at the party. 1 was really … to see him there.
6. He’s had a lot of bad news recently and is feeling a bit … . Let’s go and cheer him
up.
7. I find it … to lie on the sofa and listen to music after a hard day’s work.
8. I was told the film was really good but I felt utterly … by it.
9. I get really … when people throw rubbish down in the streets. It makes me furious.
10. If I said anything as stupid as he did in front of a thousand people, I’d feel really
….
THE OBJECTIVE PARTICIPLE CONSTRUCTION
Exercise 445. Translate the following sentences from English into

Ukrainian.
1. I saw him running across the field.
2. I have never seen him playing football.
3. I could hear the wind whistling all night.
4. A huge crowd watched the firemen fighting the blaze.
5. I found the child crying bitterly.
6. Can you smell something burning?
7. I won’t have him speaking like that.
8. I cannot have them working so much.
Exercise 446. Paraphrase the following sentences using the Objective

Participle Complex.
E.g. He was reading in the garden. She saw him.
She saw him reading in the garden.
1. The girl was singing. I heard her. 2. They were talking about computers.
He heard them. 3. You and you friend were walking along the street yesterday. I saw
you. 4. The little girls were playing on the grass. We watched them. 5. The ship was
leaving the port. He stood and looked at it. 6. She was sleeping peacefully in her bed.
Mother watched her. 7. The cat was rubbing itself on my leg. I felt it. 8. They were
fishing. We saw it. 9. The pupils were writing a test-paper. The teacher watched
them. 10. A caterpillar was crawling on my arm. I felt it. 11. We heard I. Arkhipova
last night. She was singing a Russian folk song. 12. I watched the sun. It was rising.
13. I heard him. He was singing an English song. 14. We noticed a man. The man
was cleaning his shoes. 15. He saw two girls. They were dancing on the stage. 16.
She watched the children. They were running and playing in the garden. 17. I saw
her. She was arranging her hair. 18. We saw our neighbour. He was listening to the
latest news on the radio. 19. John heard his sister. She was talking loudly on the
veranda. 20. We saw Ben. He was crossing the square. 21. They heard their father.
He was playing the piano in the drawing-room. 22. I can see the train. It is coming.
23. I watched the rain. It was beating down the flowers in the garden. 24. I saw a
161
group of boys. They were eating ice-cream. 25. We noticed a group of people. They
were digging potatoes in the field. 26. Didn't you see her? She was smiling at you.
Exercise 447. Translate into English. Use Objective-with-the-Infinitive or

Objective Participial Construction.
1. Я побачила, що він спить. 2. Я побачила, як вони наближаються до
лісу. 3. Марта почула, як він скрикнув. 4. Він відчув, як хтось торкнувся його
руки. 5. Він відчував, як хтось торкався його руки. 6. Дівчина помітила, як
якийсь хлопець перетнув дорогу недалеко від її дому. 7. Ми бачили, як вони
перетинають дорогу біля світлофору. 8. Люди спостерігали, як діти танцюють.
9. Ми спостерігали, як дитина підійшла до машини, відкрила двері і зникла
всередині. 10. Він спостерігав, як дівчина відчиняє вікно. 11. Мати відчувала,
як її дитина труситься. 12. Я відчула, як дитина затремтіла. 13. Учитель
помітив, що учні не слухають, а розмовляють. 14. Я помітила, що він повернув
наліво. 15. Я бачила, як діти допомагають бабусі спускатися по сходах. 16. Тато
побачив, що я перейшла дорогу на червоне світло, і дуже розсердився. 17. Було
дуже приємно спостерігати, як западає ніч. 18. Мати побачила, що дитина
спокійно грається іграшками. 19. Няня побачила, що дитина прокинулася. 20. Я
почула, як хтось стукає у двері.
Exercise 448. Translate into English. Use Objective Participial
Construction (with Participle II).
1. Я хочу, щоб цю мелодію грали частіше. 2. Мені не подобається, коли
птахів тримають у клітках. 3. Мій брат хоче, щоб цю книгу прочитали скоріше.
4. Я не можу терпіти, коли книги ставлять не на свої місця. 5. Директор
побачив, що вікно у класній кімнаті розбито. 6. Мати хоче, щоб я змінився. 7.
Ми були дуже засмученими і відчували себе обдуреними. 8. Я вважав, що
телевізор полагодили. 9. Учителька помітила, що помилку виправлено. 10. Я
чув, що пісню співають фальшиво. 11. Я побачив, що роботу зроблено погано.
12. Ти колись чув, як декламують (recite) цей вірш інакше? 13. Ти бачив, як
грають цю п’єсу в іншому театрі? 14. Мати наказала, щоб у кімнату принесли
всі речі. 15. Я хотів, щоб мені купили саме (very) цей велосипед. 16. Учора
татові врешті-решт відремонтували машину. 17. Тебе вже сфотографували?
THE SUBJECTIVE PARTICIPLE CONSTRUCTION

1. Бачили, як він заходив у будинок.
2. Було чути, як вона співає.
3. Помітили, як вони тікали.
4. Спостерігали, як кілька людей на вулиці сварилися.
5. Чули, як вони розмовляли про екскурсію.
Exercise 450. Translate into Ukrainian:

1. A plane was heard flying high in the sky.
162
2. The boys were watched playing football.
3. You were seen crossing the street.
4. He was noticed unlocking the door.
5. We were observed swimming across the river.
THE ABSOLUTE PARTICIPLE CONSTRUCTION
Exercise 451. Translate into Ukrainian paying attention to the Absolute
Participle Complex.
1. The next morning, it being Sunday, they all went to church. 2. For the
moment the shop was empty, the mechanic having disappeared into a room at the
back. 3. There being nothing else on the table, Oliver replied that he wasn't hungry. 4.
Mrs. Maylie being tired, they returned more slowly home. 5. Their search revealing
nothing, Clyde and she walked to a corner. 6. The wind being favourable, our yacht
will reach the island in no time. 7. I had long tasks every day to do with Mr. Mell, but
I did them, there being no Mr. and Miss Murdstone here. 8. It being now pretty late,
we took our candles and went upstairs. 9. He being no more heard of, it was natural
to forget everything. 10. He started about five, Riggs having informed him that the
way would take him three hours. 11. Our horses being weary, it was agreed that we
should come to a halt. 12. It having been decided that they should not go out on
account of the weather, the members of the party were busy writing their notes. 13.
The wind stirring among trees and bushes, we could hear nothing. 14. You can set
your mind at ease, all being well. 15. There being no chance of escape, the thief was
arrested on the spot. 16. Oliver knocked weakly at the door and, all his strength
failing him, sank near the door. 17. The bridge having been swept away by the flood,
the train was late. 18. There being little time left, they hired a cab to get to the theatre
in time. 19. It being cold and damp, a fire was lighted for the weary travellers to
warm themselves by. 20. It being pretty late, they decided to postpone their visit. 21.
The hour being late, she hastened home. 22. The sun having set an hour before, it was
getting darker. 23. The weather being cold, he put on his overcoat. 24. The weather
having changed, we decided to stay where we were. 25. The weather being very
warm, the closet window was left open. 26. And the wind having dropped, they set
out to walk. 27. The vessel being pretty deep in the water and the weather being calm
there was but little motion. 28. The resistance being very high, the current in the
circuit was very low.

Participle Complex.
1. This being understood, the conference was over 2. The constraint
caused by the old man's presence having worn off a little, the conversation
became more lively. 3. This done, and Sikes having satisfied his appetite, the two
men lay down on chairs for a short nap. 4. The concert being over, the lottery came
next. 5. Dinner being over, the old lady asked Barbara to come and sit on the sofa
near her. 6. Then, the house search proving that she was not there, Asa went outside
to look up and down the street. 7. All the necessary preparations having been
made with utmost secrecy, the army launched an attack. 8. The treaty having been
163
signed, trade was at once resumed. 9. About eleven o'clock, the snow having
thawed, and the day being finer and a little warmer than the previous one, he
went out again. 10. Dinner being over, we assembled in the drawing-room. 11. The
fifth of June arriving, they departed. 12. His directions to the porter finished, he
came up to his niece. 13. The cathode heated, the electrons leave the surface and
move to the anode. 14. Electrons moving through a wire, electrical energy is
generated. Sir Henry was deep in his papers, his long white hands moving
nervously (Сер Генрі був зайнятий своїми паперами, причому його довгі білі
рукави нервово рухались).

Participle Complex.
1. They went down the stairs together, Aileen lingering behind a little. 2. He
lifted the lid and kept it in his hand while she was drinking, both standing. 3. She
danced light as a feather, eyes shining, feet flying, her body bent a little forward.
4. We walked very slowly home, Agnes and I admiring the moonlight, and Mr.
Wickfield scarcely rising his eyes from the ground. 5. They walked quickly
through street after street, the Dodger leading and Oliver at his heels. 6. He was
standing there silent, a bitter smile curling his lips. 7. The dog sat close to the table,
his tail thumping now and again upon the floor, his eyes fixed expectantly on his
master. 8. Then they heard the noise of the plane, its shadow passing over the open
glade. 9. She remembered him talking, his glasses magnifying his round blue eyes.
10. She sat staring into the fire, the sock forgotten on her knee. 11. He heard the
bathers coming up the sandy road, their voices ringing through the quiet. 12. They
continued their way, the boy sobbing quietly, the man ashamed. 13. The electrons
move with varying velocities, their velocity depending on the temperature and
nature of the material. 14. Any moving object can do work, the quantity of kinetic
energy depending on its mass and velocity. 15. Radio was invented in Russia, its
inventor being the Russian scientist A. S. Popov.

Participle Complex.
She stood silent, her lips pressed together.
Вона стояла мовчки, міцно стиснувши губи.
1. She stood listlessly, her head dropping upon her breast. 2. She rose from
the bed and removed her coat and stood motionless, her head bent, her hands
clasped before her. 3. Pale-lipped, his heart beating fast, Andrew followed the
secretary. 4. Jack sat silent, his long legs stretched out. 5. The speaker faced the
audience, his hand raised for silence. 6. He sat down quickly, his face buried in his
hands. 7. Clyde sat up, his eyes fixed not on anything here but rather on the distant
scene at the lake, 8. She hurried along, her heels crunching in the packed snow.
Then she sprang away and ran around the desks and benches, with Tom running after
her (Потім вона відскочила і побігла кругом парт і лавок, а Том біг за нею).
164
Participle Complex.
1. Не slowly and carefully spread the paper on the desk, with Loweli
closely watching. 2. She was standing on the rock ready to dive, with the green
water below inviting her. 3. Twenty minutes later he came out of number seven,
pale, with his lip tightly compressed and an odd expression on hi face. 4. Little
Oliver Twist was lying on the groundwith his shirt unbuttoned and his head throw
back. 5. The girl wandered away, with tears roliing down her cheeks. 6. The
moonlit road was empty, with the cool wind blowing in their faces. 7. She sat on
the steps, with her arms crossed uроn. 8. Little Paul sat, with his chin resting on his
hand. 9. He stood, with his arms folded. 10. Lanny stood looking at the lorry
rolling away, with his cheek burning and his fists clenched. 11. She stood there,
with her brows frowning, her blue eyes looking before her. 12. He leant a little
forward over the table, with his wrists resting upon it. 13. And then came the final
moment, with the guards coming for him.
Exercise 456. Paraphrase the following sentences using the Absolute

Participle Complex.
1. As the front door was open, she could see straight through the house. 2.
Rip had no desire to work on his farm, for it was to his mind the worst piece of
land in the neighborhood. 3. They stood there; the night wind was shaking the
drying whispering leaves. 4. As the situation was urgent, we had to go ahead. 5.
When the greetings were over, Old Jolyon seated himself in a wicker chair. 6. The
town of Crewe is known to be one of the most busy junctions in England: many
railway lines pass through it. 7. We set off; the rain was still coming down heavily. 8.
After a private sitting room had been engaged, bedrooms inspected and dinner
ordered, the party walked out to view the city. 9. Dinner was served on the
terrace, as it was very close in the room. 10. Thoughtful, Andrew finished his
omelet; his eyes were all the time fixed upon the microscope. 11. There was in fact
nothing to wait for, and we got down to work. 12. The question was rather difficult
to answer at once, and I asked for permission to think it over. 13. He stood leaning
against the wall, his arms were folded. 14. There was very little time left; we had
to hurry. 15. Of an evening he read aloud; his small son sat by his side. 16. The new
engines were safely delivered, all of them were in good order. 17. Our efforts to
start the car had failed, and we spent the night in a nearby village. 18. As our work
was finished, we went home. 19. If the letter is posted today, the news will reach
them tomorrow. 20. If mother permits us, we shall go to the theatre. 21. When the
working day was over, she went straight home. 22. As a storm was arising, the
ship entered the harbour. 23. When the packing had been done, the girls left for the
station. 24. As the stop was a long one, the girls got off the train. 25. As the
weather was perfect, Lydia played tennis every day. 26. As the last month was a
very busy one, she could not answer her friend's letter. 27. If time permits, we shall
come a few days earlier. 28. When the third bell had gone, the curtain slowly rose.
29. As the underground station was not far, we walked there. 30. Bill could not
165
sleep the whole night, as there was something wrong with his eye. 31. As the rules
were very strict, the doorkeeper did not permit Bill to enter.
1. Оскільки було дуже пізно, збори були закриті. 2. Якщо погода
дозволить, ми підемо на каток. 3. Оскільки все було готово, вона вирішила
відпочити. 4. Оскільки було вже пізно, вони нікуди не пішли. 5. Оскільки було
холодно, Джек заховав руки в кишені. 6. Оскільки швидко темніло, вона
поспішила додому. 7. Коли сонце зайшло, відразу стало темне. 8. Оскільки
наша розмова була закінчена, я пішов додому. 9. Коли лист був написаний,
вона швидко побігла на пошту відправити його. 10. Оскільки залишалося ще
півгодини до відправлення поїзда, ми вирішили повечеряти на вокзалі. 11.
Якщо погода буде сприятливою, спортсмени зможуть показати добрі
результати. 12. Ми довго розмовляли: він задавав мені питання, а я охоче на
них відповідав. 13. Якщо обставини дозволять, я приїду до вас на літо. 14.
Оскільки було дуже тепло, діти спали на відкритому повітрі. 15. Коли всі
приготування були закінчені, ми відправилися в похід. 16. Корабель повільно
плив уздовж берегів Білого моря; сотні птахів крутилися над ним. 17. Було
дуже темно, оскільки на небі не було жодної зірочки.
CAUSATIVE VERBS
Exercise 458. Choose the right answer.

1) Mother ______ us play video games all day.
A) had
B) made
C) let

2) Father _____ the plumber fix the sink.
A) had
B) made
C) let

3) My brother ______ me wash his car after I spilled coffee on him.
A) had
B) made
C) let
Exercise 459. Look at the following structure and example.

subject | modal auxiliary verb | causative verb | object | past participle
He | should | have | his suit | cleaned.
Here are a few sentences to practice using passive causatives:

My car doesn't run so well anymore.
___________________________________________________________________ .
I have a big job interview and my suit is wrinkled.
___________________________________________________________________ .
166
We want to sell our house next year but the front yard looks like a jungle.
___________________________________________________________________ .
My wisdom teeth have been killing me.
___________________________________________________________________ .
I've been having trouble seeing clearly at night.
___________________________________________________________________ .
The toilet is clogged again!
___________________________________________________________________ .
Someone stole my credit card!
___________________________________________________________________ .
Exercise 460. Match a word from 1-8 with something that is done by that
person or in that place. Then make sentences using all the information and the
verb in brackets. You may have to change the words or add new ones. An
example is given.
1. hairdresser’s
2. optician’s
3. dentist’s
4. doctor’s
5. vet’s
6. garage
7. architect
8. accountant
vaccinate dogs (have)
do annual accounts (have)
service cars (get)
test eyes (have)
design new houses (have)
cut hair (get)
take out teeth (have)
take blood pressure
Example:
1. Tomorrow I’m going to the hairdresser’s to get my hair cut.
2. Yesterday…
3. This afternoon…
4. Last week…
5. Next Saturday…
6. The day before yesterday…
7. Last year…
8. Next week…

Q1 - I'm going ............ at the new hairdresser's
167
a) to get my hair cut
b) to cut my hair
Q2 - She needs to ........

a) have her car repairs
b) have her car repaired
Q3 - I really must get ....... the central heating

a) somebody to fix
b) somebody fix
Q4 - They ought to have ........ replace the broken windows

a) somebody to
b) somebody
Q5 - He ......... while he was away on holiday

a) had his flat burgled
b) burgled his flat
Q6 - I .......... my phone repaired after I dropped it

a) had
b) had to
Q7 - She didn't have time to get to the shops and .......

a) get her film developed
b) develop her film
Q8 - It took ages to get ...........

a) somebody do it
b) somebody to do it
Q9 - I'll ....... John to do it when he arrives

a) get
b) have
Q10 - She ......... on the underground last week

a) had her purse stolen
b) got her purse stolen
Q11 - He .......... tickets sent to his home address yesterday

a) has had
b) had
Q12 - You should .......... a long time ago
168
a) have it fixed
b) have had it fixed
Q13 - They couldn't .......... anyone to fix their burst pipes

a) get
b) have
Q14 - They had it ....... by the same person who decorated their old house
a) to do
b) done
Q15 - After winning a fortune, she ....... her family to do everything for her
a) gets
b) has
Q16 - I ......... the house redecorated if I could afford it

a) would have
b) would have had
Q17 - He got a friend ........ him at the airport

a) meet
b) to meet
Q18 - The teacher ...... him do all the work again

a) had
b) got
Q19 - He ....... his bags loaded onto the train by a porter

a) had
b) get
Q20 - I had my car ......... a fortnight ago

a) service
b) serviced
Q21 - I'm going to have them ………. it

a) fix
b) fixed
Exercise 462. Choose the right word.

Have cashed changed cut made made to
painted repaired to have to pay
1. Did you get your hair _____ ?
2. _____ you had your hair permed and colored?
3. My watch is like new because I had it _____.
169
4. This weekend I am going to get my car tuned and the oil _____.
5. I went to the bank to get my pay cheque _____.
6. We need _____ our sink fixed because the water's not draining.
7. Next summer we are going to have our house _____.
8. Were you _____ to wash your own clothes when you were young?
9. I will be made _____ a fine if I don't clean up this mess in the street.
10. Being _____ wake up early is such a pain!
Exercise 463. Complete the gaps, using the words in brackets and the
structure “have something done”.
1. I need to _______ for my new passport. (my photo / take)
2. When did you last _______? (the chimney / sweep)
3. We're _______ in our garden. (a swimming pool / build)
4. We _______ last week. (a satellite dish / install)
5. She needs to _______, she's so forgetful. (her head / examine)
6. They _______ while they were on holiday. (their house / burgle)
7. My daughter wants _______. (her ears / pierced)
8. We'd better _______ while we're here. ( tyres / check)
9. They're _______ tomorrow. (a new dishwasher / deliver)
10. He _______ away by the police. (driving licence / take)
Exercise 464. Insert the necessary word: have / make / get / let.
1) Sam really wanted a dog, but his parents wouldn't ________ him have a
pet.
2) I can't believe she _______ you look at her vacation pictures again last
night. We have to look at those stupid pictures every time we go to her house.
3) I don't know how you convince your children to clean up their rooms. I
couldn't ______ my children to clean up their rooms if my life depended on it.
4) Professor Yu______ each of her students write an essay describing their
future goals in life.
5) Professor Yu_______ her students use a dictionary while they were taking
the test.
6) Debbie's husband hates the opera. But after days of nagging, she finally
_______ him go to see the new production of La Boheme.
7) Sally ______ me take off my shoes before I went into her house. She said
she wanted to keep the carpet clean.
8) Rebecca Smith requested a copy of that expense report, so I ______ the
courier take one over to her last week.
9) Diane thinks television is a waste of time, so she won't _______ her
children watch TV.
10) Susie _______ her son take out the trash before he went to the park to
play soccer.
11) Marcus ________ me drive his new BMW. I couldn't believe how quickly
it picked up speed.
170
12) How did you _______ the doctor to make a house call? I haven't heard of
a doctor actually going to a patient's house in years.
13) My boss ______ me get him coffee, pick up his dry cleaning and buy
presents for his wife. He can't do anything by himself!
14) Tommy didn't want to go to his cousin's birthday party, but his mom
________ him go.
15) I can't believe the zoo keeper _______ you feed the snake. That was so
cool!
16) The contract was very detailed, and it was essential that the wording be
absolutely correct. Therefore, I _______ the translator recheck his work several times
to make sure there would be no misunderstandings.
17) Cheryl didn't want to wash her car, so with a little smooth talk she
_______ her boyfriend to wash it for her.
18) If you ask me nicely, I'll _______ you lick the bowl after I make the
cookies.
19) Jack found a fly floating in his coffee, so he ______ the waiter bring him
a new cup.
20) The news coverage of the recent tornado was incredibly moving. The
interview with the little boy who lost his family in the tragedy_______ everyone cry.

REMEMBER: There are two basic causative structures - an active one (ex:
"I had Mike fix my computer", "I let him go there"), and a passive one (ex: "I had my
computer fixed"). It is often used with the following verbs: TO HAVE, TO LET, TO
MAKE, TO GET, and a few others.
1. She ________ that he wouldn't tell anyone.
made him promise
made him promised
promised to make
2. Does your tooth still hurt? Yes, I have to get a dentist ________ soon.
look at it
to look at it
to get it looked at
3. I ________ a couple of days ago.

had my bike to be fixed
had my bike fix
had my bike fixed
4. I will not ________ with this!

allow you get away
let you get away
to let you get away
171
5. Don't ________ these things about you!
let him say
let him to say
let him said
6. The movie ________ sad.

made to feel
made him feel
made him to feel
7. I ________ from my other address.

get my mail forward
get my mail to forward
get my mail forwarded
8. Have your assistant ________ these letters immediately!

to send
send
to be sent
9. He ________ yesterday.
had his hair cut
had his hair to be cut
had hair to be cut
10. The professor ________ early.

to let the students leave
let the student leave
let the student to leave

REMEMBER: There are two basic causative structures - an active one (ex: "I
had Mike fix my computer", "I let him go there"), and a passive one (ex: "I had my
computer fixed"). The causative is often used with the following verbs: TO HAVE,
TO LET, TO MAKE, TO GET.
1. The sunshine made me ________ of our trip to Mexico.

a) think b) to think c) thinking
2. I had my hair ________ last night.

a) trim b) trimmed c) trimming
3. I'm going to ________ after the concert.

a) have me picked up b) have him to pick me up c) have him pick me up
172
4. He is going to ________ next week.
a) have fixed his car b) have his car fixed c) have his car fix
5. Susan had ________.

a) the windows cleaned b) the windows clean c) the windows be cleaned
6. I'll let you ________ my car.
a) to drive b) drive c) driving
7. Hey, do you want me to help you ________?
a) to pack b) packing c) pack
8. Why don't you ________ with my friends?

a) let me to go out b) let me go out c) let me go to
9. I had my wallet ________ yesterday.

a) stolen b) stole c) to steal
10. I had Juan ________ yesterday.

a) to fix my door b) fix my door c) fixed my door

computer fixed"). The causative is often used with the following verbs: TO HAVE, TO
LET, TO MAKE, TO GET.
1. I'm going to have Mike ________ my computer to see what is wrong.

a) look at b) to look at c) looked at
2. One of my wisdom teeth really hurt, so I went to the dentist to have it ________.
a) remove b) removed c) to be removed
3. Are you going to ________ like this?
a) let him to suffer b) allow him suffer c) let him suffer
4. Jimmy is dead. The mafia boss ________.
a) had killed b) had him killed c) had him to be killed
5. Julie will not let her daughter ________ the boy from across the street.
a) marry b) to marry c) married
6. I had the wall ________ when I was renovating my apartment.
a) to be knocked down b) knocked down c) knock down
7. I ________ her and apologize.
a) made him to call b) made him called c) made him call
8. I have ________ many times.
a) my heart broken b) had my heart broken c) had my heart broke
9. The authorities ________ as soon as they found out she was there illegally.
a) had her deported b) have her deport c) had her to be deported
10. I had some tests ________, but they didn’t find anything.
173
a) done b) to be done c) have done
Exercise 468. Choose the right answer:

computer fixed"). The causative is often used with the following verbs: TO HAVE,
TO LET, TO MAKE, TO GET.
1. She ________ that he wouldn't tell anyone.

a) made him promised b) made him promise c) promised to make
2. Does your tooth still hurt? Yes, I have to get a dentist ________ soon.
a) look at it b) to get it looked at c) to look at it
3. I ________ a couple of days ago.
a) had my bike to be fixed b) had my bike fix c) had my bike fixed
4. I will not ________ with this!
a) allow you get away b) let you get away c) to let you get away
5. Don't ________ these things about you!
a) let him say b) let him to say c) let him said
6. The movie ________ sad.
a) made to feel b) made him feel c) made him to feel
7. I get my ________ from my other address.
a) mail forward b) mail to forward c) mail forwarded
8. Have your assistant ________ these letters immediately!
a) to send b) to be sent c) send
9. He ________ yesterday.
a) had his hair cut b) had his hair to be cut c) had hair to be cut
10. The professor ________ early.
a) to let the students leave b) let the student leave c) let the student to leave
Exercise 469. Fill in the blanks to complete each ACTIVE CAUSATIVE
FORM sentence.
Example: Jim sent the letter. → I had Jim send the letter.
1. Tina washed the dishes. --> I had Tina ________ the dishes.
2. Robert told us what happened. --> I had Robert ________ us what happened.
3. Paula sat next to George. --> I had Paula ________ next to George.
4. My mother prepared the appetizers. --> I had my mom ________ the appetizers.
5. My brother brought the chairs from the living room. --> I had my brother
________ the chairs from the living room.
6. Steve bought some more soft drinks. --> I had Steve ________ some more soft
drinks.
7. Kathy closed the window. --> I had Kathy ________ the window.
8. My sister gave everyone a piece of cake. --> I had my sister ________ everyone a
piece of cake.
9. Peter asked Steve about his new house. --> I had Peter ________ Steve about his
new house.
174
10. Frank drove everyone home. --> I had Frank ____________________ everyone
home.
Exercise 470. Write the correct response, changing the SIMPLE PAST
sentences into PASSIVE CAUSATIVE FORM sentences.
Example: Jim sent the letter. --> Jim had the letter sent by Jim.
1. My mother changed the curtains. --> My mom had the curtains ________.
2. Thomas washed the car. --> Thomas had the car ________.
3. Maria redesigned the web site. --> Maria had the web site ________.
4. Kelly took Mr. Brown to the park. --> Kelly had Mr. Brown ________ to the park.
5. John brought the cat to the vet. --> John had the cat ________ to the vet.
6. Jane put the vase on the table. --> Jane had the vase ________ on the table.
7. We drove Mr. Jones to the airport. --> We had Mr. Jones________ to the airport.
8. We fed the dog. --> We had the dog ________.
9. We gave the money to the homeless shelter. --> We had the money ________ to
the homeless
shelter.
10. Thomas cut his hair. --> Thomas had his hair________.
INVERSION
Exercise 471. Rewrite each sentence using inversion.

Example: 1. I had hardly begun to apologize when the door closed .
Hardly had I begun to apologize when the door closed.
2. I have seldom heard such a talented singer.
3. If John had known that she liked curry, he would have brought her to an Indian
restaurant.
4. The artist rarely paid any attention to his agent's advice.
5. He had never felt so depressed.
6. The shop can in no way be held responsible for customers' lost property.
7. The couple had no sooner arrived than the priest started the ceremony.
8. Tom only understood the meaning of the comment when he saw his wife's face.
9. She never at any time said that she was allergic to cats.
10. The restaurant cannot accept animals under any circumstances.
Exercise 472. Rewrite each sentence using the words in brackets.

Example: There are no circumstances where audience members may consume
alcohol. (Under no circumstances)
Under no circumstances may audience members consume alcohol.
1. Nobody has won so many matches for his team since 1994. (Not since)
2. We won't consider you for the basketball team until you grow up. (Not until)
3. The gang didn't know that the police had them under surveillance. (Little)
4. You can't use my car at any time. (At no time)
5. They started to argue soon after they had gotten married. (No sooner)
175
1) In no circumstances __________________!
[ ]would I accept this
[ ]would I accepted this
[ ]I would accept this
2) Nowhere else __________________.

[ ]won't you find such nice people
[ ]you will find such nice people
[ ]will you find such nice people
3) Only in the USA __________________ .
[ ]I have seen such high buildings
[ ]have I seen such high buildings
[ ]have I saw such high buildings
4) Never in the field of human conflict __________________.
[ ]so much has be owed by so many to so few
[ ]has so much be owed by so many to so few
[ ]has so much been owed by so many to so few
5) Not only __________________.
[ ]is he handsome but is he also rich
[ ]he is handsome but is he also rich
[ ]is he handsome but he is also rich
6) No sooner __________________.
[ ]had I throwed him out that he tried to come in again
[ ]had I throwed him out than he tried to come in again
[ ]had I thrown him out than he tried to come in again
7) Rarely __________________.
[ ]will you see him in a pub
[ ]have you see him in a pub
[ ]would you saw him in a pub
8) Only with the help of everybody __________________.
[ ]we can hope to find her
[ ]can we hope to find her
[ ]could we hoped to find her
9) Never in my life __________________!
[ ]will I talked to her again
[ ]will I talk to her again
[ ]will I talk her again
10) On no account __________________!
176
[ ]must you repeat this
[ ]do you must repeat this
[ ]must repeat you this
1. In no circumstances __________________.
would I accepted this
would I accept this
I would accept this
2. Nowhere else __________________.
you will find such nice people
won't you find such nice people
will you find such nice people
3. Only in the USA __________________.

have I seen such high buildings
have I saw such high buildings
I have seen such high buildings
4. Never in the field of human conflict __________________.

has so much been owed by so many to so few
has so much be owed by so many to so few
so much has be owed by so many to so few
5. Not only __________________.

he is handsome but is he also rich
is he handsome but is he also rich
is he handsome but he is also rich
6. No sooner __________________.
had I throwed him out than he tried to come in again
had I thrown him out than he tried to come in again
had I throwed him out that he tried to come in again
7. Rarely __________________.
will you see him in a pub
have you see him in a pub
would you saw him in a pub
8. Only with the help of everybody __________________.

could we hoped to find her
can we hope to find her
we can hope to find her
9. Never in my life __________________.

will I talk her again
177
will I talked to her again
will I talk to her again
10. On no account __________________.

do you must repeat this
must you repeat this
must repeat you this

1) Rarely __________________ such beautiful landscapes!
has I seen
have I see
have I seen
2) My grandmother and grandfather were short of money, as __________________

most people in our country.
been
were
was
3) No sooner __________________ to the cinema than I realised I had forgotten to

take the ticket with me.
had I go
had I went
had I gone
4) Never __________________ such a stupid decision!

has I heard
have I hear
have I heard
5) Little __________________ that Marlon would arrive.

did know me
did I know
did I known
6) __________________ geometry better, I wouldn't have failed the maths exam.

Had I known
Have I known
Had I know
7) Only by patience and hard work __________________ English.

will you learnt
will you learn
178
will you learning
8) __________________ me earlier, I would have helped you with your English

grammar.
Had you asked
Had you ask
Has you asked
9) ________________ she rich, she would buy a big house in New York.
Be
Is
Were
10) ________________ me, I will invite her to my party.

Should she phone
Shoud she phoned
Do she phone
THE NOUN
Exercise 476. Countable and uncountable nouns. Complete the table.

Eggs, tomatoes, sugar, milk, butter, bananas, lemon, orange, juice, egg,
tomato, lemons, banana.
Countable Uncountable
singula plural singular only
r
Exercise 477. Complete the table. Use the words in the box. Change the
words to plural when necessary.
Stomach thumb arm eye hand leg mouth nose chest foot head
I've got one I've got two
… …
stomach thumbs
Exercise 478. Give the plural form of the following nouns.

A river, a film, a toy, a tie, a wife, a pencil, a page, a face, a book, a pen, a
watch, a cap, a window, an apple, a bag, a match, a face, a dish, a city, a dog, a date,
a car, a teacher, a letter, a fox, a sister, a farm, a box, a town, a pie, a map, a tooth, a
bench, a child, a bed, a knife, a woman, a dictionary, a man, a bush, a shelf, a brush,
a lady, a leaf, a table, an exercise-book, a radio set, a sister-in-law, a passer-by.

1. box
2. story
179
3. hero
4. piano
5. knife
6. man
7. child
8. tooth
9. love
10. spectacles
Exercise 480. Write the following sentences in plural.
1. This is a star. 2. This is a boy. 3. This is a shilling. 4. That is a saucer. 5.
That is a flower. 6. That is a mountain. 7. Is this a mountain? 8. Is this a shilling? 9.
Is this a man? 10. Is that a football? 11. Is that a train? 12. Is that an aeroplane? 13. Is
the window open? 14. Is the door closed? 15. Is the boy near the window? 16. That is
not a king. 17. That is not a queen. 18. That is not a mountain. 19. This isn't a
mountain. 20. This isn't a star. 21. This isn't an aeroplane. 22. It is a star. 23. It is a
cigarette. 24. It is a cat. 25. It is not a dog. 26. It isn't a cat. 27. It isn't a train. 28. It is
not a bad egg. 29. It is a good egg. 30. Is that a flower?
Exercise 481. Make these sentences plural.

1. The map is on the wall. 2. Nick has a fine dog. 3. Please, give me a book
on art. 4. Bob has a sister and a brother. 5. Ann, will you bring a fork and a knife
from the kitchen? 6. Miss Hope teaches my child English. 7. Alice has a good friend
at school. 8. I see a man and a woman in the street. 9. They need a new textbook. 10.
There is a match in the box.

1. bush
2. fly
3. tomato
4. photo
5. wife
6. woman
7. foot
8. mouse
9. sheep
10. trousers
Exercise 483. Complete the table with the correct singular or plural form.
singular plural
man
people
sheep
knife
teeth
180
child
women
goose
wives
shelf
foot
mice
Exercise 484. Change the sentences from singular to plural.
This is the woman from my village.
These are the women from my village.
1. The child is eight.
2. She's a nice person.
3. Where's my knife?
4. Look at her tooth.
5. The sheep is hungry!
6. The person is a woman, not a man!
Exercise 485. Change the sentences from singular to plural.

I'm a student, and I'm clever! We're students and we're clever!
1. He isn't a girl!
2. That's an ice-cream.
3. Where's the orange?
4. He's a nice boy.
5. Yes, it's a big country. ■

6. Is this a sandwich?
7. I love pizza.
8. It's a big house.
Exercise 486. Change the sentences from plural to singular.

They are interesting people.
Не/She is an interesting person.
1. They are famous women.
2. Those are our sheep!
3. These are their children.
4. Our knives aren't here.
5. The men play football.
Exercise 487. Translate into English using Possessive Case.

1. книга вчителя
2. сумка учня
3. кімната Оксани і Олени
4. іграшки дітей
5. квартира Ігоря
181
Exercise 488. Translate into English using Possessive Case.
1. плаття дівчинки
2. ручка Івана
3. допомога мами
4. кімната Анни і Марії
5. приїзд батьків
Exercise 489. Look at the family tree and finish the sentences. Use –’ s.
Liz and Philip
Charles Ann and Ted
Robert
Liz and Philip are married.

They have two children: Charles and Ann.
Ann is married to Ted.
Ann and Ted have a son – Robert.
Philip is Liz’s husband.

Liz is ………. wife.
Charles is ………. brother.
Charles is ………. uncle.
Ann is ………. wife.
Liz is ………. grandmother.
Ann is ………. sister.
Ted is ………. husband.
Ted is ………. father.
Robert is ………. nephew.
Exercise 490. Complete the sentences. Sometimes you need -'s, sometimes
of ...
1. I like Ann’s camera (the camera/Ann)
2 What is the.name of this town? (the name/this town)
3 When is................................................................. ? (the birthday/your sister)
4 Do you like................................................................... ? (the colour/this coat)
5 Write your name at …………………………………........(the top/the page)
6 What is.................................................................................. ? (the address/Jill)
7 What was..................................................................... ? (the cause/the accident)
8.........................................................is near the city centre? (the house/my parents)
182
9.................................................................is very good. (the spoken English /Maria)
10 For me the morning is................................................... (the best part/the day)
11 ....................................................................very interesting. (the job/my brother)
12 The car stopped at.............................................................. (the end/the street)
13 ........................................................................ is blue. (the favourite colour/Pat)
14......................................................................are very thin. (the walls/this house)
THE ARTICLE
Exercise 491. Insert articles where necessary.
1. This is ... book. It is my ... book. 2. Is this your ... pencil? — No, it isn't
my ... pencil, it is ray sister's ... pencil. 3. I have ... sister. My ... sister is ... engineer.
My sister's ... husband is ... doctor. 4. I have no ... handbag. 5. Is this ... watch? —
No, it isn't ... watch, it's ... pen. 6. This ... pen is good, and that ... pen is bad. 7. I can
see ... pencil on your ... table, but I can see no ... paper. 8. Give me ... chair, please. 9.
They have ... dog and two ... cats. 10. I have ... spoon in my ... plate, but I have no ...
soup in it.
1. This is ... tree. ... tree is green. 2. I can see three ... boys. ... boys are
playing. 3. I have ... bicycle. ... bicycle is black. My ... friend has no ... bicycle. 4.
Our ... room is large. 5. We wrote ... dictation yesterday. ... dictation was long. 6. She
has two ... daughters and one ... son. Her ... son is ... pupil. 7. My ... brother's ...
friend has no ... dog. 8. This ... pencil is broken. Give me that ... pencil, please. 9. She
has ... ball. ... ball is ... big. 10. I got ... letter from my ... friend yesterday. ... letter
was interesting.
1. This is ... pen. ... pen is red. 2. These are pencils. ... pencils are black. 3.
This is ... soup. ... soup is tasty. 4. In the morning I eat ... sandwich and drink ... tea.
5. She gave me ... coffee and ... cake. ... coffee was hot. ... cake was tasty. 6. Do you
like ... ice-cream? 7. I see ... book in your ... hand. Is ... book interesting? 8. She
bought... meat, ... butter and ... potatoes yesterday. She also bought ... cake. ... cake
was very ... tasty. We ate ... cake with ... tea. 9. This is my ... table. On ... table I have
... book, two ... pencils, ... pen and ... paper. 10. This is ... bag. ... bag is brown. It is
my sister's ... bag. And this is my ... bag. It is ... yellow.

1. I have two ... sisters. My ... sisters are ... students. 2. We are at ... home. 3.
My ... brother is not at ... home, he is at ... school. 4. My ... mother is at ... work. She
is ... doctor. 5. I am not ... doctor. 6. I have no'... sister. 7. He is not ... pilot. 8. I have
thirty-two ... teeth. 9. He has ... child. 10. She has two ... children. Her children are
183
at ... school. 11. Is your father at ... home? — No, he is at ... work. 12. Where is
your ... brother? — He is at ... home.

1. We have ... large ... family. 2. My granny often tells us ... long ...
interesting .. stories. 3. My ... father is ... engineer. He works at ... factory. ... factory
is large. 4. My ... mother is ... doctor. She works at ... large ... hospital. She is at ...
work now. 5. My ... aunt is ... teacher. She works at ... school. ... school is good.
My ... aunt is not at ... school now. She is at ... home. She is drinking ... tea and eating
... jam. ... jam is sweet. I am at ... home, too. I am drinking ... tea and eating ...
sandwich. ... sandwich is tasty. 6. My sister is at ... school. She is ... pupil. 7. My
cousin has ... big ... black ... cat. My cousin's ... cat has two ... kittens. … cat likes ...
milk. ... kittens like ... milk, too.

1. I am ... engineer. 2. My ... son is ... pupil. 3. He is ... good ... pupil. 4. This
is ... house. 5. This is my ... pencil. 6. You have some ... pencils, but I have no ...
pencil. Give me ... pencil, please. 7. I like your ... beautiful ... flower. Give me ...
flower, please. 8. My ... mother is at ... home. She is reading ... interesting ... book. 9.
My ... father is not at ... home. He is at ... work. He is ... doctor. He is ... good ...
doctor. He works at ... hospital. ... hospital is large.

1. What's ... weather like today? — ... weather is fine. 2. ... sun is yellow. 3. ...
sky is grey today. 4. ... earth is ... planet. 5. We had ... English lesson yesterday. ...
teacher asked me many ... questions. ... questions were difficult. 4. Where is your ...
brother? — He is at ... home. He is in his ... room. He is sitting at ... table. He is
doing his ... homework. ... homework is difficult. 5. Our ... cat is sitting on ... sofa. 6.
It is very dark in ... room. Turn on ... light, please. 7. Nick went into ... bathroom,
turned on ... water and washed his ... hands.

1. This is ... good ... book. Take ... book from ... table. Put this ... book into ...
bookcase. 2. ... weather is fine today. ... sky is blue. ... sun is shining brightly in ...
blue ... sky. 3. This is ... boy. ... boy is at... school. He is ... pupil. This ... boy is my ...
brother's ... friend. He has ... cat, but he has no ... dog. He likes his ... cat. He gives ...
cat ... milk every day. 4. Yesterday I received ... letter from my ... friend. ... letter was
interesting. 5. We live in... big house. I like ... house very much. 6. Are you ...
worker? — No, I am ... student.

1. Where is ... cat? — ... cat is on ... sofa. 2. Where is ... book? — .. book is
on ... shelf. 3. Where are ... flowers? — ... flowers are in ...beautiful vase. 4. Where
is.. vase? — ... vase is on ... little table near ... window. 5. Open ... window, please. ...
weather is fine today. I can see ... sun in ... sky. I can see ... nice little bird. ... bird is
184
sitting in ... big tree. ... tree is green. 6. There is ... little white cloud in ... sky. 7. We
have ... large room. There is ... big sofa in ... room and ... little lamp on ... wall
over ... sofa. I like to sit on ... sofa and read ... good book.

1. Where is ... soup? — ... soup is in ... big saucepan on ... gas-cooker. 2.
Where are ... cutlets? — ... cutlets are in ... refrigerator on ... little plate. 3. There is
no ... bread on ... table. Where is ... bread? 4. There is ... little brown coffee-table in
our ... room in ... front of ... sofa. 5. Where is ... table in your ... room? 6. There is ...
thick carpet on ... floor in my mother's ... room. 7. Is your brother at ... home? — No,
he is at ... work. He works at ... big factory. He is ... engineer. 8. My sister has
many ... books. ... books are in ... big bookcase. 9. ... weather is fine today. Let's go
and play in ... yard. There are many ... children in ... yard. They are playing with ...
ball.

1, We have ... big dog. ... dog is very clever. 2. My friend has ... very good
computer. 3. This ... boy is big. He is ... student. 4. There is ... very big piano in ...
hall. 5. This is ... tree and that is not ... tree. It's ... bush. 6. I am ... boy. I am ... pupil.
I learn at ... school. 7. My sister is at ... work. She is ... secretary. She works at ...
large office. 8. This is ... very difficult question. I don't know ... answer to it. 9. Do
you see ... little girl with ... big ball in her ... hands? She is ... pupil of our ... school.
10. There was ... beautiful flower in this ... vase yesterday. Where is ... flower now?

There is ... thick red ... carpet in my ... room. ... carpet is on ... floor in ... front
of ... sofa. 2. Where is ... table in your brother's ... room? — His ... table is near ...
window. 3. I can see ... fine ... vase on ... shelf. Is it your ... vase? 4. We have no ...
piano in our ... living-room. 5. My ... uncle is ... married. He has ... beautiful wife.
They have ... son, but they have no ... daughter. 6. I can see ... nice ... coffee-table
in ... middle of ... room to ... right of ... door. It is ... black and ... red. I like ... coffee-
table. 7. Our ... TV-set is on ... little ... table in ... corner of ... room. 8. There is...
beautiful picture in my father's ... study, ... picture is on ... wall to ... left of ...
window.

My aunt's flat is in ... new house. There is ... living-room, ... bedroom, ...
study, ... bathroom and ... kitchen in ... flat. ... bedroom is ... large room with ... two
windows. ... room is light as ... windows are large. There are ... white curtains on ...
windows. There are ... two beds with ... large pillows on them. There are ... small
tables near ... beds. There are ... lamps on them. To ... left of ... door there is ...
dressing-table with ... looking-glass on it. There is ... low chair at ... dressing-table.
There are ... several pictures on ... pale green walls. There is ... thick carpet on ...
floor. ... carpet is dark green. ... room is very cosy.
185
There is ... sofa in ... corner of ... room. 2. There are ... cushions on ... sofa, 3.
There are ... books on ... shelf. Give me ... book, please. 4. Look into ... refrigerator.
What can you see on ... shelves? — There is ... butter in ... butter-dish. There is ...
sausage, but there is no ... cheese. There are ... eggs and ... apples. There is ...
orange, ... lemon, and ... jam in ... little vase. 5. There is ... juice in this ... cup. May I
drink ... juice? 6. There are ... girls in ... yard, but I can see no ... boys. Where are ...
boys? — Oh, all ... boys are playing football at ... stadium.

I have ... colour TV-set. ... TV-set is on ... little table in ... corner of ... room.
2. There is ... book, ... pen, and ... paper on my ... writing-desk. 3. My ... brother is ...
teacher. He works at ... school. He has ... very good books. His ... books are in ... big
bookcase. 4. There is ... tea in my ... glass. There is no ... tea in my ... friend's ...
glass. His ... glass is empty. 5. Where is ... coffee-table in your ... room? — ... coffee-
table is in ... front of ... sofa. There is ... cup on ... coffee-table and ... newspapers.
There is ... coffee in ... cup.

1. My ... friend has to get up early in ... morning because he goes to ... school.
That's why he usually goes to ... bed early in ... evening. 2% ... weather was very bad
in ... morning yesterday. ... sky was grey and it was raining. But in ... middle of ...
day ... weather began to change. ... rain stopped and ... sun appeared from behind ...
clouds. In ... afternoon it was very warm. I did not want to stay at ... home and went
into ... yard. There were ... boys and ... girls in ... yard. We played in ... yard till late
in ... evening. When I came ... home, I drank ... tea, ate ... sandwich and went to ...
bed at once. I slept very well at ... night.

1. My brother is ... pupil. He goes to ... school.He goes to ... school in ...
morning. He has five or six ... lessons every day. In ... afternoon he goes ... home.
At ... home he does his ... homework. In ... evening he reads ... books. He usually
goes to ... bed at ... half past ten. At ... night he sleeps. 2. My father goes to ... work in
... morning and comes ... home in ... evening. 3. I get up at ... half past seven in ...
morning and go to ... bed at ... quarter to eleven in ... evening. 4. When does your
mother leave ... home for ... work? — She leaves ... home for ... work at ... quarter
past eight. 5. When do you leave ... home for ... school? — I leave ... home for ...
school at... half past... eight.

1. There are three rooms and ... kitchen in our new flat. 2. My new dress is
made of ... silk. 3. If you want to write something on ... blackboard, you must have ...
piece of ... chalk. 4. Are there any pupils in ... classroom? 3. I have ... new English
book. ... book is very interesting. 6. There is ... garden in ... front of our school. ...
186
garden is not large, but it is very nice. 7. ... May is ... fifth month of the year. 8. ...
Saturday is ... sixth day of the week. 9. ... Sunday is ... day off.

1. My friends live in ... small town. It is ... new town. ... streets in ... town are
broad and straight. There are ... beautiful buildings in them. ... town is very green,
and so ... air is fresh. There are ... beautiful parks and gardens in ... town. ... people
like to go there after ... work. In ... evening you can hear ... sounds of ... music
from ... parks. There are ... schools, ... libraries, ... hospital, ... theatre, ... cinemas, ...
polyclinics and ... kindergartens in ... town. 2. This is ... classroom. ... classroom is
large and light. 3. There is ... picture on ... wall. 4. What is ... date today? It is ...
seventh of ... December. 5. ... third lesson today is ... lesson of English. 6. Pete, go
to ... blackboard. 7. After school I usually go ... home. 8. My father always comes
from ... work late: at eight o'clock or at ... half past eight. But on ... Friday he
comes ... home early: at half past four or at ... quarter to five. On ... Saturday and
on ... Sunday he does not go to ... work.

I go to ... school in ... morning, so I get up early. I usually get up at ... quarter
past seven. I go to ... bathroom, turn on ... water and wash my face and hands. My
father and mother also get up early in ... morning. My mother works at ... office. She
is ... typist. My father is ... doctor. He works at ... polyclinic. We have ... breakfast
in ... kitchen. We eat... porridge and ... eggs. We drink ... tea. My father and mother
leave ... home for ... work at ... half past eight. My father goes to ..\ polyclinic, and
my mother goes to ... office. I don't leave ... home with my parents: ... school where I
learn is near our house. I leave ... home for ... school at ... quarter to nine. My granny
stays at ... home and cooks ... dinner. I have ... lunch at ... school after ... third lesson.
My father and mother have ... lunch at ... work. When we come ... home, we have ...
dinner.

1. Every day my husband goes to ... work, my son goes to ... school and I go
to ... institute. 2. There is ... new school at... corner of our street. 3. My daughter
came ... home from ... school on ... Monday and said to me: "There will be ... parents'
meeting on ... tenth of February at six o'clock in ... evening." 4. ... teacher told us ...
very interesting story at ... lesson. 5. When ... bell rang, ... pupils went into ...
classroom. 6. We are usually at ... school from nine o'clock in ... morning till two
o'clock in ... afternoon. 7. We don't go to ... school on ... Sunday.
Remember the following set phrases:

after breakfast before breakfast
after lunch before lunch
after tea before tea
after dinner before dinner
187
after supper before supper
at breakfast for breakfast
at lunch for lunch
at tea for tea
at dinner for dinner
at supper for supper

1. What do you do after ... breakfast? — After ... breakfast I go to ... school.
2. My granny likes to read ... book after ... lunch. 3. ... people usually have ...
breakfast in ... morning. They have) ... dinner in... afternoon. In ... evening ... people
have ... supper. 4. There is a proverb: "After ... dinner sleep awhile, after ... supper
walk ... mile. 5. Who cooks ... dinner in your family? 6. Yesterday lather told us ...
very interesting story at ... breakfast. 7. What did you have for ... lunch at... school on
... Wednesday? — We had ... salad and ... tea. 8. My mother never has ... supper
with ... family because she does not like to eat in ... evening. 9. When do you clean
your teeth in ... morning: before ... breakfast or after ... breakfast?

For ... breakfast I have ... coffee with ... milk and ... sugar. I have ... jam, too.
There are ... different things on ... dinner-table. There is ... bread, ... butter and ...
ham. There are ... cups and ... glasses there. There is ... jug on ... table. ... milk in ...
jug is hot. There is ... tea-pot on ... table. There is ... tea in ... tea-pot. ... tea is hot, too.
There are ... plates, ... forks and ... knives on ... table. 2. ... lamp is on ... table. 3.
There is ... lamp on ... table. 4. Is there ... lamp on ... table? 5. Is ... lamp on ... table?
6. Is there ... clock on ... wall? 7. There are two ... shelves on ... wall. 8. Where are ...
shelves? — ... shelves are on ... wall. 9. They have ... large flat. There are ... four
rooms in ... flat. 10. Is ... newspaper on ... table? 11. Is there ... newspaper on ...
table? 12. There is ... butter on ... plate. 13. Where is ... butter? ... butter is on ... little
plate. 14. There is ... white and ... brown bread on ... table.

1. My ... aunt and my ... uncle are ... doctors. They work at ... hospital. They
get up at seven o'clock in ... morning. They go to ... bed at eleven o'clock. 2. I work
in ... morning and in ... afternoon. I don't work in ... evening. I sleep at ... night. 3.
When do you leave ... home for ... school? - I leave ... home at ... quarter past eight
in ... morning. 4. What does your mother do after ... breakfast? — She goes to ...
work. 5. Is there ... sofa in your ... living-room? — Yes, there is ... cosy little ... sofa
in ... living-room. — Where is ... sofa? — It is in ... corner of ... room to ... left of ...
door. I like to sit on this ... sofa in ... front of ... TV-set in ... evening. 6. There is ...
nice coffee-table near ... window. There are ... newspapers on ... coffee-table. 7.
There is ... tea in ... glass. 8. When do you watch ... TV? — I watch TV in ...
evening. We have ... large colour TV-set in our ... room. There is ... beautiful vase
on ... TV-set. There are ... flowers in ... vase. 9. I have ... large writing-desk in ...
188
study. There is ... paper on ... writing-desk. My ... books and ... exercise-books are on
... writing-desk, too.

1. Pete has ... small family. He has ... father and ... mother. He has no ...
brother, but he has ... sister. His sister is ... pupil. She is ... good girl. She has ... many
Russian books, but she has no ... English books. 2. There is ... writing-desk in ...
room. ... writing-desk is good. There is ... lamp on ... writing desk. 3. My uncle has ...
large family. They are six in ... family. 4. My father is ... engineer. He works at ... big
factory. 5. We have ... good library. Our books are in ... big bookcase. 6. Is your
sister ... married? 7. What do you do after ... breakfast? — I go to ... school. 8. When
do you come ... home? — I come ... home at ... half past two. 9. Do you like to watch
TV in ... evening?
1. What ... colour is your new ... hat? — It's ... red. 2. Is there ... refrigerator in
your ... kitchen? 3. Where is ... refrigerator in your ... kitchen? —• It is in ... corner of
... kitchen. 4. There are ... flowers in our ... living-room. ... flowers are in ... beautiful
vase. 5. I have ... tea in my ... cup. 6. He has no ... coffee in his ... cup. 7. What ...
book did you take from ... library on ... Tuesday? 8. I have ... books, ... exercise-
books and ... pens in my ... bag. 9. I am ... engineer. I work at ... office. I go to ...
office in ... morning. As ... office is far from ... house I live in, I take ... bus to get
there. 10. What ... bus do you take to get to ... work? 11. Whose ... pen is this?

My friend's ... flat is very comfortable. There are ... three rooms in ... flat: ,..
living-room, ... study and ... bedroom. ... living-room is not very large. ... walls in ...
living-room are blue. There are ... pictures on ... walls. There is ... table in ... middle
of ... room with some chairs around it. To ... left of ... door there is ... sofa. Near ...
sofa there are ... two large armchairs. They are very comfortable. There is ... piano in
my friend's liv-irg-room. ... piano is to ... right of ... door. ... bedroom and ... study are
small. ... furniture in ... flat is brown.

Here is ... large window. Through ... window we can see ... room. Opposite ...
window there is ... door. On ... door there is ... curtain. In ... corner of ... room there is
... round table. On it we can see ... books and ... telephone. There is ... bookshelf
over ... table. On ... bookshelf we can see ... newspapers and ... book by ... Jack
London. There are ... two ... pictures in ... room. One ... picture is small, ... oilier
picture is very large. There are ... two bookcases in ... room. ... bookcases are full
of ... books. There is ... large sofa in ... room. On ... sofa we can see ... bag. Whose ...
bag is that? There is no ... bed in ... room. On ... small table near ... window there
are ... flowers and ... glass of ... water. In ... front of ,.. window we can see ...
armchair.

189
1. When my grandfather was ... young man, he studied ... physics. 2. Do you
speak ... Spanish? 3. My uncle is ... great specialist in ... biology. 4. ... Japanese is
more difficult than ... French. 5. We listened to ... very interesting lecture on ...
English literature yesterday. 6. Yesterday at ... lesson of ... geography ... teacher told
us ... very interesting things about ... famous travellers. 7. My father speaks ...
English and ... French, but he does not speak ... German. 8. We had ... lesson of ...
mathematics yesterday. We wrote ... test-paper in ... mathematics. ... teacher said: "I
shall correct... test-papers in ... evening. Tomorrow you will know ... results".

1. I study ... English. I attend ... English classes in ... evening. On ... days
when I have no ... classes, I stay at ... home and do some work about ... house. I
have ... dinner with my ... family. After ... dinner I talk to ... members of my ...
family, watch ... TV and read ... books, ... newspapers and ... magazines. I go to ...
bed late at ... night. 2. I am thirsty. Give me ... water, please. 3. There is ... book on ...
table. Give me ... book, please.

1. Do you play ... piano? 2. There is ... big black piano in our living-room. It
is at ... wall to ... left of ... door opposite ... sideboard. My mother likes to play ...
piano. She often plays ... piano in ... evening. 3. ... boys like to play ... football. 4.
What do you do in ... evening? — I often play ... chess with my grandfather. 5.
Where are ... children? — Oh, they are out of ... doors. ... weather is fine today. They
are playing ... badminton in ... yard. 6. What ... games does your sister like to play?
— She likes to play ... tennis. 7. Do you like to play ... guitar? 8. What ... colour is
your guitar?

When we want to write ... letter, we take .... piece of ... paper and ... pen. We
first write our-... address and ... date in ... right-hand corner. Then on ... left-hand side
we write ... greeting. We may write, for instance, "My dear brother," "Dear Henry,"
etc., and then on ... next line we begin ... real letter. We must not forget to leave ...
margin on ... left-hand side of ... page. At ... end of ... letter we write "Yours," and
then we sign our name. We put ... letter into ... envelope and close ... envelope. On ...
envelope we write ... name and address of ... person who will receive it. We stick ...
stamp in ... top right-hand corner, and then we post ... letter.

It was... hot day. ... sun was shining brightly in ...blue sky. ... wolf and ...
lamb met at ... stream. ... water in ... stream was cool and clear. ... wolf saw that ...
lamb was fat and wanted to eat it. He began to shout: "You, ... fool, you are
making ... water dirty!" ... lamb was afraid. It looked at ... wolf and said in ... thin
voice: "But, ... Mr. Wolf, I cannot make ... water dirty for you from ... place where I
am standing, because ... stream runs from you to me." "Stop talking!" shouted ... wolf
in ... angry voice. "I know you! I met you six months ago, and you were very rude to
190
me." "You are wrong, ... Mr. Wolf," cried ... lamb, "you could not meet me six
months ago: I am only four ... months old." "Never mind," said ... wolf, “if it wasn't
you, it was your brother." And with these ... words he seized ... poor lamb and carried
it into ... wood.

1. Bill Robins was ... very rich man. He was ... richest man in ... village. 2.
Pete is ... tallest boy in our class. Nick is ... shortest boy, but he is very ... strong. He
is ... stronger than many boys who are ... taller than he. I think Nick is ... strongest
boy in ... class. 3. Granny often tells us ... long stories. Today her story was still...
longer. It was ... longest story. She began telling it after ... dinner and finished only
before ... supper. But ... story was very interesting. I think it was ... most interesting
of Granny's stories. 4. Which was ... most difficult exercise in ... test-paper? 5. Which
is ... best season of the year? 6. February is ... shortest month of the year. 7. Do you
know ... longest river in our country? 8. In ... May ... days are ... longer than in ...
April.

1.... Moscow is situated on ... Moscow River. ... Moscow is a river that moves
very slowly. There is ... canal called ... Moscow-Volga Canal which joins ... Moscow
to ... Volga. ... Volga runs into ... Caspian Sea. 2. Several rivers run into ... sea at...
New York. ... most important is ... Hudson River which empties into ... Atlantic
Ocean. Besides ... Hudson there are ... two other rivers: ... East River and ... Harlem
River. 3. In ... Siberia there are many long rivers: ... Ob, ... Irtysh, ... Yenissei, ...
Lena and ... Amur. 4. ... Altai Mountains are ... higher than ... Urals.

1. ... Neva flows into ... Gulf of ... Finland. 2. ... Pacific Ocean is very deep. 3.
... Urals are not very high. 4. ... Kazbek is ... highest peak of ... Caucasus. 5. ... Alps
are covered with ... snow. 6. ... Shetland Islands are situated to ... north of ... Great
Britain. 7. ... USA is ... largest country in ... America. 8. ... Crimea is washed by ...
Black Sea. 9. ... Lake Baikal is ... deepest lake in ... world. 10. ... Paris is ... capital
of ... France. 11. Lomonosov was born in ... small village on ... shore of ... White Sea.
12. Gogol was born in ... Ukraine in 1809. 13. ... Caucasus separates ... Black Sea
from ... Caspian Sea. 14. ... Europe and ... America are separated by ... Atlantic
Ocean. 15. ... Baltic Sea is stormy in winter. 16. There are many small islands in ...
Pacific Ocean. 17. ... North Sea separates ... British Isles from ... Europe. 18. ...
Balkans are old mountains. 19. ... Nile flows across ... north-eastern part of ... Africa
to ... Mediterranean Sea. 20. Which are ....highest mountains in ... Russia?

... Thames is ... short river. 2. ... Russia is washed by ... Arctic Ocean in ...
north. 3. Kiev is to ... south of ... Moscow. 4. ... Europe is ... continent. 5. ... Moscow
is ... capital of ... Russia. 6. Is ... Asia ... island or ... continent? 7. ... Black Sea is in ...
south of our country. 8. ... White Sea is in ... north of our country, 9. This is ... map of
191
... world. What can you see on ... map? What ... colour are ... valleys on ... map? 10.
Petrov is ... architect. He is ... experienced architect. He is in ... Far East. He has ...
wife. His wife is ... typist. They have ... son and ... daughter. 11. ... Philippines are
situated to ... south-east of ... Asia.

1. This is ... pen. It is ... good pen. ... pen is black. It is on ... table. 2.1 have
got... dog. ... dog's name is Spot. He is ... big grey dog. ... dog is very strong. 3. My
friend has ... sister. Her name is Ann. ... girl is... pupil. 4. We have ... picture in ...
living-room. ... picture is very good. It is on ... wall. 5. ... Irish Sea is between ...
Great Britain and ... Ireland. 6. There is ... map on ... wall of ... classroom. It is ...
map of ... world. There are many seas and lakes on ... map. This is ... Mediterranean
Sea and that is... Red Sea. These are ... Himalayas. They are ... highest mountains
in ... world. 7. We live in ... St. Petersburg. ... St. Petersburg is ... very large city. It is
one of ... largest cities in ... Russia. 8. My brother is ... doctor. His flat is in ... centre
of ... city. It is in ... new house. There are three rooms in... flat. ... living-room is ..
largest of all. It is ... nice light room. There are ... pictures on ... walls. There is ...
round table in ... middle of ... room. There is ... sofa at ... wall with ... large thick car-
pet in ... front of it. ... study and ... bedroom are small, but very comfortable.

1. ... Russia occupies ... eastern half of ... Europe and ... northern third of ...
Asia. 2. ... climate of ... northern part of ... Russia is severe. 3. This winter is ... true
Russian winter with ... hard frosts. 4. It is warm in ... Crimea and ... Caucasus. 5. ...
Washington is ... capital of ... United States of America. 6. I want to go to ... New
York some day. 7. ... best way to know and understand ... people of ... other countries
is to meet them in their own homes. 8. Is ... Australia ... island or ... continent? 9. ...
Red Sea is between ... Africa and ... Asia. 10. There are six continents in ... world, 11.
... France is to ... north of ... Italy.

1. Did you have ... good time in the country? — Oh yes. ... weather was fine.
We were out of ... doors from ... morning till ... night. We played ... football, ...
volley-ball and ... other games. We came ... home late at ... night and went to ... bed
at once. 2. Look at ... clock! It is ... quarter past ten. Go to ... bed at once. 3. ... sun
rises in ... east and sets in ... west. 4. We spent last summer in ... Ukraine, in ... little
village on ... bank of ... big river with ... very warm water. There was ... wood on ...
other side of ... river. We often went to ... wood and gathered ... lot of ... mushrooms.
5. My friend likes to play ... chess. He is ready to play ... chess all ... day long. He
is ... best chess player in our school.

1. Teckle comes from ... very old country on ... Nile. It is called ...
Ethiopia. ... Ethiopia is ... beautiful mountainous country. Teckle is ... young man. He
wants to become ... engineer. He is very happy to be ... student of ... St. Petersburg
192
University. He spends ... lot of time at ... library reading and studying different
subjects. Very often in ... evening his new friends and he walk about ... city talking
about their native countries. 2. Galina lives in ... Ukraine. She lives in ... small village
near ... Odessa. She is ... librarian. In summer she has ... lot of ... work: she takes ...
newspapers and ... magazines to ... people who work in the fields. Galina wants to
enter ... Moscow University and now she is preparing for ... entrance examinations. 3.
My friend lives in ... America. He is ... student. He studies ... history at ... Harvard
University.

Once there lived ... man who was very fond of ... gold. He used to say: "While
I have my gold, I am ... happiest man in ... world." And so all his life he saved ...
money. One day he was travelling in ... desert of ... North Africa. He lost his way. He
had no ... food or ... water. He was almost dying of ... hunger. He was so weak that he
could not walk, he could only crawl. ... heat was terrible. There were only ... stones
and ... sand around. Just then he saw ... bag lying on ... sand. He hoped that he would
find ... food in it and ... water, too, He crawled up to ... bag and opened it. He saw
that ... bag was full of ... gold. What is ... use of ... gold to ... hungry man in ... desert?
He left ... bag on ... hot sand, crying bitterly: "I am ... most unhappy man in ...
world."
1. Let's go to ... shop. I must buy ... bread and ... milk. 2. I was at ... cinema
yesterday. — What ... film did you see? — Oh, I saw ... very good film. I think it is ...
best film of ... year. 3. Do you often go to ... theatre? — No, I don't. I like to go to ...
theatre, but I am very busy. I work from ... morning till ... night. I even have no ...
time to play ... piano. 4. Oleg has ... lot of ... interesting books at ... home. 5. ... lot
of ... tourists from ... different countries come to ... St. Petersburg. They want to see
one of ... most beautiful cities in ... world. 6. My new friend said to me: "I am ...
student of ... first course." 7. We went to ... cinema in ... evening. 8. What ... foreign
languages does your father speak? — He speaks__English. He studied ... English
at ... school. 9. I am interested in ... history. 10. We played ... tennis at ... lesson of ...
physical training yesterday. We had ... good time. 11. Did you go for ... walk
yesterday? — No, we didn't. ... weather was bad, and we went to ... cinema. 12. What
are your friends doing? — Mary is playing ... piano. Tom and Nick are playing ...
chess.
Once there lived ... king. His name was Midas. He had ... little daughter. They
lived in ... beautiful palace with ... wonderful garden around it. Now ... king was very
fond of ... gold. He loved ... gold more than anything else in ... world. One day,
when ... king was looking at his gold, ... young man appeared before him. "You are ...
very rich man, Midas," said ... young man. "Yes," said ... king, "but I would like to be
richer. I would like to have ... golden touch. I want everything that I touch to turn into
... gold." ... young man was ... magician, and he gave ... king ... golden touch which
he wanted to have. ... king was very happy. He touched ... table, and ... table became
193
gold. He went into ... garden. There were ... beautiful roses in ... garden. He
touched ... roses, and they also became gold. ... king's daughter, who loved ... roses
very much, saw it and began to cry. "Don't cry, ... dear daughter," said ... king and
touched his daughter's head. ... next moment ... girl turned into ... beautiful gold
statue.

Three men came to ... New York for ... holiday. They came to ... very large
hotel and took ... room there. Their room was on ... forty-fifth floor. In ... evening ...
friends went to ... theatre and came back to ... hotel very late. "I am very sorry,"
said... clerk of ... hotel, "but ... lifts do not work tonight. If you don't want to walk up
to your room, we shall make ... beds for you in ... hall." "No, no," said one of ...
friends, "no, thank you. We don't want to sleep in ... hall. We shall walk up to our
room." Then he turned to his friends and said: "It is not easy to walk up to ... forty-
fifth floor, but we shall make it easier. On ... way to ... room I shall tell you some
jokes; then you, Andy, will sing us some songs; then you, Peter, will tell us some
interesting stories." So they began walking up to their room. Tom told them many
jokes; Andy sang some songs. At last they came to ... thirty sixth floor. They were
tired and decided to have ... rest. "Well," said Tom, "now it is your turn, Peter. After
all ... jokes, I would like to hear ... sad story. Tell us ... long and interesting story with
... sad end." "... story which I am going to tell you," said Peter, "is sad enough. We
left ... key to our room in ... hall."
Swift, ... famous English writer, was travelling one day on ... horseback with
his servant. ... weather was bad, it was raining, and ... roads were muddy. In ...
evening the two1 men came to ... inn. Before going to ... bed Swift told his servant to
clean his boots. But ... servant was lazy and did not do it. In ... morning Swift
asked ... servant why he had not cleaned ... boots. "What's ... use cleaning ... boots
now?" said ... servant. "... roads are muddy, and ... boots will soon be dirty again."
"All right," said ... writer. "Let's go. We must continue ... journey." "But I haven't had
... breakfast," said ... displeased servant." "Well, what's ... use giving you ... breakfast
now?" said Swift: "You will soon be hungry again."
In ... small town in ... East there was once .., man who had ... parrot. ... parrot
was taught to say ... words: "There is no doubt about it." It used to repeat these words
all ... day long. Every time it was asked ... question, it gave ... same answer, "There is
no doubt about it." One day ... man decided to sell ... bird; so he put ... parrot into ..,
cage and went to ... market with it. "Twenty pounds for ... very clever parrot!" he
cried. ... man who was passing by heard this and turned to ... parrot "Are you worth
twenty pounds?" he asked. "There is no doubt about it!" answered ... parrot. "What ...
clever parrot!" said ... man and bought ... bird, He took ... parrot home and invited his
friends to look at ... clever bird. ... friends came and looked at ... parrot and talked to
it. Now you must know that ... man was not rich. In ... fact, he was often short of ...
194
money. So ... week or two later, sitting in ... armchair and looking at ... parrot, he
said: "What ... fool I was to throw away such ... lot of ... money!" "There is no doubt
about it!" cried .., parrot. And this time ... bird was right.
... crow once said to her children: "It's ... high time for you to look for ...
food." With these words she turned them out of ... nest and took them to ... field.
But ... crow's children did not like ... idea. "We'd rather go back to ... nest," they
cried. "It's so nice when you bring ... food to us!" "Indeed!" said their mother. "You
are big enough to feed yourselves. My mother turned me out of ... nest when I was
much younger, and I had to take ... care of myself." "But ... people will kill us with
their guns," said ... young crows. "No ... fear of that," answered their mother. "Before
... people shoot, they take ... aim, and that takes ... time. When you see ... man raising
... gun to his face, you must just fly away." ."That's ... simple thing to do," said ...
children, "but supposing ... man or... boy wants to throw ... stone at us: in such ...
case he won't have to take ... aim." "Well, then he will have to bend down to pick
up ... stone," said ... crow. "But what if he carries ... stone in his hand ready?" "Why,
if you are clever enough to think of that," said ... mother, "you are clever enough to
take ... care of yourselves." And she flew away leaving ... young crows in ... field.
1. Is this ... interesting book? Is this ... very interesting book? Is this ... very
interesting book you have spoken about so much? It is such ... interesting book. Is
it ... same book you have recommended to us? 2. She is ... teacher. She is ... good
teacher. She is ... teacher of our school. She is ... teacher of ... English. Here is ...
teacher, ask her about ... question which interests you. 3. There is ... word in ... text
which I cannot understand. There is... very difficult word, too, which I cannot pro
nounce. Here is ... word I was looking up in the dictionary. This word is ... adverb.
4. ... first men wore vegetarians. 5. Serfdom was abolished in ... Russia in ... 19th
century. 6. Columbus, who discovered ... America, was ... native of ... Genoa, 7. ...
Rome is ... ancient town. 8. ... Ireland, .., Scotland and ... Wales are parts of ... United
King dom.
... Russia is such ... large country that when it is night in one part of ...
country, it is day in another part, when it is winter in one part of ... country, it is
already summer in another. Imagine it is ... beginning of ... May now. It is spring
in ... St. Petersburg. ... weather is fine. It is still cool at ... night, but it is quite warm
in ... afternoon. It sometimes rains, but... rain is warm, too. ... ground is covered
with ... soft green grass, and ... trees are covered with ... green leaves. But while it is
spring in St. Petersburg, it is still winter in ... north of our country at ... beginning
of ... May, Here it is cold and sometimes frosty, ... rivers and ... seas are covered with
... ice. ... ice does not melt in some places even in summer. ... ground is covered
with ... deep snow. In ... south of our country ... weather is quite different. It is
already summer in ... Caucasus and in ... Crimea. It is much warmer than in St.
195
Petersburg. It is sometimes even hot. ... sky is usually cloudless and it seldom rains
here. People wear ... summer clothes.
THE ADJECTIVE
Прості форми ступенів порівняння

(односкладові та деякі двоскладові прикметники)
Основна форма Вищий ступінь Найвищий ступінь
(the positive (the comparative (the superlative
degree) degree) degree)
small smaller the smallest
large larger the largest
big bigger the biggest
happy happier the happiest
Складені форми ступенів порівняння

(двоскладові та багатоскладові прикметники)
Основна форма Вищий ступінь Найвищий ступінь
(the positive (the comparative (the superlative
degree) degree) degree)
interesting тоrе interesting the most interesting
beautiful more beautiful the most beautiful
Exercise 541. Write down the degrees of comparison of the following
adjectives.
196
1. large 11. cheap
2. big 12. clever
З. bad 13. expensive
4. tall 14. good
5. perfect 15. strong
6. cold 16. old
7. dirty 17. famous
8. comfortable 18. careful
9. important 19. heavy
10. small 20. far
197
Exercise 542. Write the opposite.
1. Younger
2. Colder
3. Later
4. Worse
5. Earlier
6. Farther
7. Hardest
8. Hottest
9. Best
10. Nearest
1. What is your height? You are taller than me. 2. She felt as strong as her
brother. 3. We started earlier than you. 4. He was more careful than I. 5. This student
is the most attentive in our group. 6. I need a warmer coat. 7. He is as tired as you. 8.
He was one of the most experienced workers at the factory. 9. Better late than never.
10. She was not so attractive as her mother. 11. His work is not so difficult as mine.
12. He was the eldest in the family. 13. It is easier to swim in the sea than in the river.
14. This is the smallest room in our flat.
Exercise 544. Use the comparative or the superlative degree of

comparison of the adjectives in brackets.
1..........................February is month of the year. (short)
2.........................January is month of the year. (cold)
3..................June is than May. (short)
4. March is....... than February. (long)
5.....................August is than April. (warm)
6................July is month of the year. (warm)
7.....................August is June. (long)
8..........................November is month of the year. (wet)
9............................September is than November. (dry)
10................June is month of the whole academic year. (busy)
11.....................London is than Manchester. (big)
12....................Oxford is as Cambridge. (beautiful)

comparison of the adjectives in brackets:
1. We stayed at (cheap) hotel in the town.
2. I prefer this chair to the other one. It’s (comfortable).
3. What is (popular) sport in your country?
4. The United States is very large but Canada is (large).
5. He was a bit depressed yesterday, but today he looks (happy).
6. It was (good) holiday I have ever had.
7. What is (quick) way of getting from here to the airport?
198
comparison of the adjectives in brackets.
1. Which is (large): the United States or Canada? 2. What is the name of the
(big) port in the United States? 3. Moscow is the (large) city in Russia. 4. The
London underground is the (old) in the world. 5. There is a (great) number of cars
and buses in the streets of Kyiv than in any other city of Ukraine. 6. St. Petersburg is
one of the (beautiful) cities in the world. 7. The rivers in America are much (big)
than those in England. 8. The island of Great Britain is (small) than Greenland. 9.
What is the name of the (high) mountain in Asia? 10. The English Channel is (wide)
than the straits of Gibraltar.
Exercise 547. Open the brackets using the correct form of the adjectives.
1. Oil is (light) than water. 2. We shall wait for a (dry) day to go on the
excursion. 3. A bus is (fast) than a tram. 4. Take some of these sweets: they are very
(nice). They are (nice) than the sweets in that box. 5. He clearly did not like the
explanation, and as he listened to it, he became (angry) and (angry). 6. He worked
(hard) and (hard) as the end of the term came nearer. 7. The (tall) trees in the world
grow in California. 8. Please be (careful) next time and don't spill the milk again. 9.
Bobby was a (quiet) child. He was (quiet) than his sister. 10. Her eyes are (big) than
mine. 11. He was the (fat) man in the village. 12. As he went on, the box became
(heavy) and (heavy). 13. My sister is the (tall) girl in her class. 14. Who is the
(attentive) student in your group? 15. It is autumn. Every day the air becomes (cold),
the nights (short). 16. This is the (beautiful) view I have ever seen in my life. 17.
Your handwriting is now (good) than it was last year; but still it is (bad) than Nick's
handwriting. Nick has a (good) handwriting than you. And of course Nellie has the
(good) handwriting of all.

1. Я знаю цікаву історію. Він знає цікавішу історію. Вона знає
найцікавішу історію. 2. Це довга дорога. Це довша дорога. Це найдовша
дорога. 3. Її робота дуже важлива. Його робота важливіша. Моя робота
найважливіша. 4. Це погана пісня. Це гірша пісня. Це найгірша пісня. 5. Він
хороший інженер. Він кращий інженер. Він найкращий інженер. 6. Він приніс
їй красиву квітку. Він приніс їй красивішу квітку. Він приніс їй найкрасивішу
квітку. 7. Він розповів нам про щасливу людину. Він розповів нам про
щасливішу людину. Він розповів нам про найщасливішу людину. 8. Це були
найщасливіші дні в її житті. 9. Це дуже легке завдання. Дайте мені важче
завдання. 10. Влітку дні довгі, а ночі короткі. 11. 22 червня – найдовший день у
році. 12. У липні дні коротші. 13. У грудні дні найкоротші. 14. «Четвірка» –
хороша оцінка, але «п'ятірка» краща. 15. «П'ятірка» – найкраща оцінка. 16.
Найгірша оцінка – «двійка». 17. Твоє плаття, звичайно, дуже красиве, але моє
плаття красивіше. 18. Його годинник дорожчий. 19. Це пальто тепліше.

199
1. Цей будинок вищий за той. 2. Сьогодні вода в річці холодніша, ніж
вчора. 3. Тато розумніший за тебе. 4. Китай більший за Індію. 5. Його бабуся
молодша, ніж дідусь. 6. Груші смачніші за яблука. 7. Наша кішка менша, ніж
собака. 8. Мій брат молодший за мене. 9. Торік лютий був холодніший, ніж
січень. 10. Дніпро коротший за Волгу. 11. Ермітаж багатший за Російський
музей.
as ... as – такий самий ... як

not so … as – не такий ... як
Exercise 550. Insert as ... as or so ... as.

1. Mike is ... tall ... Pete. 2. Kate is not ... nice ... Ann. 3. My room is ... light
... this one. 4. This book is not ... thin ... that one. 5. Sergei is... old ... Michael. 6. She
is ... young ... Tom's brother. 7. This woman is ... good ... that one. 8. Nick's English
is not ... good ... his friend's. 9. I am not ... tall ... Pete. 10. This woman is ... young ...
that one. 12. I am ... thin ... you. 13. Kate is ... lazy ... her brother. 14. This child is
not … small … that one.
Exercise 551. Insert as ... as, so ... as or than.

1. Our house is not ... big ... yours. 2. The new cinema in our district is much
bigger ... the old one. 3. We are ... proud of our district ... you are of yours. 4. The
house I live in is ... old ... the one my sister lives in. 5. Exercise №2 is easier ...
exercise №3. 6. Nevsky Prospect is more beautiful ... our street. 7. My composition is
not ... long ... yours.
Exercise 552. Open the brackets using the correct form of the adjectives.
1. This man is (tall) than that one. 2. Asia is (large) than Australia. 3. The
Volga is (short) than the Mississippi. 4. Which building is the (high) in Kyiv? 5.
Mary is a (good) student than Lucy. 6. The Alps are (high) than the Urals. 7. This
garden is the (beautiful) in our town. 8. She speaks Italian (good) than English. 9. Is
the word "newspaper" (long) than the word "book"? 10. The Thames is (short) than
the Volga. 11. The Arctic Ocean is (cold) than the Indian Ocean. 12. Chinese is
(difficult) than English. 13. Spanish is (easy) than German. 14. She is not so (busy)
as I am. 15. It is as (cold) today as it was yesterday. 16. She is not so (fond) of sports
as my brother is. 17. Today the weather is (cold) than it was yesterday. 18. This book
is (interesting) of all I have read this year. 19. January is the (cold) month of the year.
20. My sister speaks English (bad) than I do. 21. Which is the (hot) month of the
year? 22. Which is the (beautiful) place in this part of the country? 23. This nice-
looking girl is the (good) student in our group.

1. Цей будинок такий же високий, як і той. 2. Сьогодні вода в річці не
така тепла, як вчора. 3. Ти не такий розумний, як твій тато. 4. Індія не така
велика, як Китай. 5. Темза така ж красива, як Нева. 6. Його бабуся не така
стара, як дідусь. 7. Яблука такі ж смачні, як сливи, але не такі смачні, як груші.
200
8. Російський музей такий же багатий, як Ермітаж. 9. Державін не такий
знаменитий, як Пушкін. 10. Дніпро не такий довгий, як Волга. 11. Торік
серпень був такий же жаркий, як і липень.

THE ADVERB
Exercise 554. Frequency adverbs. Complete each sentence with an

appropriate frequency adverb from the list: rarely, never, always, usually,
often, seldom, sometimes.
1. I see one or two films every week. I ... go to the movies. 2. I let my
roommate borrow my car one time last year. I ... let my roommate borrow my car. 3.
Maria eats cereal for breakfast seven days a week. Maria ... eats cereal for breakfast.
4. Four or five visitors to the museum stay for three hours or longer. Museum visitors
... stay for at least three hours. 5. We occasionally have quizzes in Dr. Jacobs's
history class. Dr. Jacobs ... gives quizzes in history class. 6. If the teacher is on time,
the class begins at 8:00 a.m. Once in a while, the teacher is a few minutes late. The
class ... begins at 8:00 a.m. 7. In the desert, it rains only two days between May and
September every year. It ... rains there in the summer. 8. James asks me to go to the
sailboat races every year, but I don't accept his invitation because I think sailboat
races are boring. I ... go to sailboat races with James. 9. Every time I go to a movie, I
buy popcorn. I ... buy popcorn when I go to a movie. 10. Andy and Jake are friends.
They go out to dinner at least three times a week. Andy and Jake ... go out to dinner
with each other. 11. Andy and Jake do business with each other every once in a
while. Most of the time they don't discuss business when they go out to dinner with
each other. They ... discuss business during dinner.
Exercise 555. Write down the degrees of comparison of the following
adverbs.
1. late 9. happily
2. well 10. clearly
3. badly 11. clearly
4. early 12. slowly
5. carefully 13. widely
6. quietly 14. highly
7. fast 15. quickly
8. gaily 16. perfectly
201
Exercise 556. Answer the questions using the comparative degree of the
adverbs.
1. Does Peter drive the car as carefully as Tom?
2. Does a taxi run as fast as bus?
3. Did Jane speak as calmly as Helen?
4. Did you come as late as your brother?
5. Does Nick speak English as slowly as Peter?
6. Does Susan speak French as well as her mother?
7. Does Harry get up as early as his father?
8. Does Jack do his grammar exercises as carelessly as he did last year?

1. I opened the door (slowly, slow)
2. Bill is a (careful, carefully) driver
3. Can you repeat that (slow, slowly)?
4. The party was very (good, well)
5. Our team played very (well, good)
6. She left (sudden, suddenly)
Exercise 558. Choose the proper word from the brackets.

1. She looks (nice, nicely) in her new dress.
2. Everything is all right with the little girl; she looks (gay, gaily) and (cheerful,
cheerfully) again.
3. She looked (sad, sadly) at me and turned away.
4. What's the matter with you? You look so (sad, sadly).
5. The girl looked (helpless, helplessly) about.
6. The woman looked (helpless, helplessly).
7. She looked (pleasant, pleasantly) and made everybody feel at ease.
8. She looked (pleasant, pleasantly) at the little girl.
9. The girl looked (happy, happily) at her father, but the father looked (angry, angrily).
10. Father looked (stern, sternly) at me and I felt unhappy.
11. The car stopped (right, rightly) in the middle of the road.
12. Is your English (good, well)?
13. How many people were there at the (last, least) meeting?
14. I like your hat. It looks (good, well) on you.
15. Their son gives them the (last, least) trouble.
16. She feels (bad, badly) today.
17. The soup tastes (good, well).
18. She usually feels (lazy, lazily) in hot weather.
19. She cooks (bad, badly).
20. There was a (bright, brightly) fire in the room.
21. Does he speak (quiet, quietly)?
22. The table feels (smooth, smoothly).
Exercise 559. Choose between an adjective and an adverb.
1. The birds flew (low, lowly), almost touching the water with their wings.
2. He is a (good, well) driver; he always drives very (careful, carefully).
3. (Most, mostly) students he is friendly with are from her place.
4. If she can jump that (high, highly) she'll win the prize.
5. It's (near, nearly) eleven o'clock. It's time for you to go to bed.
6. Why are you walking so (slow, slowly)? What's the matter?
7. We studied (hard, hardly) before the exam,
8. He looked (anxious, anxiously) around.
9. Are you (careful, carefully) while driving?
10. My brother began in a (low, lowly) position at the bank.
11. The students with whom she studies are (most, mostly) from Belarus.
12. Few people are (high, highly) paid in this firm.
13. It was clever of him to make such a (near, nearly) translation.
14. They treated the boy (bad, badly) in their house.
15. When he began his journey he could (hard, hardly) crawl along.
16. She is very (slow, slowly) at understanding things.
17. I am very (anxious, anxiously) to leave as early as possible.
18. He has (regular, regularly) working hours.
19.The flower smells (pleasant, pleasantly).
20. The train goes (fast, fastly).
21. The meat tastes (bad, badly).
22. Is your brother an (excellent, excellently) painter?
THE PRONOUN
Exercise 560. Replace the nouns by the personal pronouns: I, we, you,
they, he, she, it.
1. My girlfriend is 12 years old.
2. Her brother is a student.
3. The dog barks.
4. Their parents are watching TV.
5. My brother and I like playing computer games.
6. Ann is hungry.
7. Oleg is looking through the window.
8. Teachers are working.
9. My friend and I can sing very well.
10. The cat is white.
Exercise 561. Complete the sentences using personal pronouns in the

Objective Case: me, him, her, it, us, you, them.
1. Give … (I) a book.
2. We often meet … (they) in the park.
3. This man often visits … (she).
4. She gives … (you) books to read.
5. Mark always helps … (we).
6. They teach … (I) at school.
7. He knows … (we).
8. I always thank … (they).
9. Does she phone … (you)?
10.They agree with … (he).
Exercise 562. Complete the sentences. Use the correct possessive pronoun.
1. I'm with … friends on the beach today.
2. Tom and … mum are here for the party.
3. My friends and I really like … school.
4. I think Helen is with … parents today.
5. This is a good book … title is The Planet Zorg.
6. Look! I've got a photo of you and … little brother.
7. That's Anna, my best friend and that is … sister, Kate.
8. Do you want … pizza or can I have it?
9. We're in … school football team.
10.Jenny and Clare are with … grandparents.
Exercise 563. Insert possessive pronouns: my, his, her, its, our, your, their.
1. I can't find the bag. Where's … bag?
2. He has a brother. … brother lives in London.
3. She grows flowers. … flowers are beautiful.
4. They have a new car. … car is expensive.
5. We live in Ukraine. … country is very big.
6. The dog is white. … hair is short.
7. My name is Oxana. What's … name?
8. The woman dresses well. … clothes is nice.
9. The boy has a room. … room is comfortable.
10.We often work in the garden. … garden is in front of the house.
Exercise 564. Insert possessive pronouns.

1. They have a new car. … car is expensive.
2. We live in Ukraine. … country is very big.
3. The dog is white. … hair is short.
4. My name is Oxana. What's … name?
5. The woman dresses well. … clothes is nice.
6. The boy has a room. … room is comfortable.
Exercise 565. Insert possessive pronouns in the absolute form: mine, his,
hers, its, ours, yours, theirs.
1. This is my mother's dress. The dress is …
2. This is our school. The school is …
3. This is their car. The car is …
4. This is not my book, … is at home.
5. I have lost my pen. Please, give me…
6. This is my father's computer. The computer is …
Exercise 566. Insert reflexive pronouns: myself, yourself, himself, herself,

itself, ourselves, yourselves, themselves.
1. Go and wash …
2. Ben translate the text …
3. Mary dressed …
4. The boys hurt …
5. I saw … in the mirror.
6. We cooked the dinner …
7. It works by …
8. My brother and I washed up …
9. The pupils wrote the composition …
10. My mum cooked buscuits …
Exercise 567. Complete the sentences using the demonstrative pronouns

this, that, these, those.
1. Hello, ___________________ is Rachel speaking. “Hello. How are you, Rachel?”
2. Hey, Jillian, is ___________________ your ring? I've just found it on the floor.
3. Look at ___________________ woman over there. She's a Spanish teacher
4. ' Jane! ___________________ is her penfriend Joe'. ' Hello, pleased to meet you'.
5. Look at ___________________ painting over there. What fabulous colours!
6. Listen! ___________________ awful dog next door is barking again.
7. His uncle, who fought in world war II, told him that in ___________________
days they didn't have enough food.
8. ___________________ mountains in the distance are the Alps.
9. Mmm. I love ___________________ pancakes. They're home-made, aren't they?
10. He can't finish ___________________ chocolate. Would you like some?

1) __________________ beach was quite empty last year.
a) that b) these c) those
2) __________________ exhibition will be open until the end of May.
a) this b) those c) these
3) __________________ people come from that hotel over there.
a) that b) this c) these
4) What does __________________ notice say?

a) these b) those c) that
5) __________________ exhibition closed a month ago.

a) those b) these c) that
6) He was dismissed on the 13th. __________________ night the factory went on fire.
a) those b) these c) that
7) Do you see __________________ birds at the top of the tree?

a) that b) this c) those
8) __________________ are the old classrooms.Those are the new ones.

a) those b) that c) these
9) __________________ is my cousin, Jessica.

a) this b) those c) that
10) Wasn't __________________ a horrible thing to say?

a) that b) this c) those

Q1 - You shouldn't do it like that, do it ____ way.
a) this b) that c)these d) those
Q2 - Take one of _____ books from that pile.

a) this b) those c)these
Q3 - Everyone does it _____ days.

Q4 - Everyone did it in _____ days.

Q5 - If ____ class doesn't stop making so much noise, I'm going to go and tell them to
shut up.
Q6 - Can you see what _____ car's registration is? It's too far away for me.
Q7 - I'm leaving ____ Tuesday.

Q8 - I spoke to her a few hours ago- at the meeting _____ morning.

Q9 - The flat we looked at today was better than ____ two we saw at the weekend.
Q10 - 'Waiter, I think ____ wine is off.'

Interrogative Pronouns
Exercise 570. Choose the right pronoun: where, what, how many, how far,
when, whose, how, who, which.
1. _____________________________ shoes are they ? they're mine.
2. _____________________________ are they coming ? by bus
3. _____________________________ are you doing your homework ? in my bedroom.
4. _____________________________ do they get up ?
5. _____________________________ trousers do you want,the red or the blue ones ?
6. _____________________________ apples are there?
7. _____________________________ is Paris from Caen ?
8. _____________________________'s the weather like today ?
9. _____________________________ are you from ?
10. _____________________________'s your phone number ?
11. _____________________________ people are they ?
12. _____________________________ is Paul phoning ?
13. _____________________________ do Philip and Jean want to go ?
14. _____________________________ are they doing in the park ?
Exercise 571. Fill in the blanks with suitable interrogative pronouns.
1. ——————— did you invite to preside over the meeting?

a) Who
b) Whom
c) What
d) Whose
2. She asked —————— I preferred, tea or coffee?

a) Who
b) That
c) Which
d) Whom
3. Of ——————— are you speaking?

a) Who
b) Whom
c) Whose
d) None of these
4. —————— do you want to do?

a) What
b) Which
c) That
d) Whom
5. ——————— shall I give this to?

a) Whom
b) What
c) Whose
d) Which
6. —————— of these books will you take?

a) Which
b) Whom
c) That
d) Whose
7. I don’t know —————— of them will actually get it?

a) Whom
b) What
c) Which
d) Whose
8. ——————— said these words?

a) Who
b) Whom
c) What
d) Which
9. Of ——————— boy are you speaking?

a) Whom
b) Who
c) Which
d) That
10. ——————– do you want to see?

a) Who
b) Whom
c) Which
d) Whose
11. ——————– did he come here for?

a) Why
b) What
c) Whom
d) Who
12. ——————, do you think, is the correct answer to this question?
a) What
b) Which
c) Who
d) Whom
13. To —————— did she give her necklace?

a) Whom
b) Whose
c) What
d) Which
14. ——————– do you think he is?

a) What
b) That which
c) Who
d) Which
15. With ——————– were you exchanging pleasantries?

a) Whom
b) What
c) Which
d) Who
16. ———————– is better, honor or riches?

a) Which
b) Who
c) That
d) Whom
17. ———————— of them wants to see me?

a) Which
b) What
c) That
d) Whom
18. To ——————— do you pass on the notes?

a) Who
b) Whom
c) What
d) Which
Exercise 572. Here are some answers. What are the questions?
1. John Smith. What’s your name?
2. Venezuela. _______________ ?
3. I’m an engineer. _______________?
4. 25. _______________?
5. One metre seventy-eight. _______________?
6. Two brothers and a sister. _______________?
7. In a small flat in Caracas. _______________?
8. Fluent English and a little French. _______________?
9. I watch TV or I go out with friends. _______________?
10. About twice a week. _______________?
Exercise 573. Match the questions and the answers.
1. What nationality are you? a) Knitting and reading.

2. What sports do you do? b) Mostly novels; sometimes history
3. What kind of music do you like? books.
4. What kind of books do you read? c) Austrian.
5. Are you shy? d) She’s very calm and cheerful.
6. Can you play the guitar? e) In a small town near Vienna.
7. What do you like doing in your spare f) No, I’m fairly self-confident.
time? g) They don’t interest me.
8. Why are you learning English? h) I prefer playing games to watching
9. Where do you live? them.
10. Do you like watching football i) Classical music.
matches on television? j) He’s tall and fair.
11. What does your father look like? k) Long-distance running.
12. What’s your mother like? l) I’d like to travel more, and I think
13. Have you got any brothers or sisters? it’s a useful language.
14. How do you feel about snakes? m) Yes, two sisters.
n) Yes, but not very well.
Exercise 574. Put the words in the right order to form a question.
Model: you the buy shop did at What? What did you buy at the shop?
1. the is teacher Who? ______________________?
2. parents your are at Where moment the? ______________________?
3. When you did her see? ______________________?
4. did to Italy you go Why? ______________________?
5. do How you school to come? ______________________?
6. Whose that is car? ______________________?
7. do to How you often go cinema the? ______________________?
8. often have you do How holiday a? ______________________?
9. do you What up have time get to? ______________________?
10.job to have your wear you a Do uniform in? ______________________?
11.you Why have did so to many books buy? ______________________?
Exercise 575. Match a word in A with a word in B and a line in C. Then

answer the questions about yourself.
A B C
shoes do you take?
colour
did you get up this morning?
far
of music do you like?
tall
do you read?
sort
is it from school to your house?
How much
is your hair?
What often
do you go swimming?
size
does a hamburger cost in your
long
town?
newspaper
are you?
time
does your English lesson last?
Relative Pronouns
Exercise 576. Complete with who, whose, whom, which.
1. This is the boy ___ had an accident.
2. Yesterday I saw a car ___ was really old.
3. Mandy is the girl ___ I met on Friday.
4. I haven't seen Peter, ___ brother is five, for a long time now.
5. The robber stole the car ___ the lady parked in front of the supermarket.
6. This is the man ___ house is on fire.
7. Can I talk to the girl ___ is sitting on the bench?
8. The book ___ you gave me is great.
9. Peter is the boy ___ rides the blue bike.
10) Bill Clinton, ___ was President of the USA, has only one daughter.
Exercise 577. Complete with who, whose, which, that, what, where.
1. ___ surprised me is that she didn't show her face.
2. The two girls ___ are the daughter and niece of a doctor, know my mother.
3. What surprised everybody is ___ the girls had a strange behaviour.
4. They lived in a small cottage ___ is in Plymouth
5. These girls , ___ grandmother was a witch, were accused of witchcraft .
6. The talisman ___ my mother gave them was a ring
7. The people ___ didn't know the girls were terrorized.
8. The girls ___ house was sold, were hanged.
9. It was in Plymouth, ___ they lived, they haunt the village since then.
10. The woman ___ wears a veil is my mother.
There is, there are, a/an and some.

Exercise 578. Complete the sentences. Use There is, there are, a/an and some.
There's a hamburger. There's some milk. There are some potatoes.
1 … sandwiches.
2 … onion.
3 … coffee.
4 … tomato.
5 … butter.
6 … eggs.
7 … paghetti.
8 … pizzas.
9 … yoghurt.
10 … vegetables.
Exercise 579. Complete the instructions. Use a/an and some.
1 To make an egg sandwich you need .... bread, … butter and … egg.
2 To make a cup of English tea you need …water, …teabag and … milk.
3 To make chips you need … potatoes and … oil.
4 To make a cup of coffee you need … water, … coffee and … milk.
some and any

There are some bananas.
There aren't any tomatoes.
Are there any oranges?
Use some in affirmative sentences. Use any in negative sentences. Use any in
interrogative sentences.
Exercise 580. Complete the sentences. Use some or any.

1. They've got …… delicious buns in that shop.
2. Have you drunk …… water today?
3. 'I'd like a cheese sandwich.' 'Sorry, we haven't got …… cheese.'
4. 'Can I help you?' 'Yes, I'd like …… potatoes, please.'
5. I'm hungry. Have you got …… biscuits?
6. 'I'm making a cake.' 'You'll need to buy …… flour.'
7. Have you got …… ice-cream?
Exercise 581. Complete the conversation. Use some or any.

Jess I'm hungry. Let's make some pancakes!
Patty Great idea! Have we got everything we need?
Jess Well, there's … flour in the cupboard.
Patty Are there … eggs?
Jess Yes. There are … in the fridge.
Patty Good. Is there … milk?
Jess Yes. There's … in the fridge next to the eggs. Is that everything?
Patty Mmm. Salt! Is there … salt?
Jess Yes. Here you are. Let's start!
Patty OK. You mix the ingredients. What can we have with the pancakes?
Jess Are there (6)....lemons? I like them with sugar and lemon.
Patty No. There aren't … lemons, but there is … ice cream.
Jess Mmm. Delicious!
Patty Yes, I can't wait to taste them.
Exercise 582. Complete the dialogue. Use a/an, some or any.

Ann Is there ... fruit in the fridge?
Bob There are …bananas. There aren't … lemons.
Ann Is there … butter?
Bob Yes, there is. And there's … milk, but there isn't … orange juice.
Exercise 583. Complete the dialogue. Use a/an, some or any.

There are some lemons on the table.
Katy Are there (1) ___ vegetables in the cupboard?
Nick Yes, there are (2) ___ potatoes. There aren't (3) ___ onions.
Katy Are there (4) ___ tomatoes?
Nick No, there aren't.
Katy Is there (5)____hamburger?
Nick No, there isn't. There are (6) ___ eggs in the fridge.
Katy So, we've got potatoes and eggs. Let's have eggs and chips!
Exercise 584. Correct the sentences.

1. Are there any milk in the fridge?
2. There isn't any tomatoes in the salad.
3. Is there some sugar in this coffee?
4. There are some hamburger on the plate.
5. 'Can I help you?' 'Yes, I'd like any potatoes, please.'
6. There are some jam on the bread.
7. I'd like to order any pizzas, please.
8. There isn't a salt on the table.
9. Waiter! There's some fly in my soup.
Exercise 585. Extend statements according to the model. Use the words
suggested.
Model: I haven’t got any bananas, (oranges)
I haven’t got any bananas, but I have got some oranges.
1. They haven’t got any cakes, (biscuits). 2. Mother hasn’t got any brown
bread, (white bread). 3. We haven’t got any tea, (coffee). 4. I haven’t got any milk,
(cream). 5. The children haven’t got any balls, (dolls). 6. We haven’t got any rivers
here, (lakes). 7. Mrs. Smith hasn’t got any drawings here, (photos). 8. The cook
hasn’t got any cheese, (sausage). 9. Ann hasn’t got any newspapers, (magazines). 10.
They haven’t got any sandwiches here, (cakes).
Exercise 586. Rewrite the sentences according to the pattern.
a) I'm thirsty, (beer in the bottle).
Is there any beer in the bottle?
1. Bill is hungry, (sausage in the fridge). 2. I'm thirsty, (tea in the tea-pot). I
We're hungry, (cold meat at home). 4. The child is thirsty, (milk in the jug). The
children are hungry, (sandwiches on the plate).
b) We're hungry, (cakes in the cupboard).
There are some cakes in the cupboard.
1. I'm thirsty, (coffee in the pot). 2. Father is hungry, (soup and meat in the
fridge). 3. They're thirsty, (lemonade in the fridge). 4. The men are hungry, (meat in
the frying-pan). 5. Mary is thirsty, (soda-water in the bottle).
Exercise 587. Ask questions according to the pattern. Substitute any-

forms for no- forms.
Model: Nobody can do it at once, (by the evening).
Can anybody do it by the evening?
1. There's nobody here, (in that room). 2. We must go nowhere today, (to-
morrow). 3. There's nothing in the box, (in the table). 4. The book is nowhere in the
house, (in the garden). 5. No one is ready for the test-paper, (for a dictation). 6. She
has got nothing in her hand, (in her pocket). 7. The child has got nobody to play with
here, (at home).
Exercise 588. Extend sentences of contrast using the given suggestions.

Substitute no- forms for some- forms.
Model: There's something on the shelf, ... (on the sideboard).
There's something on the shelf, but there's nothing on the sideboard.
1. There's something in the box, ... (on the table). 2. There's someone in the
house, ... (in the garden). 3. Father has got something in his briefcase, ... (in his
suitcase). 4. I have got something to drink, ... (to eat). 5. There's somebody in the
hall, ... (in the classroom). 6. There's someone waiting for you in the library, ... (in
the dining-room).
Exercise 589. Insert some, any or по.

1. There are ... pictures in the book. 2. Are there ... new students in your
group? 3. There are ... old houses in our street. 4. Are there ... English textbooks on
the desks? – Yes, there are ... . 5. Are there ... maps on the walls? – No, there
aren't .... 6. Are there ... pens on the desk? – Yes, there are … 8. Are there ... sweets
in your bag? – Yes, there are ... . 9. Have you got ... English books at home? – Yes, I
have .... 10. There are ... beautiful pictures in the magazine. Look at them. 11. There
is ... ink in my pen: I cannot write.
Exercise 590. Fill in the blanks using one of the words from the brackets.
1. We haven't ... black stockings (no, any). 2 They have ... red boots, Kate
(any, no). 3. I don't want... today, thank you (nothing, anything). 4. "I haven't got ...
clean exercise-books, Mother," said the boy (any, no). 5. "We shall not buy ... in this
shop, children," said the mother (nothing, anything). 6. Didn't you buy ... potatoes
yesterday (any, no)? 17.1 didn't see ... in the street when I went out (anybody,
nobody). 8. We did not play ... games in the yard because it was raining all day long
(no, any). 9. There is ... at home (anybody, nobody). 10. How much did you pay for
these boots? - I didn't pay ... (nothing, anything). They are a present from my
grandmother. 11. Have you lost ... (anything, nothing)? – No, nobody here has lost ...
(nothing, anything).

1. They have done something. 2. He has given them some money. 3. You
have brought something for us. 4. I have taken some English books from you. 5. She
was reading something. 6. He has written a letter to somebody. 7. Somebody by the
name of Petrov lives on the third floor. 8. They have some English books. 9. There
are some tall trees in front of their house. 10. Peter has something in his box. 11.
There are some parks in this town, 12. There are some good book shops in our dis-
trict.
Exercise 592. Put some, any, no or their derivatives into each gap.
1. Have you ... relations? — No, I haven't ..., I have ... relations. 2. Has she ...
nephews or nieces? — She has ... nephews. 3. She has ... sisters, she has only
brothers. 4. Do you know ... about Chinese art? 5. They have ... cousins in Kyiv. 6.
Have you ... brothers? — No, I haven't ..., I have ... brothers. 7. I have ... good
friends. 8. We didn't know ... about his problems: he told us ... 9. Have you got ...
interesting books? 10. Have you ... friends in Britain? 11. He has ... English books in
his bookcase. 12. Did you meet ... on your way to school? 13. Have you got ...
pencils in your bag? 14. Do we have ... chalk on the blackboard? 15. How could I
know that he was ill? ... told me ... 16. She has ... mistakes in the test.
Exercise 593. Put some, any, no or their derivatives into each gap.
1. Here are ... books by English writers. Take ... book you like. 2. There are ...
boys in the garden because they are at school. 3. I can see ... on the snow, but I don't
know what it is. 4. Are there ... desks in the classroom? - Yes, there are many. 5.
There are ... books on this desk, but there are … exercise-books. 6. Did he say ...
about it? – No, he said … 7. What shall I do now, Mom? I have done my homework.
– You can do ... you like. 8. There was ... in the street because it was Very late. 9. ...
wants to see him. 10 Is there ... herе who knows this man? 11. Have you ... books on
Dickens? I want to read ... about him. I have read ... books by Dickens and I am
interested in the life of the writer. 12. Can ... tell me how to get to the Public Library?
– Yes, take ... bus that goes from here towards the railway station and get off at the
third stop. 13. Please bring me ... apples, Mary. 14. That is a very easy question – …
can answer it.
Exercise 594. Insert somebody, anybody, nobody or everybody.

1. Has ... in this group got a dictionary? 2. ... left a magazine in our classroom
yesterday. 3. The question was so difficult that ... could answer it. 4. I am afraid I
shan't be able to find ... in the office now: it is too late. 5. ... knows that water is
necessary for life. 6. Is there ... here who knows French? 7. You must find ... who can
help you. 8. ... knew anything about America before Colum bus discovered it. 9. I
saw ... in the train yesterday who looked like you. 10. There is ... in the next room. I
don't know him. 11. Please tell us the story. ... knows it. 12. Is there ... in my group
who lives in the dormitory? 13. Has ... here got a red pencil? 14. ... can answer this
question. It is very easy.
Exercise 595. Insert something, anything, nothing or everything.

1. ... is all right, the patient is much better today! 2. Is there ... interesting in
the program of the concert? 3. I could see ... : it was quite dark. 4. Give me ... to
drink. 5. I didn't take any money with me so I couldn't buy ... . 6. My new eyeglasses
are very good, I can see ... now. 7.1 saw ... near the wood that looked like a tent.
Exercise 596. Insert something, anything, nothing or everything.

1. Give me ... to read, please. – With pleasure, 2. I don't know ... about your
town. Tell me ... , about it. 3. Please give me ... warm: it is cold here. 4. I
understand ... now. Thank you for your explanation. 5. There is ... white in the box.
'What is it? 6. Is there ... that you want to tell me? 7. Where is the book? — It is on
the table. - No, there is . . there.
Exercise 597. Fill in the blanks with the pronouns something, anything,
nothing, everything, some, any, somebody, anybody, nobody, no.
1. There's …………. at the door. Can you go and see who it is?
2. I wasn't feeling hungry, so і didn't eat ………….
3. I would like to have …………. tea.
4. Give me …………. books, please. I need …………. to read at home.
5. Put …………. sugar in her tea: she does not like sweet tea.
6. …………. was present at the lesson yesterday.
7. He is busy. He has …………. time to go to the cinema with us.
8. Do you need …………. books to prepare for your report?
9. Have you …………. questions?
Exercise 598. Fill in the blanks with the pronouns something, anything, nothing.
1. Did you write ……….. to your parents yesterday?
2. On Sunday my sister bought ……….. for me, but I don't know what it is.
3. We saw ……….. because there was no light in the room.
4. Bob couldn't say ……….. because he didn't know the lesson.
5. Did you bring ……….. to their little sister?
6. She wanted to ask ……….. but then she didn't ask ………..
Exercise 599. Translate the text:

A Short Story
This is a story about four persons: All, Somebody, Everybody, Nobody.
A very important task must be done, so All were sure that Somebody would
do it. Everybody could do it, but Nobody did it. Somebody got angry because it was
the task of Everybody. All supposed that Everybody could fulfil it, but Nobody
understood that All would not do it. The result was that All accused Somebody when
Nobody fulfilled what Everybody could do all by himself.
Exercise 600. Insert somewhere, anywhere, nowhere or everywhere.
1. I put my dictionary ... yesterday and now I can't find it … – Of course, that
is because you leave your books ... . 2. You must go ... next summer. 3. Did you go ...
on Sunday? 4. Let's go ... . The weather is fine. I don't want to stay at home in such
weather. 5. I cannot find my glasses .... I always put them ... and then look for them
for hours. 6. Today is a holiday. The streets are full of people. There are flags,
banners and flowers ....

1. На столі лежить щось кругле. Що це таке? 2. Ніхто про це нічого не
знає. 3. У місті багато парків. Скрізь дерева і квіти. 4. У тій кімнаті хтось є. 5.
Анна живе десь в цьому районі. 6. Я нікого не знаю в цьому місті. 7. Дай мені,
будь ласка, що-небудь поїсти. 8. Хто-небудь знає адресу нашого вчителя? 9.
Все гаразд. 10. Хто-небудь хоче подивитися цей фільм? 11. Ми чули цю пісню
всюди. 12. Він десь в саду.
both, either, neither
We use both, either and neither to talk about only two people or things.
Both my mum and my dad eat vegetables every day.
What would you like to drink? There's either cola or orange juice.
I love eating sweet things. But neither chocolate nor cake is good for you.
The Rules:
Use both with plural affirmative verbs.
Use either and neither with singular affirmative verbs.
Exercise 602. Rewrite the sentences using the word in brackets.

Examples: John likes cheese. Sarah likes cheese. (both)
Both John and Sarah like cheese.
John didn't buy cakes. Sarah didn't buy cakes. (neither)
Neither John nor Sarah bought cakes.
You can have a sandwich. Or you can have a cake. (either)
You can either have a sandwich or a cake.
1. Kate has fruit for lunch. I have fruit for lunch. (both)
2. Sarah doesn't eat meat. Kate doesn't eat meat. (neither)
3. Water is good for you. Fruit is good for you. (both)
4. We've got oranges. We've got apples. (either)
5. John doesn't like fish. Sarah doesn't like fish. (neither)
6. My sister hates tomatoes. My brother hates tomatoes. (both)
Quantitative Pronouns
many, much
Exercise 603. Insert much or many.
1. Please don't put ... pepper on the meat. 2. There were ... plates on the table.
3. I never eat ... bread with soup. 4. Why did you eat so ... ice-cream? 5. She wrote
us ... letters from the country. 6. ... of these students don't like to look up words in the
dictionary. 7. ... in this work was too difficult for me. 8. ... of their answers were
excellent. 9. ... of their conversation was about the institute. 10. There are ... new
pictures in this room. 11. There are ... teachers at our school, and ... of them are
women. 12. ... of these plays are quite ... new. 13. Thanks awfully for the books you
sent me yesterday. – Don't mention it, it wasn't ... bother. 14. ... of her advice was
useful. 15. He had ... pairs of socks.

Багато зошитів, багато молока, багато води, багато днів, багато газет,
багато крейди, багато снігу, багато років, багато картин, багато музики, багато
хлопчиків, багато дівчаток, багато лимонів, багато м'яса, багато кімнат, багато
вчителів, багато роботи, багато повітря, багато птахів, багато машин.
a few, a little, few, little

a few – кілька, трохи (it is used with countable nouns)
a little – кілька, трохи (it is used with uncountable nouns)
few – мало (it is used with countable nouns)
little – мало (it is used with uncountable nouns)
Exercise 605. Choose the correct pronoun from the brackets.
1. Не саn read English (a little, a few). 2. Let him think (a little, a few).
3. I've been to (a little, a few) lectures here and liked them very much. 4. We
spent (a little, a few) days in the country and then came back to town because
the weather was awful. 5. You know ( a little, a few) German, don't you? 6. My
little son knows (a little, a few) English words. 7. There weren't many wide
streets in this town (a little, a few) years ago. 8. If you think (a little a few),
you will remember the rule and translate the sentence. 9. My brother is coming
to Kyiv in (a little, a few) days. 10. I don't know any French, but I like to hear
it. Please say (a little, a few) words in French.
Exercise 606. Insert little or few.

1. I have ... time, so I can't go with you. 2. He has ... English books. 3. There is
... ink in my pen. Have you got any ink? 4. There are ... bears in the zoo. 5. Tom
Canty was the son of poor parents and had very ... clothes. 6. There is tool ... soup in
my plate. Give me some more, please. 7. The children returned from the wood very
sad because they had found very ... mushrooms. 8. There was too ... light in the
room, and I could not read. There are very ... people who don't know that the earth is
round.
Мало будинків, мало радості, мало чашок, мало яблук, мало вікон, мало
паперу, мало кави, мало статей, мало супу, мало дерев, мало трави, мало дітей,
мало іграшок, мало світла, мало парт, мало сметани, мало соку, мало книг, мало
кольорів, мало солі, мало друзів, мало палаців.
Exercise 608. Read the conversation. Choose the correct expressions of

quantity.
Jim Here's the bus. Oh! I forgot my money. I've only got a little / a few coins.
Kirsty That's OK. I've got a lot of / a little coins here in my purse. Did you
bring the sandwiches?
Jim Yes. But only a little / a few.
Kirsty But I asked you to make a lot / a little. Did you bring any water?
Jim Yes, but not much. There's only a little / a few. Sorry!
Kirsty Did you bring the apples?
Jim The apples? Oh no! They are at home, on the kitchen table!
Exercise 609. Insert little, a little, few or a few.

1. I have ... money, so we can go to the cinema. 2. I have ... money, so we
cannot go to the cinema. 3. This girl works very ... , that's why she knows nothing. 4.
Mother gave us ... apples, and we were glad. 5. He did not like it at the camp: he had
very ... friends there. 6. This lemon drink is sour; if you put ... sugar in it, it will be
sweeter. 7. This lemon drink is sour; if you put ... lumps of sugar in it, it will be
sweeter. 8. The hall was almost empty: there were ... people in it. 9. I can't buy this
expensive hat today: I have too ... money. 10. She left and returned in ... minutes. 11.
I think you can spare me ... time now. 12. I am sorry I have seen ... plays by this
author.

Трохи грошей, мало грошей, декілька стільців, мало стільців, декілька
пісень, мало пісень, трохи радості, мало радості, мало хлопчиків, трохи води,
кілька людей, мало води, мало повітря, мало столів, декілька хвилин, декількох
кішок, мало трави, трохи успіху, декілька днів, мало роботи, трохи солі, кілька
ложок, мало світла, мало вікон, кілька машин, трохи цукру, мало яєць, мало
сиру.
Exercise 611. Put much, many, little or few.

1. My brother is a young teacher. Every day he spends ... time preparing for
his lessons. 2. I know very ... about this writer. It is the first book I am reading. 3.
The students of our group ask ... questions at the lecture. They want to know
everything. 4. You do not make ... mistakes in your spelling. 5. Does your sister
read ...? — Yes, she does. And your brother? — Oh, he doesn't. He has so ... books,
but he reads very ... 6. Walk quicker, please. We have very ... time. 7. I am sorry to
say, I have read very ... books by Jack London.
Exercise 612. Insert much, many, little, few, a little or a few.

1. He had ... English books at home, so he had to go to the library for more
books. 2. She gave him ... water to wash his hands and face. 3. I'd like to say ...
words about my journey. 4. After the play everybody felt ... tired. 5. Let's stay here ...
longer: it is such a nice place. 6. There were ... new words in the text, and Peter spent
... time learning them. 7. There was ... hay in the barn, and the children could not
play there. 8. There was ... water in the river, and they decided to cross it. 9. My
mother knows German ... and she can help you with the translation of this letter. 10.
When we walked ... farther down the road, we met another group of students. 11.
Have you got ... ink in your pen? 12. At the conference we met ... people whom we
knew well. 13. There are very ... old houses left in our street. Most of them have
already been pulled down. 14. If you have ... spare time, look through this book. You
will find ... stories there which are rather interesting. 15. There are ... things here
which I cannot understand. 16. Shall I bring ... more chalk? — No, thank you. There
is... chalk on the desk. I hope that will be enough for our lesson.
The Pronoun: Revision

Exercise 613. Choose a correct answer:
1. She has … compact discs:
a) some,
b) any;
c) somebody;
d) anybody;
e) something.
2. I need …money:
a) neither;
b) no;
c) none;
d) nothing;
e) nobody.
3. Tom cut …when he was shaving in the morning:

a) herself;
b) himself;
c) ourselves;
d) themselves;
e) myself.
4. They could do the translation …

a) myself;
b) himself;
c) herself;
d) themselves;
e) ourselves.
5. How long have you and Billy known …?
a) himself;
b) each other;
c) themselves;
d) ourselves;
e) him.
6. I repaired my bike …
a) herself;
b) himself;
c) me;
d) my;
e) myself.
7. She didn't want to say …
a) something;
b) anything;
c) somebody;
d) anybody;
e) any.
8. …wants to see you:
a) anybody;
b) anything;
c) somebody;
d) something;
e) some.
9. …could help him:
a) no;
b) none;
c) nobody;
d) nothing;
e) anybody.
10. We must hurry. We don't have … time:
a) much;
b) many;
c) some;
d) no;
e) none.
11. We have very… time:
a) few;
b) a few;
c) little;
d) some;
e) no.
12. He thinks he knows … :
a) every;
b) no;
c) some;
d) any;
e) everything.
THE NUMERAL
Exercise 614. Write cardinal numbers in words.

a) 4, 87, 18, 36, 51, 3, 10, 21, 16, 93, 82, 76, 6, 13, 69, 99, 45, 51, 42, 73, 85, 37.
b) 122, 246, 378, 444, 501, 639, 778, 840, 963.
c) 1000, 2045, 3123, 4256, 5063, 6834, 7777, 8922, 9654.
d) 11553, 23456, 31567, 40378, 57442, 66210, 73100, 88765, 90201.
e) 123432, 235644, 300278, 402555, 511300, 677275, 700700, 888123, 922111.
f) 1,234641; 35,567344; 50,400333; 733,886954; 900,543200.

6 класних кімнат, 12 портфелів, 13 газет, 2 класні дошки, 64 книжки, 11
малюнків, 18 коледжів, 15 олівців, 7 магазинів, 73 студенти, 10 географічних
карт, 27 ручок, 5 вікон, 47 зошитів, 39 столів, 16 стільців, 4 лекції.
Exercise 616. Write ordinal numbers in words.

a) 1, 2, 3, 5, 7, 10, 14, 16, 18, 19.
b) 22, 27, 38, 40, 52, 53, 66, 69, 71, 75, 84, 83, 91, 99.
c) 100, 147, 200, 255, 321, 400, 567, 603, 795, 849, 967.
Exercise 617. Write down the following dates.

4.01.1722; 23.06.1899; 15.10.1900; 06.11.1933; 30.12.1945; 02.02.1987; 29.07.1999,
18.05.2010; 23.03.2012.
Exercise 618. Write down the following cardinal numerals.

1. Write the answers:
a. Four + four =
b. Twenty – four =
c. Ten + six =
d. Thirty – ten =
e. Eleven – one =
f. Fifteen + twentyfive =
Exercise 619. Read aloud the following.

a. Years
b. Sums
c. Telephone numbers
a) 476 b) 233 c) 074322222

1054 475 07215455571
1228 9654 05349994990
1453 32,3 06843436563
1789 40,6 03554332211
1940 51,2 09665433221
Exercise 620. Work on the model.

first / January
Model: The first month of the year is January.
second / February
third / March
fift / June
sevent / July
tenth / October
twelfth / December
Exercise 621. Write the correct answers.

a. What are 4 times 4?
b. What is the answer if you divide 100 by 10?
c. What is the answer if you add 10 to 10?
d. What remains if you substract 10 from 50?
e. What are 8 times 8?
f. What do 7,8 and 9 add up to?
g. What is the answer if you divide 20 by 2?

1) Independence Day, commonly known as the __________________, is a federal
holiday in the United States.
Fourth of July
Fourt of July
Fours of July
2) Kate is having a party for her __________________ birthday.

second twenty
twenty-second
twenty-two
3) I felt very bad during my __________________ trip.
fiveth-hour
fivth-hour
five-hour
4) Her sister is __________________ years old.She is tall and she has long curly
hair.
twentieth-seven
twenty-seventh
twenty-seven
5) He died on the __________________, in the seventy-second year of his age.

twenty-fifth of May
twent-fifth
twenty-fiveth
6) When Mary was in her __________________, she left her city.

twentyies
twenties
twents
7) He was the __________________ person arrested in this city last month.

eleventh
eleventieth
elefen
8) America was discovered in __________________ . Probably by Colombus.

forteen ninety-second
fourteen ninety-two
fourten ninety-two
9) Susan has been the __________________ girl to win such an expensive award
since 2000.
fourtenth
fourteenth
forteenth
10) Ted was the __________________ citizen born in this city.

nine millionth
nine millionthes
nine millions
Exercise 623. Insert cardinal or ordinal numeral.

1. There are ________ months in a year.
2. January is ________ month of the year.
3. May is ________ month of the year.
4. There are ________ months in winter.
5. December is ________ month of the year and ________ month of winter.
6. There are ________ days in a week: ________ one is Monday, ________
one is Tuesday, ________one is Wednesday, ________ one is Thursday, ________
one is Friday, ________ one is Saturday and ________ one is Sunday.
7. Sunday is ________ day of the week in England and ________ one in
Russia.
8. Monday is ________ day in Russia and ________ in Great Britain.
9. There are ________ hours in a day, ________ minutes in an hour and
________ seconds in a minute.
10.September, April, June and November have ________ days. All the rest
have ________ except February.
11. There are ________ days in February except the leap year. It's the
time when February has ________ days.
THE PREPOSITION
Prepositions are short words (on, in, to) that usually stand in front of nouns
(sometimes also in front of gerund verbs).
The following table contains rules for some of the most frequently used
prepositions in English:
Prepositions of Time
English Usage Example
 on  days of the week  on Monday
 months / seasons
 in August / in winter
 time of day
 in the morning
 in  year
 in 2006
 after a certain period of time
 in an hour
(when?)
 for night
 at night
 for weekend
 at  at the weekend
 a certain point of time
 at half past nine
(when?)
 from a certain point of time
 since  since 1980
(past till now)
 over a certain period of time
 for  for 2 years
(past till now)
 ago  a certain time in the past  2 years ago
 earlier than a certain point
 before  before 2004
of time
 to  telling the time  ten to six (5:50)
 past  telling the time  ten past six (6:10)
 to /
 marking the beginning and
till /  from Monday to/till Friday
end of a period of time
until
 till /  in the sense of how long  He is on holiday until
until something is going to last Friday.
 I will be back by 6 o’clock.
 in the sense of at the latest
 by  By 11 o'clock, I had read
 up to a certain time
five pages.
Prepositions of Place (Position and Direction)
 room, building, street,
 in the kitchen, in London
town, country
 in the book
 in  book, paper etc.
 in the car, in a taxi
 car, taxi
 in the picture, in the world
 picture, world
 meaning next to, by an
object  at the door, at the station
 for table  at the table
 at  for events  at a concert, at the party
 place where you are to do  at the cinema, at school, at
something typical (watch a work
film, study, work)
 attached
 the picture on the wall
 for a place with a river
 London lies on the Thames.
 being on a surface
 on the table
 for a certain side (left,
 on  on the left
right)
 on the first floor
 for a floor in a house
 on the bus, on a plane
 for public transport
 on TV, on the radio
 for television, radio
 by,
 left or right of somebody or  Jane is standing by / next
next to,
something to / beside the car.
beside
 on the ground, lower than
 under  the bag is under the table
(or covered by) smth. else
 lower than something else  the fish are below the
 below
but above ground surface
 covered by something else
 put a jacket over your shirt
 meaning more than
 over 16 years of age
 over  getting to the other side
 walk over the bridge
(also across)
 climb over the wall
 overcoming an obstacle
 higher than something else,
 above  a path above the lake
but not directly over it
 getting to the other side
 walk across the bridge
 across (also over)
 swim across the lake
 getting to the other side
 something with limits on
 through  drive through the tunnel
top, bottom and the sides
 to  movement to person or  go to the cinema
building  go to London / Ireland
 movement to a place or  go to bed
country
 for bed
 go into the kitchen / the
 into  enter a room / a building
house
 movement in the direction
 go 5 steps towards the
 towards of something (but not
house
directly to it)
 movement to the top of
 onto  jump onto the table
something
 from  in the sense of where from  a flower from the garden
Other important Prepositions

 from  who gave it  a present from Jane
 who/what does it belong to  a page of the book
 of
 what does it show  the picture of a palace
 by  who made it  a book by Mark Twain
 walking or riding on
horseback  on foot, on horseback
 on
 entering a public transport  get on the bus
vehicle
 in  entering a car / Taxi  get in the car
 leaving a public transport
 off  get off the train
vehicle
 out
 leaving a car / Taxi  get out of the taxi
of
 rise or fall of something  prices have risen by 10
 by  travelling (other than percent
walking or horseriding)  by car, by bus
 at  for age  she learned Russian at 45
 for topics, meaning what
 about  we were talking about you
about
The following is a list of verbs and prepositions which commonly appear together.
accuse (someone) of ([doing] something) arrive at (a building, room, site, event)

add (something) to (something else) arrive in (a city, country)
admire (someone) for ([doing] something) ask (someone) about (someone/topic)
agree on (topic) ask (someone) for (something)
agree with (someone) believe in (something)
apologize to (someone) for ([doing] something) belong to (someone)
apply to (a place) for (something) blame (someone) for ([doing] something)
approve of (something) borrow (something) from (someone)
argue with (someone) about (topic) care about (someone/something/topic)
comment on (topic) prefer (something) to (something else)
compare (something) to/with (something else) prevent (someone) from ([doing] something)
complain to (someone) about (something) prohibit (someone) from ([doing] something)
concentrate on ([doing] something) protect (someone) from (something)
congratulate (someone) for/on ([doing] provide (someone) with (something)
something) recover from (something)
consist of (some things) rely (up)on (someone/something)
consent to ([doing] something) remind (someone) of (something)
contribute to (something) rescue (someone) from (something)
count on (someone) to (do something) respond to (someone/something)
cover (something) with (something else) save (someone) from (something)
decide on (topic) search for (something)
depend on (someone) for (something) separate (something) from (something else)
discuss (something) with (someone) scold (someone) for ([doing] something)
distinguish (something) from (something else) smile at (someone) for ([doing] something)
dream about/of (someone/something) speak to/with (someone) about (topic)
escape from (somewhere) stare at (something/someone)
explain (topic) to (someone) stop (someone) from ([doing] something)
excuse (someone) for ([doing] something) subscribe to (something)
forgive (someone for ([doing] something) substitute (something) for (something
get rid of (something) else/someone)
graduate from (a place) subtract (something) from (something else)
happen to (someone) succeed in ([doing] something)
help (someone) with (something) suffer from (something)
hide (something) from (someone) take advantage of (someone/something/
insist (up)on (something) situation)
introduce (someone) to (someone else) take care of (something/someone)
invite (someone) to (an event) talk to/with (someone) about (topic)
keep (something) for (someone) thank (someone) for ([doing] something)
matter to (someone) travel to (somewhere)
object to (something) vote for (someone)
participate in (something) vouch for (someone)
pay (price) for (something) wait for (someone/something)
plan on ([doing] something) wish for (something)
pray for (someone/something) work for (company/something/someone)
Prepositions after Adjectives
accused of (accused of a crime) fit to (fit to look after old people)
accustomed to (accustomed to a life of luxury) fond of (fond of her, fond of swimming)
acquainted with (acquainted with him) friendly to/towards (friendly to visitors)
addicted to (addicted to gambling) frightened of (frightened of spider)
afraid of (afraid of dogs) full of (full of mistakes)
agreeable to (agreeable to the idea) furious about/at/with (furious with him for not ….)
akin to (akin to a guitar) generous to (generous to the kids)
alarmed at/by (alarmed at the prospect of) generous of (generous of you contribute so much)
amazed at (amazed at his rapid recovery) good at (good at reading maps)
amazed by (amazed by the performance) good for (good for your health)
angry with (angry with a person) good of (good of you to come)
angry at (angry at something) happy about (happy about riding a horse)
annoyed about/by (annoyed by his carelessness) happy with (happy with my new car)
annoyed with (annoyed with him for not calling) hopeless at (hopeless at mathematics)
anxious about (anxious about flying) impressed with/by (impressed with the quality)
ashamed of (ashamed of yourself) incapable of (incapable of passing the examination)
astonished by (astonished by his successive wins) interested in (interested in politics)
aware of (aware of the dangers) interested to (interested to know your idea)
bad at (bad at chess) jealous of (jealous of his success)
bad for (bad for health) keen on (keen on photography)
bored with (bored with her job) kind of (kind of you to …)

busy with (busy with his work) kind to (been kind to me)
capable of (capable of murder) married to (married to a wealthy man)
certain about (certain about what he said) nervous about (nervous about my exams)
certain of (certain of how much he put in) nervous of (always nervous of rats)
clever at (clever at knitting) nice of (nice of you to help)
clever with (clever with his hand) pleased about (pleased about the results)
clever of (clever of him) pleased with (pleased with his new house)
conscious of (conscious of the need to …) pleased to (pleased to see you here)
critical of (critical of others) proud of (proud of his new house/proud of winning)
crowded with (crowded with tourists) quick at (quick at writing/quick at losing her temper)
delighted with (delighted with the present) ready for (ready for it)
dependent on (dependent on their parents for food) responsible for (responsible for the murder)
different from (different from each other) scared of (scared of dogs)
different to (different to mine) shocked at (shocked at their loss)
different in (different in their sizes) short of (short of money)
disappointed with/in (with your work/in our plans) similar to (His opinions are similar to mine.)
disappointed about (disappointed about not being sorry for (feel sorry for him)
told)
disappointed at (disappointed at not being invited) stupid of (stupid of him to say that)
disappointed to (disappointed to see him there) sure of (sure of attending)
engaged to (engaged to a tall man) surprised at (surprised at her behaviour)
envious of (envious of her success) suspicious of/about (suspicious of his intentions)
excellent at (excellent at speaking) terrified at (terrified at the possibility of meeting him)
excited about (excited about going on a boat trip) terrified of (terrified of heights)
excited at (excited at the new discoveries) tired of (tired of hearing the same remark)
excited by (excited by the possibility of promotion) tolerant of (tolerant of their son’s beliefs)
famous for (famous for its cheese) typical of (typical of him to behave like that)
famous as (famous as a singer) upset about/by/over (upset about the disagreement)
fed up with (fed up with waiting) used to (used to traveling by night)
fit for (fit for the job) worried about (worried about her exams)
Exercise 624. Fill in the blanks with the correct prepositions (in, on,
next, to, under, over, between).
1. The dresser is ... the bedroom. 2. The shoes are ... the bed. 3. The clock
radio is ... the photo. 4. The night table is ... the bed and the dresser. 5. The sink is ...
the toilet. 6. The mirror is ... the sink. 7. The table is ... the sofa. 8. The sofa is ... the
living room. 9. The pictures are ... the sofa. 10. The flowers are ... the television. 11.
The telephone is ... the wall. 12. The plate is ... the table. 13. The clock is ... the
refrigerator. 14. The cabinets are ... the kitchen. 15. The toaster is ... the refrigerator.
Exercise 625. Complete the sentences with the prepositions of time.

1. Jack goes shopping ... Sundays. 2. Mary and I had a light lunch ... noon,
and then we played tennis ... the afternoon. 3. A: Hi, Jake. It's good to see you again.
When I saw you ... December, you were working at the department store. Are you
still working there? B: No. I quit ... March l st. ... present, I'm working at Music
Shop. ... the future, I hope to have my own shop. 4. ... 1997, we moved to this city.
We arrived ... night and couldn't find our new house. We got a hotel room and found
the house in the morning. 5. I like to visit friends ... the evening. I don't like to stay
home by myself ... night. 6. Excuse me. Are you busy ... the moment? 7. A: When
did you and your family go to Copenhagen? B: ... 1991. A: ... the spring or fall? B:
We arrived ... May 10 and left ... the 25 th. 8. What are the most important events that
occurred ... the nineteenth century?
Exercise 626. Fill in the prepositions.

1. Billy got mad ... me when I asked him to get up early in the morning. 2. I'm
ready ... a change and a better job. I'll choose more carefully ... the future. 3. A: Are
you prepared to answer all the questions for the court? B: Yes, I am. A: Where were
you ... February 10, 1995, ... exactly 8:30 p. m.? B: I was having dinner with friends.
A: Don't you usually work ... the evening? B: I was absent ... work. I was angry ... a
co-worker and didn't go to work that day. I left my friends ... midnight. A: No more
questions for the witness, Your Honour. 4. A: Are you familiar ... the new musical
play downtown? B: I'm told it's very good. We're going to see it ... the summer. 5. A:
What do you do ... Sunday afternoons? B: I go to the amusement park with my
family almost every Sunday. A: Oh. Isn't the park full ... people ... Sundays? I hate
crowds. B: It's not so bad ... the early afternoon. It gets worse later in the day. 6. My
daughter was afraid ... dogs ... the past, but now she's asking me to get her one.
Exercise 627. Complete the sentences with prepositions.

1. What are you laughing ... ? 2. I can't stop staring ... Tom's necktie. The
colours are wild! 3. A: You believe ... UFO, don’t you? B: I don't know. I think
anything is possible. 4. Bill is going to help me ... my homework tonight. 5. Do you
mind if I apply ... your job after you quit? 6. I'm travelling ... Germany next week to
discuss my new business plan ... our partners in Berlin. 7. I admire Celine ... her
courage and honesty in admitting that mistake. 8. A: Where did you get that new car?
B: I borrowed it ... my neighbour. 9. What are you arguing ... ? 10. A: Where will
you go to study after school next year? B: Well, I applied ... admission at five
different universities, but I'm worried that none of them will accept me.
Exercise 628. Choose the appropriate prepositions to fill in the gaps.

1. Mikhail is always nice ... everyone. 2. A: How long do you need to keep
the English book you borrowed ... me? B: I'd like to keep it until I'm ready ... the
exam next week. 3. A: Why weren't you more polite ... Bob's friend? B: Because he
kept staring ... me all evening. He made me nervous. 4. A: We're going to beat you in
the soccer game on Sunday. B: No way. Two of your players are equal ... only one of
ours. A: Oh yeah? We'll see. 5. Stop pouring! My cup is already full ... coffee. 6.
May I please borrow some money ... you? I'm thirsty ... an ice-cream soda, and we're
walking right by the ice-cream shop. 7. A: Do you believe ... astrology? B: I'm really
not familiar ... it. 8. A: Tom, I really admire you ... your ability to remember names.
Will you help me ... the introductions? B: Sure. Kate, let me introduce you ... Peter,
Andrew, Debra, Nora and Nick.
Exercise 629. Complete the sentences with correct prepositions.

1. How much did you pay ... that beautiful dress? 2. A: Did you talk ... the
manager ... returning that dress? B: No. He didn't arrive ... the shop while I was there.
I waited ... her for a half an hour and then left. 3. I listened ... you very carefully, but
I didn't understand anything you said. 4. When I graduated ... the college, my mother
and father told everyone we knew that I had graduated. 5. I paid too much ... this
watch. It's not worth it. 6. A: We don't have all day! How long is it going to take for
someone to wait ... us? I'm hungry. B: We just got here. Be patient. Do you have to
complain ... everything? 7. When did you arrive ... New York City? 8. A: This sauce
is delicious! What is it? B: Well, it consists ... tomatoes, garlic, olive oil, and lemon
juice all blended together. 9. There were ten people at the meeting and ten different
opinions. No one agreed ... anyone else ... the best way to solve the club's financial
problems. 10. I have to complain ... the manager. Both the food and the service are
terrible.
Exercise 630. Fill in the gaps with appropriate prepositions.

1. Everyone is talking ... the explosion in the high school chemistry lab. 2.
Karen was absent …, the class six times last term. 3. Fruit consists mostly ... water.
4. Our children are very polite ... adults, but they argue ... their playmates all the
time. 5. Three centimeters is equal ... approximately one and a half inches. 6. I'm not
ready ... my trip. I haven't packed yet. 7. I borrowed some clothes ... my best friend.
8. Are you familiar ... ancient Greek mythology? 9. I discussed my problem ... my
uncle. 10. Someday astronauts will travel ... another solar system. 11. Robert
arrived ... Bombay last Wednesday. 12. Manuel's plane arrived ... the airport in
Mexico City two hours ago. 13. I admire you ... your ability to laugh ... yourself
when you make a silly mistake. 14. A: Why are you staring ... the wall? B: I'm not.
I'm thinking. 15. A: Are you two arguing ... each other ... your in-laws again? B: Do
you know what his father did? C: Oh yeah? Listen ... what her sister said. A: Shh. I
don't want to hear any of this. Stop complaining ... me ... your relatives. I don't
agree ... either of you.
Exercise 631. Complete the sentences with prepositions that fit best.
1. — Why are you so friendly ... Jeffry? I thought you didn't like him. — I'm
crazy ... his attitude toward his job, but I have to encourage him to do the best he can.
2. A: Do you think it's bad that I drink so much coffee every day? B: I believe too
much of almost anything is bad ... you. 3. I don't know-why they fired me. It
certainly isn't clear ... me. 4. — Dad, I got ninety-five percent on my English exam!
— I'm proud ... you. I knew you could do it. 5. A: You seem to be interested ...
aerobic exercise and jogging. B: I think regular physical exercise is good ...
everyone. 6. That sweater is very similar ... mine. Did you buy it ... the mall? 7. Most
children are afraid ... noises in the middle of the night. 8. A: You were up awfully
late last night. B: I couldn't sleep. I was hungry ... something sweet, and I couldn't
find anything in the kitchen. 9. I have no doubt that I'm doing the right thing. I'm sure
... it. 10. George Gershwin, an American composer, is most famous ... Rhapsody in
Blue, an orchestral piece that combines jazz with classical music. 11. A: Why is
Ralph avoiding you? Is he angry about something? B: I don't know. I'm not aware ...
anything I did that could upset him. 12. A: Who is responsible ... this dog? She's
chewing on my desk! B: I'm sorry, sir. She followed me from home. I'll take her
outside. 13. My car is a lot like yours, but different ... Margaret's.
Exercise 632. Complete the sentences with prepositions.

1. Ask Alice to help you. She knows something ... physics. 2. Something's the
matter... George. He's crying. 3. Do whatever you want. It doesn't matter ... me. 4.
Look ... those clouds. It's going to rain. 5. Are you looking forward. ... your trip to
Canada? 6. — Does this watch belong ... you? — Yes. Where did you find it? I
searched ... it everywhere. 7. I woke up frightened after I dreamed ... falling off the
roof of the building. 8. Tomorrow I'm going to ask my father ... a ride to school. 9.
Tomorrow I'm going to ask my father ... his work. I don't know much ... his new job,
and I want to ask him about it. 10. Please empty that bowl of fruit and separate the
fresh apples ... the old ones.
Exercise 633. Complete the sentences with the appropriate prepositions.

1. Please don't argue. I insist ... lending you the money for your vacation. 2.
That thin coat you're wearing won't protect you ... the bitter, cold wind. 3. — What's
the matter? Don't you approve ... my behaviour? — No, I don't. I think you are rude.
4. A: Can I depend ... you to pick up my mother at the airport tomorrow? — Of
course you can. 5. A: The police arrested a thief in my father's office yesterday. B:
What's going to happen ... him? Will he go to jail? 6. My friend apologized ... me ...
forgetting to pick me up in his car after the movie last night. I forgave him ... leaving
me outside the theatre in the rain, but I'm not going to rely ... him for transportation
in the future. 7. — Thank you ... helping me move to my new apartment last
weekend. — You are welcome. 8. It isn't fair to compare Mr. Harlow ... Ms.
Andersen. They're both good teachers, but they have different teaching methods. 9.
I've had a bad cold for a week and just can't get rid ... it. 10. Excuse me ... inter-
rupting you, but I have a call on the other line. Could I get back to you in a second?
Exercise 634. Insert the appropriate preposition into each gap.

1. The twins look alike, but Tom's behavior is very different ... Jerry's. 2. I'm
sorry ... my behaviour last night. I was pretty upset and was just feeling sorry ...
myself. I didn't mean anything I said. 3. I spoke ... my brother ... your problem, and
he said that there was nothing he could do to help you. 4. All right, children, here is
your math problem: add ten ... twelve, subtract two ... that total; divide ten ... that
answer; and multiply the result ... five. What is the final answer? 5. I feel pretty good
… the final exam in English. I'm hoping ... a good grade, and I'm anxious to get my
paper back. 6. Please try to concentrate ... my explanation. I can't repeat it. 7. Did
you hear.., the plans to build a new hotel in the middle of the town? It's wonderful!
— Yes, I heard, but I disagree ... you. I think it's terrible. It means the town will be
full of tourists all the time. 8. — Have you heard ... your friend in Singapore
recently? — Yes. She's having a difficult time. She's not accustomed ... hot weather.
9. A: I must tell you ... a crazy thing that happened last night. Have you heard? B:
What? What happened? A: A hundred monkeys escaped ... the zoo. B: You must be
kidding! How did that happen?
Exercise 635. Use appropriate prepositions in the following sentences.

1. I'm ready ... the test. I studied hard. 2. It's important for you to believe ...
your own abilities. Tell yourself, "I can do it!" 3. ... the past, people traveled from
Europe ... North and South America only by boat. 4. I applied ... a job at a florist's. I
like to arrange flowers. 5. I will not discuss this ... you. It's private information. 6. It's
not polite to laugh ... other people's information. 7. Magi's house is full ... people. Is
she having a party? 8. Listen ... me! 9. John arrived ... the bus stop after the bus had
left. 10. I arrived ... the city ... May tenth. 11. Your grades are wonderful! Your
mother and I are very proud ... you. 12. I'm looking forward ... my holiday in Spain.
13. Ukraine belongs ... the United Nations. 14. The army protected the president ...
his enemies. The rebels attacked the presidential palace. They tried to get rid ... the
president by force. 15. A: What are you doing under the sink? B: I'm looking ... my
ring. It went down the drain, and I've taken the pipe out. 16. —Did you hear ... my
promotion? — Yes. They told me to report to you ... noon tomorrow. 17. I'm a little
afraid ... flying, so when I was buying an airplane ticket, I asked ... a seat near the
front because it was safer near the main door. The person behind me insisted ...
having a seat near the back, because he thought it was safer there. The next person
paid ... the ticket only after they assured him that he could have a seat over the wing,
which he felt was the safest location on the airplane. It's very confusing. ... the future,
I think I'll sit wherever they put me. 18. The people of the Hawaiian islands are
famous ... their warm hospitality. When we visited the islands, everyone we met was
extremely nice ... us. 19. A: Sara is telling Bill something ... you. I think she's
complaining ... you. Is she angry ... you? B: I borrowed some money ... her a long
time ago, and I never paid her back. I'd better try to see her ... the morning and give
her the money I owe her. I'd also apologize ... her ... waiting so long. 20. My math
examination consisted ... all of the things I didn't understand during the semester. I
couldn't concentrate ... it at all. I'm sure that I didn't pass it.
Exercise 636. Put in the correct prepositions: to, about, at, from, for, in,
into, of, on, with.
1. I want to talk _____ the group _____ their exams.
2. All last winter he suffered ______ coughs and colds.
3. When will you write _____ Bill _____ your plans?
4. If you don’t understand any of these words, you could refer _____ a dictionary.
5. The accident sadly resulted _____ the death of a man.
6. The police are appealing _____ witnesses to come forward.
7. It wasn’t his car, in fact I don’t know who it belongs _____.
8. Nurses are very badly paid, I think they should insist _____ higher rates of pay.
9. The poor driver – I really sympathize _____ him, it wasn’t his fault.
10. The buses are often late, so you can’t depend _____ them.
11. Do you qualify _____ a state pension when you are 55?
12. Keep enough money to pay _____ your ticket.
13. Have you heard _____ what had happened _____ him? Oh, I don’t care _____ him.
14. I said _____ you I was thinking _____ going to America. I actually dreamt _____ it.
15. She listened _____ me and then told me _____ her problems.
16. The bus ran _____ the wall of a house.
17. People started to shout _____ the driver.
18. Who was the boy you were all laughing _____?
19. I saw somebody staring _____ me from the other side of the road.
20. He was always arguing _____ his brother.
21. I bumped _____ an old friend the other day.
22. I agree _____ you that we should wait a bit longer _____ her.
23. She never apologizes _____ arriving late.
24. I thought we should look _____ someone else to do the job.
25. If you want to travel, that would be a good job to apply _____.
26. The land belongs _____ a rich man.
27. She then referred _____ the Minister’s report.
28. I congratulated her _____ her success in the exams.
29. The boss disagreed _____ me.
30. The match resulted _____ a draw.
31. His failure resulted _____ lack of attention to details.
32. Tonight I’m going to talk _____ engines.
33. You can count _____ me.
34. You can rely _____ him to be polite.
35. They complained _____ me about the noise.
36. Mary turned her head to speak _____ him.
37. The daughters sided _____ their mothers.
38. Can I speak _____ Jane, please?
39. Can you explain this word _____ me?
40. Can you explain _____ me what you mean?
41. He told me his name but I can’t think ________ it now.
42. This house reminds me _____ the one I lived in when I was a child.
43. We called the doctor because Nick was complaining _____ a pain in his stomach.
44. That’s a good idea. Why didn’t I think _____ that?
45. Look at this photograph of Ann. Who does she remind you _____?
46. She left Boston _____ Paris when she was 19.
47. If something is wrong, why don’t you do something _____ it?
48. Peter likes his job but he doesn’t talk _____ it much.
49. I like to listen _____ the radio while I’m having breakfast.
50. Please don’t shout _____ me!
Exercise 637. Put in the correct prepositions: of, to, with, at, about, for, from.
1. He was afraid _____ his enemies.
2. I’ve always been terribly fond _____ you.
3. He is unaccustomed _____ the heat.
4. They may feel jealous _____ your success.
5. I was terrified _____ her.
6. That was clever _____ you.
7. I turned the job down, which was stupid ________ me.
8. My problems are very similar _____ yours.
9. He was dedicated _____ his job.
10. I could never be bored _____ football.
11. He was very pleased _____ her.
12. He was shocked _____ the hatred they had shown.
13. She had always been bad _____ languages.
14. It’s difficult _____ young people to be on their own.
15. It was unusual _____ them to go away at the weekend.
16. It was rude _____ him to leave so suddenly.
17. She was rude _____ him for no reason.
18. She was still angry _____ the results.
19. They’re getting pretty fed up _____ him.
20. If you continue to support someone who is in trouble you are loyal _____ them.
21. If two things are almost the same, one is similar _____ the other.
22. Someone who is a fine athlete is good _____ games.
23. I was proud _____ my brother.
24. I’m very much surprised _____ you. I can’t understand the way you behave.
25. Life is very different _____ what it used to be.
26. Who is responsible _____ this mess?
27. I’m delighted _______ the result. It’s exactly what I wanted.
28. In the army, a sergeant is senior _____ a corporal.
29. If two things are exactly the same one is identical _____ the other.
30. If something makes you very unhappy, you are very upset _____ it.
31. If someone makes you very angry, you are furious _____ him.
32. If you feel that you do not trust someone, you are suspicious _____ him.
33. If you treat someone very well, you are being kind _____ him.
34. If you have agreed to marry someone, you are engaged _____ him.
35. Everyone was very critical _________ the way he behaved.
36. We were very happy _____ the way they treated us.
37. I was very displeased _____ the way they looked.
38. I feel sorry _____ Nick. He has a lot of problems.
39. I’m sorry _____ the noise last night. We were having a party.
40. That was not very polite _____ you.
41. Why are you always so rude _____ your parents?
42. Were you disappointed _____ your exam results?
THE CONJUNCTION
Coordinating Conjunctions
Coordinating conjunctions join independent clauses.

FANBOYS is a memory tool for the coordinating conjunctions in English.
For reason I went to bed early yesterday, for I was tired.
And addition My sister and I went shopping last week.
Nor and not I will neither drink nor dance.
But contrast This room is old but comfortable.
Or options Do you play the piano or the violin?
Yet outcome He likes to play tennis, yet his favourite sport is football.
So result I was very tired, so I went to bed early yesterday.
Exercise 638. Complete the following sentences with coordinating

conjunctions: and, but, so, or.
1. I've just eaten dinner ________ I'm not hungry.
2. Why don't you ring Sue ________ find out what time she's coming over tonight?
3. Don't tell John about his birthday party ________ you'll spoil the surprise.
4. I have been saving my money this year ________ next year I plan to take a long
holiday in Europe.
5. Secretary to Boss: Do you want anything else ________ can I go home now?
6. I love to travel ________ I hate travelling by bus.
7. I'm bored! Let's go out to dinner ________ see a movie.
8. I like living in the city ________ my brother prefers living in the country.
9. Betty's just got a promotion at work ________ she's very happy.
10. Father to Son: You're thirty now. Don't you think it's time that you settled down
________ got married?
11. Tom got a great Christmas bonus from work this year ________ he and his
family can have a good vacation this year.
12. It's late. You should go to bed now ________ you'll be tired tomorrow.
13. The taxi stopped at the train station ________ two men got out of it.
14. I was in the area ________ I thought I'd drop in and say hello.
15. I really hate to have to sell my car ________ I need the money.
16. My friend fell down the stairs ________ sprained his ankle.
17. The department store closed at six o'clock ________ everyone went home.
18. I won't be home for Christmas ________ I will be there for New Year's.
19. Julia was very angry with Tom ________ she went for a long walk to cool down.
20. Can you stop at the shop ________ get some milk on your way home from work?
21. Are you busy this weekend ________ do you have some free time? I need some
help moving to my new house.
22. You've been working hard in the garden all day. Why don't you sit down
________ I'll bring you a nice cold drink.
23. Nobody was home when I rang Jenny ________ I left a message for her.
24. I've been dieting ________ I'm not losing any weight.
25. Will you eat that last chocolate biscuit ________ will you leave it for me?
26. It's raining. Wear your raincoat ________ you don't get wet.
27. I'm sorry I missed your birthday party Alan, my car broke down ________ it took
me hours to walk to a phone.
28. Bill graduated first in his class at University ________ his parents bought him a
new car.
29. We left very early this morning for our holiday ________ there was still a traffic
jam on the freeway.
30. I had a very boring weekend, I just sat around the house ________ did nothing.
31. Can I help you with that ________ are you all right?
32. Would you rather stay home tonight ________ would you rather go out?
33. John may have built this house by himself ________ he hired an architect to
design it.
34. Is this seat already taken ________ can I sit there?
35. Your sister rang today ________ she didn't leave a message.
36. You had better hurry ________ you'll be late for work.
37. I'm going to go shopping on Sunday ________ buy some new clothes.
Subordinating Conjunctions

1) You could go and play __________________ you have done your homework.
[ ]that
[ ]after
[ ]in order to
2) Roger went swimming __________________ it was raining.

[ ]until
[ ]after
[ ]although
3) He is fat __________________ he eats a lot of chocolate.

[ ]although
[ ]because
[ ]in order to
4) She hasn't seen her son __________________ he was a little boy.

[ ]since
[ ]that
[ ]because
5) Tom went to the doctor yesterday __________________ he was ill.

[ ]although
[ ]in order to
[ ]because
6) You stay home and wait __________________ the rain stops.

[ ]that
[ ]until
[ ]after
7) Susan likes to eat dinner __________________ returning home from school.

[ ]after
[ ]because
[ ]even if
8) Steve told her __________________ he loved her.

[ ]until
[ ]that
[ ]after
9) Henry went to the shop __________________ buy some tomatoes.

[ ]even if
[ ]until
[ ]in order to
10) I will go on my holiday __________________ you forbid me.

[ ]even if
[ ]since
[ ]in order to
Subordinating conjunctions expressing time.

1) I drink a cup of coffee after I __________________ in the morning.
[ ]will get up
[ ]got up
[ ]get up
2) We'll buy a car as soon as we __________________ more money.

[ ]will earn
[ ]earned
[ ]have earned
3) Paul said you would arrive as soon as you __________________ ready.

[ ]were
[ ]will be
[ ]are
4) My friend said he would come when he __________________ his work.

[ ]had finished
[ ]will finished
[ ]finish
5) They had already started when I __________________.

[ ]arrived
[ ]have arrived
[ ]arrive
6) I've known her since we __________________ at school.

[ ]have been
[ ]was
[ ]were
7) You shouldn't drive after you __________________ alcohol.

[ ]drank
[ ]drink
[ ]will drink
8) I will go out to dinner after I __________________ work.

[ ]am finishing
[ ]finish
[ ]will finish
9) Wait here till I __________________ back !

[ ]come
[ ]am coming
[ ]will come
10) The phone rang as I __________________ on my way out to the door.
[ ]was
[ ]will be
[ ]were
Exercise 641. Complete the sentences using the following conjunctions:

and, but, so, because.
1. Sam must see the doctor ________ he is ill.
2. Bill has the flu, ________ his sister is fine for the moment.
3. Alice can't see the doctor ________ she doesn't have an appointment.
4. Alan is sick, ________ he can't go to work.
5. The doctor is here, ________ he can't see you now.
6. Sam has a fever, a runny nose, ________ a sore throat.
7. Alan can play the piano, ________ he can't play the guitar.
8. Lily has a terrible toothache ________ she doesn't want to see a dentist.
9. Jamila has a sore throat, ________ she can't sing today.
Exercise 642. Insert the proper conjunction.

1. I like chicken ____ not fish.
A. And B. Since C. But D. For E. Or
2. ____ it rains on Sunday, I will not be able to drive.
A. And B. Where C. Either D. If E. How
3. I like both dogs ______ cats.
A. Also B. But C. And D. If E. Until
4. The items are on sale in the local store _____ not online.
A. But B. And C. Though D. Or E. Nor
5. Neither my mother _____ my father will be able to attend the party on Sunday.
A. Or B. But not C. And D. Nor E. But also
6. Carrie didn’t know whether her bike would be fixed _____ if she would have to
walk.
A. But B. And C. Nor D. Or E. Either (D)
7. Luke was late to the party ______ his car broke down on the highway.
A. If B. Because C. While D. Although E. Wher
Exercise 643. Choose the correct conjunction: sinse, so, so that, when,
where, although, and, but, or.
1. I need to work hard __ I can pass the exam.
2. __ he was the best qualified party candidate, he didn't win the elections.
3. __ you come back from your trip, we'll meet to discuss the problem.
4. They said that the movie was fantastic, __ I watched it.
5. __ he was very ill, he didn't take any medicine.
6. I don't know __ I can buy a pair of jeans.
7. She went to the shops __ couldn't find anything she liked.
8. Everybody likes him because he is nice __ helpful.
9. __ he was angry with her, he didn't utter a word.
10. Keep quiet __ go out.
Список використаної літератури:

1. Бахов І. С. Практикум з граматики англійської мови. English
Grammar Practice: Навч.- метод. розробка. – К,: МАУП, 2001. – 128 с.
2. Ярошенко М. Курс англійської мови: Навчальний посібник для учнів
загальноосвітніх шкіл та абітурієнтів. – Тернопіль: Підручники і посібники,
2004. – 160 с.
3. Murphy R. Essential Grammar in Use. Third edition. – Cambridge
University Press, 2007. – 319 p.
4. Whitney N., White L. Oxford Team 1. Student’s Book. – Oxford
5. Whitney N., Driscoll L. Oxford Team 2. Student’s Book. – Oxford
6. Матеріали Інтернету:
http://www.tolearnenglish.com
http://njnj.ru/exer/exerlist.htm
http://grammar.yourdictionary.com
http://www.englishpage.com
http://www.scribd.com
http://englishhobby.ru
ДЛЯ НОТАТОК
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
___________________________________________________

Grammar Book

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Grammar Book

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ІВАНО-ФРАНКІВСЬКИЙ БАЗОВИЙ МЕДИЧНИЙ КОЛЕДЖ

English Grammar Practice

English Grammar Practice

Практикум містить граматичні вправи з основних тем англійської

VERB “TO BE” IN THE PRESENT, PAST AND FUTURE SIMPLE

Exercise 3. Write full sentences. Use am/is/are each time.

Make up questions with “be”.

Exercise 11. Complete the sentences. Use the affirmative, negative or

Exercise 12. Put the verb to be in the Past Simple.

Exercise 13. Put in was or were into the gaps.

Exercise 15. Put in am, is, are, was, were.

Exercise 16. Insert is, are, was, were in the story.

Форми звороту there is /there are (Indefinite Tenses)

Tenses Зворот Що? Де?

Exercise 19. Choose the correct word (is/are).

Exercise 20. Complete the text. Use There is or There are.

Exercise 25. Answer the following questions.

Exercise 26. Translate the following sentences into English.

Exercise 27. Fill in the blanks with have / has.

Exercise 28. Choose the correct answer.

HAVE GOT: PRESENT SIMPLE (AFFIRMATIVE, NEGATIVE,

Exercise 31. Complete Patricia's description of her family. Use the

THE PRESENT INDEFINITE TENSE

Exercise 35. Use the necessary form of the verb.

Exercise 37. Choose the correct form of each verb.

Exercise 39. Write the correct form of the verbs.

Exercise 42. Read the story. Then, answer the questions.

The apartment building

Exercise 44. Make up general questions using the following sentences.

Exercise 45. Put questions to the italic words.

Exercise 46. Read the story. Then, write questions.

Jason and Todd

Model: What does Jason do after school? He plays baseball.

Exercise 47. Read the story. Put 10 questions to it.

Exercise 48. Choose the correct negative verb in each sentence.

Exercise 50. Translate into English:

THE PAST INDEFINITE TENSE

Exercise 52. Write the Past Simple form of the verbs.

carry invite live cry clap watch hurry stop plan

1. Emily hurried home to watch her favourite cartoon.

Exercise 55. Open the brackets.

Exercise 56. Rewrite the following sentenses in the Past Simple.

Exercise 63. Make the sentences negative and interrogative.

Exercise 64. Put questions to the italicized words:

Exercise 67. Write questions and short answers.

Exercise 70. Answer the following questions.

Exercise 71. Make the sentences negative.

You never know what will happen

Exercise 79. Use the Simple Past of the verbs in brackets.

Exercise 82. Translate the following sentences into English.

USED TO / WOULD + INFINITIVE

Exercise 86. Make up questions using “used to”.

THE FUTURE INDEFINITE TENSE

Exercise 88. Change the following into the Future Indefinite.

Exercise 89. Make the following sentences interrogative and negative.

Exercise 90. Put questions to the words in bold.

Exercise 94. Combine the given sentences as in the model.

Exercise 98. Replace the infinitives in brackets by the Future Indefinite or

Exercise 99. Translate the following sentences into English.

Indefinite Tenses: Revision

Exercise 102. Make the sentences interrogative.

Exercise 103. Put questions to the following sentences, beginning them

Exercise 104. Put special questions to the following sentences, beginning